HP Hewlett Packard Fax Machine HP FAX 700 User Manual

HP FAX-700 Facsimile Machine  
HP FAX-750 Facsimile Machine  
HP FAX-900 Facsimile Machine  
HP FAX-950 Facsimile Machine  
R
HP Part No: 5962-9599EUS  
Printed in U.S.A.  
First Edition – December 1994  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Publication History  
Changes in text to document updates, subsequent to the initial release, are supplied in new editions of the guide.  
The printing history of this guide is provided below:  
First Edition. . . . . . . . . . . . . December 1994  
iii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Conventions  
This guide uses the following conventions:  
Caution  
Warning  
Note  
Caution messages appear before or after procedures which, if not observed, could result in  
loss of data or in damage to equipment.  
Warning messages signal a specific procedure or practice which, if not followed correctly,  
could cause personal injury.  
Notes contain important information set off from the text.  
iv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
About This Guide  
This guide is designed as a reference for people who provide post-sale technical support to end users of the HP FAX-700,  
HP FAX-750, HP FAX-900, and HP FAX-950 facsimile machines. It represents a collection of information gathered from  
Hewlett-Packard’s dealer and end-user support organizations. The purpose of this guide is to provide answers to frequently  
asked questions and solutions to common problems.  
While the content of this guide is comprehensive, it is not all inclusive. Therefore, it is not a substitute for other types of product  
documentation, such as user’s and reference manuals. Additional reference information or updates may be obtained by using  
the resources located in chapter 6, Service and Support Information.  
Organization  
This guide is organized to help you quickly locate the information you need. You will find a table of contents at the beginning of  
each chapter and a comprehensive index at the back of the guide.  
Your constructive criticism concerning this guide will help us create better guides in the future. If you have comments, please  
complete the Reader’s Comment Sheet located at the front of the guide.  
Updates  
Updates and corrections to this guide will be made available through HP FIRST at (800) 333-1917. (Must call using a Group 3  
fax machine.)  
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1
Product Information  
Subject  
Page  
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2  
Fax Product Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2  
Technical Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2  
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3  
Product Features and Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5  
Product Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10  
Print Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14  
Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14  
Media Print Area (FAX-700 and FAX–750) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16  
Media Print Area (FAX-900 and FAX-950) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17  
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18  
Product Information 1Ć1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
This Technical Support Solutions Guide contains information necessary to support the HP FAX-700, HP FAX–750,  
HP FAX-900, and HP FAX-950 facsimile (fax) machines. This guide is divided into six chapters as follows:  
D
D
D
D
D
D
Chapter 1  
Chapter 2  
Chapter 3  
Chapter 4  
Chapter 5  
Chapter 6  
Product Information  
Installation and Configuration  
Operation and Usage  
Optimization  
Problem Resolution  
Service and Support Information  
Fax Product Technology  
HP fax machines are standalone systems designed to send and receive facsimiles by way of telephone lines. Internally,  
the system includes a modem, document scanner, and a printer. External features often include an automatic  
document feeder, telephone handset, telephone line jack, and control panel. The user plugs the unit into a standard  
phone jack, like an ordinary telephone or answering machine, and it is ready to send and receive documents.  
Technical Overview  
Telephone networks are duplex analog lines because they were originally designed to carry only voice signals in both  
directions. Because computer data is encoded digitally, a “translator” is needed to convert the digital data to an analog  
signal. These translators, or modems (modulator/demodulator), are used at each end of the phone line.  
The sending modem converts the digital data to analog data by varying the frequency, phase, or amplitude of the signal  
to represent the data bits. The receiving modem converts the analog signal back to digital data. The sending and  
receiving systems communicate using agreed-upon protocols or standards.  
HP fax machines are CCITT Group 3 standard machines. These Group 3 machines use a digital coding scheme to  
convert the scanned image data into ones and zeroes. The schemes used are Modified Read (MR), Modified Huffman  
(MH), and Modified Modified Read (MMR). The digitally coded scanned image is converted to analog form by a  
modem before being transmitted by way of the telephone line. Images received by way of the telephone line are in  
analog form and must be converted into a digitally coded image by the modem.  
1Ć2 Product Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
See Figure 1-1 for a simple diagram of the transmission process for Group 3 machines.  
Original  
Original  
Document  
Document  
Out  
In  
Scanner  
Printer  
Scanner  
Printer  
Data Compression  
Data Compression  
Transmission Over Phone Line  
Modem  
Modem  
Figure 1Ć1. Simple Diagram of Transmission Between Fax Machines  
Product Description  
The following paragraphs describe the HP FAX-700, HP FAX–750, HP FAX-900, and HP FAX-950 Facsimile  
Machines.  
HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Description  
The HP FAX-700 and HP FAX–750 are standalone plain paper inkjet facsimile (fax) machines. They are CCITT  
group 3-ECM compatible. Designed to fit on a desktop, the fax machines weigh 8.39 kg (18.5 lb) for the HP FAX-700  
and 8.72 kg (19.25 lb) for the HP FAX-750. They are full-featured business fax machines with quick dialing for 50  
stations, consisting of 40 auto dial and 10 one-touch buttons. They use cut sheet plain paper and 51626A print  
cartridges. They include 250 KB of memory for broadcasting, delayed transmission, and memory reception. The HP  
FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 have telephone/facsimile switching and a telephone answering machine interface. They  
also can act as convenience copiers. Other features include polling, auto-redial, semi-dual access, and transmission  
confirmation through printed reports or the front panel. Features of the HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 are compared  
with other HP fax machines in Table 1-2. See Figure 1-2 on the next page for a line drawing of these facsimile  
machines.  
Product Information 1Ć3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HP FAX-700  
HP FAX-750  
750-1 & 750-2  
Figure 1Ć2. HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750 Facsimile Machines  
HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Description  
The HP FAX-900 is a stand alone plain paper inkjet facsimile (fax) machine. It is CCITT Group 3-ECM compatible.  
Designed to fit on a desktop, the fax machine weighs 8.5 kg (18.7 lb). The HP FAX-900 is a full-featured business fax  
machine with speed dialing for 50 stations, consisting of 34 speed-dialing and 16 one-touch keys. The HP FAX-900  
uses cut sheet plain paper and thermal inkjet cartridges. The HP FAX-900 includes 250 KB of memory for  
broadcasting, delayed transmission, and memory reception of up to 12 pages. The HP FAX-900 has both  
telephone/facsimile switching and a telephone answering machine interface with distinctive ring. It also acts as a  
convenience copier. Other features include polling, auto-redial, semi-dual access, and transmission confirmation  
through reports or the front panel. Features of the HP FAX-900 are compared with other HP fax machines in  
Table 1-2. See Figure 1-3 for a line drawing of the HP FAX-900:  
900–7  
Figure 1Ć3. HP FAXĆ900 Facsimile Machine  
The HP FAX-950 is a stand alone plain paper inkjet facsimile (fax) machine. It is CCITT group 3-ECM compatible.  
Designed to fit on a desktop, the fax machine weighs 8.5 kg (18.7 lb). The HP FAX-950 is a full-featured business fax  
machine with speed dialing for 100 stations, consisting of 72 speed-dialing, 24 one-touch keys, and 4 program keys.  
1Ć4 Product Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The HP FAX-950 uses cut sheet plain paper and thermal inkjet cartridges. The HP FAX-950 includes 512 KB of  
memory (expandable up to 2.5 MB for broadcasting, delayed transmission, and memory reception of up to 28 pages.  
The HP FAX-950 has telephone/facsimile switching, a telephone answering machine interface with distinctive ring,  
and a handset. It also acts as a convenience copier. Features of the HP FAX-950 are compared with other HP fax  
machines in Table 1-2. See Figure 1-4 for a line drawing of the HP FAX-950.  
950–7  
Figure 1Ć4. HP FAXĆ950 Facsimile Machine  
Product Features and Comparison  
Table 1-1 describes the features of the HP fax machines described in this guide, and Table 1-2 gives a brief  
comparison of selected facsimile machines within the Hewlett-Packard line.  
Product Information 1Ć5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 1-1. HP Fax Machine Features  
Capability  
Description  
700  
750  
900  
950  
Shares  
a
single line with TeleĆ  
Distinguishes betweenF  
F
F
F
phone and TAM (Telephone  
Answering Machine)  
voice calls and fax  
calls.  
OneĆtouch Dialing  
ControlĆpanel buttons  
F
F
F
F
F
F
programmed with teleĆ  
phone numbers for  
faster dialing.  
Speed (Auto) Dialing  
Program Keys  
A
sents  
twoĆdigit number repreFĆ  
F
F
a
telephone number.  
Used to perform deferred  
transmission and polling,  
as group dialing, or as  
extra oneĆtouch keys.  
Group Dialing  
The ability to broadcast aF  
document or documents  
to groups of individuals.  
F
F
Fax Parameters (Settings)  
Settings that allow the uFser  
or service person to custĆ  
omize the fax for specific  
needs.  
F
F
F
F
Halftone Scanning  
(Photograph Mode)  
The ability to interpret  
shades of gray into dot  
patterns to produce an  
appearance of gray in an  
image. This feature imĆ  
proves the image quality  
of photographs.  
F
F
Error Correction Mode  
Detects errors that occurF  
document and automatiĆ  
cally requests retransĆ  
mission of the erroneous  
portion.  
F
F
F
F
F
F
during the transmission of  
a
Automatic Journals  
A
print  
facsimile can be set tFo  
a
summary sheet of  
each transmission or pollĆ  
ing operation, or sumĆ  
a
mary sheet of the last 32  
transactions.  
1Ć6 Product Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 1-1. HP Fax Machine Features (Continued)  
Capability  
Description  
700  
750  
900  
950  
Polled  
Polling  
Ability to have  
in memory for another staĆ  
tion to retrieve.  
a
documentF  
F
F
The ability to call other stFaĆ  
F
F
F
F
tions to retrieve information.  
Passwords  
Private codes selected by  
the user to prevent informaĆ  
tion being sent to the  
wrong station or unauthoĆ  
rized access by people and  
other faxes.  
Deferred Communication  
Relayed Transmission  
The ability to delay transĆF  
F
F
F
F
mission to another station.  
Sending documents to reĆ  
lay stations to be forwarded  
to receiving end stations.  
The FAX-950 can send to  
relay station, but cannot  
a
be used as  
a
relay station.  
Confidential Mailboxes  
(See note.)  
Allows documents received  
into memory to be retrieved  
F
F
F
only by  
password.  
a
user entering  
a
Automatic and Fixed Reduction  
Automatic and Manual Dialing  
Print reduction modes  
which fit an incoming doĆ  
F
F
F
F
F
cument onto  
size.  
a
given paper  
Automatically redials if Fthe  
line is busy or if there is no  
answer; retains the last  
number dialed for easier  
reuse.  
Memory Transmission  
Memory Reception  
Stores documents in memFory  
F
F
F
F
for transmission.  
Can store received documents  
in memory before printing if the.  
fax machine is out of ink or  
paper.  
Note: The HP FAXĆ950 has  
a
maximum of  
7
confidential mailboxes.  
Product Information 1Ć7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 1-2. Product Comparison  
Feature  
FAXĆ700  
FAX-750  
FAXĆ900  
FAXĆ950  
Plain Paper  
F
F
F
F
(100 sheet capacity)  
cut sheet printing  
of fax messages  
and copies  
Easy front reloading  
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
OneĆyear warranty  
with overnight  
exchange  
MultiĆpage automatic  
document feeder  
20 pages  
20 pages  
30 pages  
30 pages  
Sequential broadĆ  
casting  
50 locations  
50 locations  
53 locations  
112 locations  
Automatic dialing:  
-
Redial  
minuteat  
5
3
times  
F
F
intervals  
-
Redial number  
times ofset in fax  
F
F
parameters (15 max).  
times 5at minute  
1
intervals then once ea.  
min.15until total numĆ  
ber is reached  
-
-
Scheduled dialing  
50 locations  
50  
50 locations  
50 locations  
96 locations  
speed*Ćdial  
50  
34  
72  
numbers  
- oneĆtouch  
dial keys  
10 (included  
in 50 speedĆ  
dial numbers)  
10 (included  
in 50 speedĆ  
dial numbers)  
16  
24  
-
Program Keys  
4
Memory (page)  
12  
12  
12  
28  
(Based on CCITT  
Test Chart #1  
stored at stanĆ  
dard resolution)  
(Based on CCITT  
Test Chart #1  
stored at stanĆ  
dard resolution)  
(Based on CCITT  
Test Chart #1  
stored at stanĆ  
(Based on CCITT  
Test Chart #1  
stored at stanĆ  
dard resolution)  
dard resolution)  
(Customer exĆ  
pandable up to  
150 pages)  
(Customer exĆ  
pandable up to  
150 pages)  
* Called autoĆdial numbers in the FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750 User's Guide. There are 50 autoĆdial numbe  
the onFAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750. The first 10 autoĆdial numbers are also accessible through the 10  
oneĆtouch keys.  
1Ć8 Product Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 1-2. Product Comparison (Continued)  
Feature  
FAXĆ700  
FAX-750  
FAXĆ900  
FAXĆ950  
Remote diagnostics  
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Shares line with  
telephone and  
answering machine  
Polling  
1
location  
1
location  
53 locations*  
112 locations  
OutĆofĆpaper  
reception  
F
F
F
F
OutĆofĆink indicator  
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
CCITT Standard  
Error Correction  
mode  
Management  
reports  
F
F
F
F
F
F
Four program  
function keys  
Confidential transĆ  
mission and recepĆ  
tion  
Confidential mail  
box  
F
Relay transmission  
F
F
Transmit and reĆ  
ceive while printĆ  
ing  
Phone handset  
F
F
F
F
Adjustable  
handset  
ringer loudness  
Maximum Resolution:  
Sending  
203 dpi  
F
F
F
F
F
F
300 dpi  
F
F
Receiving  
203 dpi  
300 dpi  
*FAXĆ900 can poll but can not be polled.  
Product Information 1Ć9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Product Specifications  
Product specifications for the HP facsimile machines are provided in Table 1-3, Table 1-4, and Table 1-5.  
Table 1-3. General Specifications  
Specification  
HP FAXĆ700  
HP FAX-750  
HP FAXĆ900  
HP FAXĆ950  
Compatibility  
CCITT Group  
3
CCITT Group  
3
CCITT Group  
3
CCITT Group  
3
Transmission Speed  
9
Chart No. 1*, memĆ Chart No. 1, memĆ  
seconds using  
9
seconds using  
12 seconds using 12 seconds usĆ  
Chart No. 1, memĆ ing Chart  
N
ory to memory,  
Standard resoluĆ  
tion  
ory to memory,  
Standard resoluĆ  
tion  
ory to memory,  
Standard resoluĆ  
memory to  
memory, StanĆ  
tion  
dard resolution  
Coding Scheme  
Modified Huffman  
(MH)  
Modified Read  
(MR)  
Modified Modified  
Read (MMR)  
Modified Huffman  
(MH)  
Modified Read  
(MR)  
Modified Modified  
Read (MMR)  
Modified Huffman Modified HuffĆ  
(MH) man (MH)  
Modified Read Modified Read  
(MR)  
Modified Modified Modified ModiĆ  
(MR)  
Read (MMR)  
fied Read  
(MMR)  
Modem  
Group :3V.29,  
Group: V3.29, V.27  
ter with fallback  
function and V.21  
Group: V3.29,  
Group :3V.29,  
V.27 ter with fallĆ  
back function and  
V.21 channel  
V.27 ter with  
fallback function  
and V.21 chanĆ  
V.27 ter  
fallback function  
and V.21  
w
channel No.  
2
No.  
2
nel No.  
2
channel No.  
2
Modem Speed  
9600, 7200, 4800,  
2400 bps  
9600, 7200, 4800,  
2400 bps  
9600, 7200, 4800, 9600, 7200,  
2400 bps 4800, 2400 bps  
Dialing Memory  
Capacity  
50 stations (10  
oneĆtouch numĆ  
bers and 40 autoĆ  
dial numbers.)  
50 stations (10  
oneĆtouch numĆ  
bers and 40 autoĆ  
50 stations (16  
oneĆtouch numĆ  
100 stations (24  
oneĆtouch numĆ  
bers,  
keys, and 72  
bers and 34  
4
prog  
dial numbers).  
speed dial  
Each station can  
store up to 36  
characters per  
telephone number  
(digits, pauses,  
and spaces) and  
up to15 charĆ  
acters per name  
Each station can  
store up to 36  
characters per  
telephone number  
(digits, pauses,  
and spaces) and  
up to 15 charĆ  
acters per name  
numbers.) Each  
station can  
store up to 36  
characters per  
telephone numĆ  
ber (digits,  
speedĆdial numĆ  
bers.) Each st  
tion can store up  
to 36 characters  
per telephone  
number (digits,  
pauses, and  
pauses, and  
spaces) and up  
spaces) and up  
to 15 characters  
per name  
to 15 characters  
per name.  
Image Memory  
Capacity  
12 pages (256  
KB internal  
memory), based  
on Chart No.  
at standard resoluĆ  
tion  
12 pages (256  
KB internal  
memory), based  
on Chart No.  
at standard resoluĆ  
tion tion  
12 pages (256  
KB internal  
memory), based  
28 pages (512  
KB internal  
memory), based  
1
1
on Chart No.  
1
at standard resoluĆ at standard reĆ  
solution  
on Chart  
N
1Ć10 Product Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 1-3. General Specifications (Continued)  
Specification  
HP FAXĆ700  
HP FAX-750  
HP FAXĆ900  
HP FAXĆ950  
Product Dimensions  
Width 345.4 mm  
(13.6 in)  
Width 429.3 mm  
(16.9 in)  
Width 401 mm  
(15.8 in)  
Width 478 mm  
(18.8 in)  
Height 218.4 mm  
(8.6 in)  
Height 218.4 mm  
(8.6 in)  
Height: 267 mm  
(10.5 in)  
Height: 267 mm  
(10.5 in)  
Depth 330.2 mm  
(13 in)  
Depth 330.2 mm  
(13 in)  
Depth: 597 mm  
(23.5 in)  
Depth: 597 mm  
(23.5 in)  
Product Weight  
8.99 kg (19 lb)  
(excluding paper)  
9.46 kg (20 lb)  
(excluding paper)  
8.6 kg (19 lb)  
(excluding paper) (excluding  
paper)  
8.6 kg (19  
Operating TemperĆ  
ature (Electronics)  
0 _C to _4C0  
0 _C to _4C0  
5 _C to _3C5  
5 _C to _3C5  
32 _F to 1_0F4  
32 _F to 1_0F4  
41 _F to _9F5  
41 _F to _9F5  
Optimum Operating  
Temperature  
15 _C to _3C5  
15_C  
to_C35  
15 _C  
to_C35 15 _C  
to_C35  
59 _F to _9F5  
59 _F to _9F5  
59 _F to _9F5  
59 _F to _9F5  
NonĆOperating  
Temperature  
-40 _C to _7C5  
-40 _F to 1_6F7  
15% to 95% RH  
-40 _C to _7C5  
-30 _C to _6C0 -30 _C to _6C0  
-40 _F to 1_6F7  
-22 _F to 1_4F0 -22 _F to 1_4F0  
Operating Humidity  
Optimum Humidity  
15% to 95% RH  
20% to 70% RH  
20% to 70  
20% to 80  
%
RH  
20% to 80  
%
RH  
20% to 80  
%
RH 20% to  
NonĆOperating  
Humidity  
5% to 95% RH  
5% to 95% RH  
5% to 80% RH  
5% to 80%  
Configuration Battery Maintains dialing  
Backup  
Maintains dialing  
and configuration  
Maintains dialing Maintains  
and configuration dialing  
and configuration  
memory for at least  
10 days. Requires  
memory for at least  
10 days. Requires  
memory for at  
least10 days.  
and configura  
tion memory for  
2
days of power on  
to fully charge the  
battery. battery.  
2
days of power on  
to fully charge the  
fully charge the  
battery.  
Requires  
of power on to  
2
days  
at least  
Requires  
1
2
of power on to  
fully charge the  
battery.  
Voltage  
100  
Ć
127 Vac  
100  
Ć
127 Vac  
200  
108 Ć  
240 Vac  
132 Vac or  
200  
108  
240 Vac  
Ć
132  
Ć
Ć
(dependent on  
country version)  
(dependent on  
country version)  
This table is continued on the next page  
Product Information 1Ć11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 1-3. General Specifications (Continued)  
Specification  
HP FAXĆ700  
HP FAX-750  
HP FAXĆ900  
HP FAXĆ950  
Current (max)  
Frequency  
1.0  
47  
A
(1000 ma)  
63 Hz  
1.0  
47  
A
(1000 ma)  
63 Hz  
0.6  
47  
A
(600 mA)  
63 Hz  
0.6  
47  
A
(600  
63  
Ć
Ć
Ć
Ć
H
Power Consumption  
(Approximate)  
Standby  
Sending  
Receiving  
Copying  
Maximum  
10  
25  
30  
30  
45  
W
W
W
W
W
10  
25  
30  
30  
45  
W
W
W
W
W
11  
25  
16  
29  
40  
W
W
W
W
W
11  
25  
16  
29  
40  
W
W
W
W
W
Acoustics (ApproxĆ  
imate in all operĆ  
ating modes)  
50 dBA  
50 dBA  
50 dBA  
50 dBA  
Table 1-4. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Power Supply Output Conditions  
+5 VD  
+5 VA  
+24 VH  
+24 VM  
Rated Output  
Voltage  
5.0 V  
+12 V  
0.1 A  
–12 V  
0.1 A  
+24 V  
Rated Output  
Current  
1.2 A  
0.2 A  
1.8 A  
5%  
1.2 A  
0.2 A  
0.6 A  
0.6 A  
2.1 A  
0.5 A  
0.5 A  
1.3 A  
Min. Output  
Current  
0.01 A  
0.1 A  
0.01 A  
0.1 A  
Momentary  
Peak Current  
1.8 A  
Total 3.4 A  
Total Varia-  
tion  
5%  
5%  
5%  
2%  
7%  
Ripple Noise  
100 mV p-p  
100 mV p-p  
100 mV p-p  
100 mV p-p  
50 mV p-p  
50 mV p-p  
High Current  
Protection  
Short Protection (Drop Type or letter type)  
1Ć12 Product Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 1-5. Scanner Specifications  
Specification  
HP FAXĆ700  
HP FAX-750  
HP FAXĆ900  
HP FAXĆ950  
Scanning Method  
Solid state chargeĆ  
coupled device  
Solid state chargeĆ  
coupled device  
Solid state chargeĆ Solid state  
coupled device  
device  
chargeĆcoupled  
Document Size  
Min. width:  
148 mm  
(5.83 in)  
Min. length:  
128 mm  
(5.04 in)  
Max. width:  
216 mm  
(8.5 in)  
Min. width:  
148 mm  
(5.83 in)  
Min. length:  
128 mm  
(5.04 in)  
Max. width:  
216 mm  
(8.5 in)  
Min. width:  
148 mm  
(5.83 in)  
Min. length:  
128 mm  
(5.04 in)  
Max. width:  
216 mm  
(8.5 in)  
Min. width:  
148 mm  
(5.83 in)  
Min. length:  
128 mm  
(5.04 in)  
Max. width:  
216 mm  
(8.5 in)  
Max. length:  
356 mm  
(14 in)  
Max. length:  
356 mm  
(14 in)  
Max. length:  
356 mm  
(14 in)  
Max. length:  
356 mm  
(14 in)  
[A single docuĆ  
ment 2000 mm  
(78.74 in)  
long can be sent  
with assistance.]  
[A single docuĆ  
ment 2000 mm  
(78.74 in)  
long can be sent  
with assistance.]  
[A single docuĆ  
ment 2000 mm  
(78.74 in) (78.74 in)  
long can be sent  
[A single docuĆ  
ment 2000 mm  
long can  
with assistance.]  
with assistance.]  
Document Thickness  
Single Page:  
0.006 mm to  
0.15 mm  
(0.0024 in to  
0.0059 in)  
0.006 mm to  
0.15 mm  
(0.0024 in to  
0.0059 in)  
0.006 mm to  
0.15 mm  
(0.0024 in to  
0.0059 in)  
0.006 mm to  
0.15 mm  
(0.0024 in to  
0.0059 in)  
Document Thickness  
Multiple Pages  
0.006 mm to  
0.14 mm  
(0.0024 in to  
0.0055 in)  
0.006 mm to  
0.14 mm  
(0.0024 in to  
0.0055 in)  
0.006 mm to  
0.14 mm  
(0.0024 in to  
0.0055 in)  
0.006 mm to  
0.14 mm  
(0.0024 in to  
0.0055 in)  
Document Weight  
Single Page:  
16 lb to 24 lb  
16 lb to 24 lb  
16 lb to 24 lb  
12 lb to 30 lb  
12 lb  
16 lb  
Document Weight  
Multiple Pages:  
16 lb to 24 lb  
16 lb to 24 lb  
Effective Scanning  
Width  
216 mm  
(8.35 in)  
216 mm  
(8.35 in)  
212 mm  
(8.35 in)  
212 mm  
(8.35 in)  
Resolution  
(Standard)  
(203 dpi  
98 dpi)  
8 dots/mm  
3.85 dots/mm  
x
(203 dpi  
98 dpi)  
8 dots/mm  
3.85 dots/mm  
x
203 dpi  
x
300 dpi  
98 dpi  
11.8 dots/mm  
3.85 dots/mm)  
x
x
98 dpi  
(8 dots/mm  
3.85 dots/mm)  
x
x
x
x
x
x
Resolution  
(Fine)  
(203 dpi  
196 dpi)  
8 dots/mm  
7.7 dots/mm  
x
(203 dpi  
196 dpi)  
8 dots/mm  
7.7 dots/mm  
x
203 dpi  
196 dpi  
(8 dots/mm  
7.7 dots/mm)  
x
300 dpi  
196 dpi  
11.8 dots/mm  
7.7 dots/mm)  
x
x
x
Resolution  
(Local Copy)  
(203 dpi  
300 dpi)  
8 dots/mm  
11.8 dot/mm  
x
(203 dpi  
300 dpi)  
8 dots/mm  
11.8 dots/mm  
x
Product Information 1Ć13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 1-5. Scanner Specifications (Continued)  
Specification  
HP FAXĆ700  
HP FAX-750  
HP FAXĆ900  
HP FAXĆ950  
Maximum Resolution  
203 dpi sending  
203 dpi receiving  
203 dpi sending  
203 dpi receiving  
203 dpi sending 300 dpi sending  
300 dpi receiving 300 dpi receivin  
ADF Capacity  
(automatic docĆ  
ument feeder)  
20 pages (20 lb  
paper)  
20 pages (20 lb  
30 pages (20 lb  
paper or less)  
20 pages if  
paper 20lb  
30 pages  
(
paper)  
paper or less)  
20 pages if  
paper 20lb  
>
>
Halftone  
32 levels  
32 levels  
64 levels  
64 levels  
Reduction Ratio  
(Fixed)  
70% to 100% in  
1% increments  
70% to 100% in  
1% increments  
70% to 100% in  
70% to 100  
1% increments  
1% increments  
Reduction Ratio  
(Automatic)  
Automatically reĆ  
duces to fit on  
page  
Automatically reĆ  
Automatically reĆ  
a
Automatically reĆ  
a
a
duces to fit on  
page  
duces to fit on  
page  
duces  
t
page  
Print Cartridges  
The HP fax machines described in this manual use one black print cartridge. See Table 1-7 for part numbers.  
When printing text only on letter-size media, ink lasts for about 500 to 1000 pages. Text used was CCITT test image  
number 1, the Slerexe Company letter. If text of greater density is printed or quality mode is used, results may vary  
considerably. If the ink lasts much less than 1000 pages, ensure that you have removed both tapes from the print  
cartridge before beginning to use it, and that the conductive part of the cartridge surface was not contaminated when  
the print cartridge was removed from its box before installation.  
Media  
The HP fax machines described in this manual work with ordinary bond and photocopy papers. Paper properties are  
subject to change by paper manufacturers, and Hewlett-Packard has no control over such changes. For optimum print  
quality, test paper (printing on both sides) for suitability, before you purchase large quantities.  
Use plain bond or white photocopy paper of high quality. It should be free of:  
D
D
D
D
D
D
Cuts or tears  
Grease spots  
Loose particles  
Dust  
Wrinkles  
Curled or bent edges  
Colored bond and photocopy paper (such as pink, yellow, or blue) can be used, as long as it meets the specifications in  
Table 1-6.  
1Ć14 Product Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 1-6. Paper Specifications  
Paper Size  
U.S. letter (8 1/2 in  
U.S. legal (8 1/2 in  
A4 (210 mm  
x
x
11 in)  
14 in)  
x
297 mm)  
Effective Printing Width  
Paper Type  
See Figure 1Ć5 and Figure 1Ć6  
Cut sheet  
Cut Edge Conditions  
Sharp blade cut, with no visible  
fray  
Finishing Dimensions  
"0.0313 inch of nominal,  
corners 9_0" 0.2_0  
Long grain  
Paper Grain  
Moisture Content  
Opacity  
4% to 6% by weight  
84% minimum  
Packaging  
Polylaminated moistureĆproof  
ream wrap  
2 (  
Paper weight  
Wax Pick  
60 to 90 g1/6m lb to 24 lb)  
2
inch minimum (Dennison)  
When loading paper into the fax, observe the following precautions:  
D
D
D
D
Handle all paper by the edges only  
Load all paper types the same way  
Use only one paper type in the printer’s paper tray at a time  
Always load paper print side up in the media tray  
Plain paper has a print side which is not visible to the naked eye, so before removing paper from its package for use in  
the printer, check the outside package label. The print side will be indicated by an arrow or other symbol on the label.  
Avoid the following types of media:  
D
D
D
D
Paper greater than 90 g/m2 (24 lb) or less than 60 g/m2 (16 lb)  
Paper with cutouts or perforations  
Multiple part forms  
Paper sizes other than those listed in this document  
Product Information 1Ć15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Media Print Area (FAX-700 and FAX–750)  
The maximum printable area for the HP FAX-700 and HP FAX–750 is shown in Figure 1-5.  
2 mm  
(0.08 in)  
Printable area  
Letter:  
Legal:  
A4  
8.27 by 10.46 in  
(210.0 by 265.4 mm)  
8.27 by 13.46 in  
(210.0 by 341.6 mm)  
8.03 by 11.14 in  
(204.0 by 283.0 mm  
12 mm  
(0.47 in)  
3 mm  
(0.12 in)  
3 mm  
(0.12 in)  
Figure 1Ć5. Maximum Media Print Area (FAXĆ700 and FAX-750)  
1Ć16 Product Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Media Print Area (FAX-900 and FAX-950)  
The maximum printable area for the HP FAX-900 and HP FAX-950 is shown in Figure 1-6.  
1.5 mm  
(0.06 in)  
Printable area  
Letter:  
Legal:  
A4  
8.03 by 10.48 in  
(203.7 by 265.9 mm)  
8.01 by 13.48 in  
(203.2 by 342.1 mm)  
8.26 by 11.17 in  
(209.7 by 283.5 mm  
12.0 mm  
(0.47 in)  
NOTE:  
Bottom margin  
shown is the default.  
Physical minimum is  
3.9 mm (0.15 in).  
6 mm (0.24 in) Letter-size paper  
6 mm (0.24 in) Legal-size paper  
3 mm (0.12 in) A4-size paper  
Figure 1Ć6. Maximum Media Print Area (FAXĆ900 and FAXĆ950)  
Product Information 1Ć17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Ordering Information  
The Hewlett-Packard facsimile products are listed in Table 1-7. Availability, technical information and items shipped  
with the fax machine are subject to change without notice. Additional documentation is listed in Table 1-8..  
Table 1-7. Ordering Information  
Product  
HP Part Number  
HP FAXĆ700 Facsimile Macwhhiniceh includes: Print Cartridge, Power Cord,  
Telephone Line Cord,  
and User's Guide. See also Figure 2Ć1.  
C3530A  
HP FAX-750 Facsimile Macwhhiniceh includes: Print Cartridge, Handset,  
Handset Cradle, Handset Cord, Power Cord, Telephone Line Cord, and  
User's Guide. See also Figure 2Ć2.  
C3781A  
C3510A  
HP FAXĆ900 Facsimile Macwhhiniceh includes: User's Guide, Print CarĆ  
tridge (Boxed), Document Out Tray, Document In Tray, Paper Supply Tray,  
and Line Cord (Telephone).  
HP FAXĆ950 Facsimile Macwhhiniceh includes: User's Guide, Print CarĆ  
tridge (Boxed), Document Out Tray, Document In Tray, Handset, Paper SuCpĆ3520A  
ply Tray, Handset Cable, and Line Cord (Telephone).  
Users Guide HP FAXĆ700  
and HP FAXĆ750  
English (U.S.  
Spanish  
&
U.K.)  
C3530Ć90001  
C3530Ć90006  
User's Guide HP FAXĆ900  
English  
French  
Italian  
German  
Spanish  
C3510Ć90001  
C3510Ć90003  
C3510Ć90004  
C3510Ć90005  
C3510Ć90006  
User's Guide HP FAXĆ950  
English  
French  
Italian  
German  
Spanish  
C3520Ć90001  
C3520Ć90003  
C3520Ć90004  
C3520Ć90005  
C3520Ć90006  
Print Cartridge (High Capacity)  
HP FAXĆ700 and 750  
Black  
Black  
51626A  
51626A  
Print Cartridge (High Capacity)  
HP FAXĆ900 and 950  
Single InĆline Memory  
Module (SIMM) HP FAX 950 (Only)1 megabyte  
megabyte  
512 kilobyte  
C3505A  
C3506A  
C3507A  
2
1Ć18 Product Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 1-7. Ordering Information (continued)  
Product  
HP Part Number  
Paper:  
The HP fax machines described in this guide work  
with plain bond or white photocopy paper. RecomĆ  
mended weight range is 16 to 24 lb (60 to 90 g/m  
NA  
2).  
Telephone Assembly HP FAX 750: (Includes  
handset, handset base, and handset cord)  
C3781Ć60001  
C3520Ć60005  
Handset HP FAX-950 (Only)  
Handset Base HP FAX-950 (Only)  
Handset Base HP FAX-950 (Only) UK  
C3520Ć60006  
C3522Ć60003  
Handset Curl Cord (HP FAX-950)  
C3520Ć60007  
Cover, Rear  
FAXĆ900  
FAXĆ950  
C3510Ć60009  
C3510Ć60009  
Paper Separator  
(Rubber Pad)  
FAXĆ900  
FAXĆ950  
C3510Ć60012  
C3510Ć60012  
Paper Separator  
(Assembly)  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ750  
FAXĆ900  
FAXĆ950  
C3530Ć62913  
C3530Ć62913  
C3510Ć60013  
C3510Ć60013  
OneĆtouch Overlay  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ750  
FAXĆ900  
FAXĆ950  
C3530Ć85010  
C3530Ć85010  
C3510Ć60010  
C3510Ć60008  
Verification Stamp  
Front Panel Overlay  
FAX-950  
3520-60010  
FAX-700  
FAX-750  
C3530-60010  
C3581-60010  
C3510-60011  
C3510-60009  
Character Sheet  
FAX-900  
FAX-950  
Paper Supply Tray  
FAX-900  
FAX-950  
C3510-60005  
C3510-60005  
Product Information 1Ć19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 1-7. Ordering Information (continued)  
Product  
HP Part Number  
Tray, Document Return  
FAX-900  
FAX-950  
C3510-60006  
C3510-60006  
Document IN Tray (Document Tray)  
FAX-900  
FAX-950  
C3510-60007  
C3510-60007  
Document OUT Tray (Recording Paper Tray)  
FAX-900  
FAX-950  
C3510-60008  
C3510-60008  
Cover, Rear  
FAX-900  
FAX-950  
C3510-60009  
C3510-60009  
Diagnostic ROM*  
FAX-900  
FAX-950  
C3510-60014  
C3510-60014  
*NOTE: No special ROM is needed on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 to perform diagnostics.  
Table 1-8. Additional Documentation  
Description  
HP Part Number  
HP Facsimile Technology Guide  
C2136-90007  
HP Facsimile Family Technical Support Solutions Guide  
(HP FAXĆ200, FAXĆ310, FAXĆ900, and FAXĆ950)  
5091Ć8414EUS  
HP Facsimile Family Technical Support Solutions Guide  
(HP FAXĆ700, FAXĆ750, FAXĆ900, and FAXĆ950)  
5962Ć9599EUS  
1Ć20 Product Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2
Installation and Configuration  
Subject  
Page  
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3  
Major Assembly Identification Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3  
Control Panel Overlay Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6  
Print Cartridge Installation the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7  
Print Cartridge Installation the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9  
Paper Supply Tray Media Size Setting (HP FAX-900 and FAX-950) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11  
Paper Supply Tray Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13  
A Word About Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13  
Loading Paper into the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Fax Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13  
Loading Paper into the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Fax Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16  
ADF (Automatic Document Feeder) Document Catcher Tray Installation  
(HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17  
Document OUT Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18  
HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Document OUT Tray Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18  
HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Document OUT Tray Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19  
Document IN Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19  
HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Document IN Tray Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19  
HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Document IN Tray Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20  
Expandable Memory Card Installation (HP FAX-950 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20  
Replacing the Paper Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21  
Replacing the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Paper Separator Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21  
Replacing the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Paper Separator Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22  
Handset Installation (HP FAX-750 and FAX-950 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24  
Handset Installation (HP FAX-750) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24  
Handset Base Removal (HP FAX-750 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25  
Handset Installation (HP FAX-950) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26  
Connecting to the Telephone Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27  
Connecting the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 to the Telephone Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27  
Connecting the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 to the Telephone Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28  
Connecting to a Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28  
Connecting a Telephone to the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28  
Configuring the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 for Distinctive Ring Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29  
Configuring the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 for Distinctive Ring Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30  
Connecting a telephone to the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31  
Connecting to an Answering Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32  
Connecting an Answering Machine to the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2
Installation and Configuration  
Subject  
Page  
Connecting to an Answering Machine (Continued)  
Connecting an Answering Machine to the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34  
Managing Incoming Calls on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35  
Configuring the Fax Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36  
Setting the Date and Time on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36  
Setting the Date and Time on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37  
Setting the Fax Number and Name (Character ID) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . 2-38  
Character Code Entry on the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39  
Character Entry on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40  
Setting a Character ID on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41  
Setting the ID Number on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42  
Setting the Logo on the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43  
Setting the Logo on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43  
Setting the Pulse Dialing Method on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43  
Setting the Pulse Dialing Method on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44  
Entering a Fax Access Code (HP FAX-950) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45  
Clearing a Fax Access Code (HP FAX-950) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45  
Setting the Paper Size on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45  
Setting the Paper Size on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46  
Switching the Verification Stamp ON (HP FAX-950) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46  
2Ć2  
Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
This chapter provides information about installing the control-panel overlay and print cartridge. Where applicable, it  
also provides information about installing the paper supply tray, ADF paper catcher tray, document OUT tray, docu-  
ment IN tray, expandable memory card, separator pad, and handset. Information about connecting the facsimile to the  
telephone line, a telephone, and an answering machine is also given. The final portion of the chapter tells how to con-  
figure the facsimile machines.  
Major Assembly Identification Views  
Views of fax machine major assemblies are shown in Figure 2-1 through Figure 2-4.  
Document IN Tray Extender (Tray 3) (C3530-43056)  
Document IN Tray (Document Feeder Assy.) (C3530-63051)  
Facsimile Machine  
ADF Door  
One-Touch Overlay (C3530-85010)  
Document OUT Tray  
(Wet Paper Path Assy.) (C3530-62351)  
Paper Supply Tray  
(Paper Feed Guide) (C3530-42061)  
Print Cartridge (51626A)  
Users Guide (C3530-90001)  
Line Cord (Telephone)  
Power Cord  
FAX700–3  
Figure 2Ć1. HP FAXĆ700 Major Assemblies  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Document IN Tray Extender (Tray 3) (C3530-43056)  
Document IN Tray (Document Feeder Assembly) (C3530-63051)  
Facsimile Machine  
ADF Door  
Document OUT Tray  
(Wet Paper Path Assembly) (C3530-62351  
Paper Supply Tray  
(Paper Feed Guide) (C3530-42061)  
Print Cartridge  
Handset  
and Base  
Telephone  
Assembly  
(C3781-60001)  
Handset Cord  
Users Guide  
Line Cord (Telephone)  
Power Cord  
FAX-750-3  
Figure 2Ć2. HP FAXĆ750 Major Assemblies  
2Ć4  
Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Document OUT Tray (C3510-60008)  
Document IN Tray (C3510-60007)  
Top Cover  
Print Cartridge (51626A)  
Fax Machine  
ADF Cover  
Directory Cover (C3510-60010)  
Paper Supply Tray (C3510-60005)  
Line Cord (Telephone)  
Paper Supply Tray Extender Assy. (C3510-60006)  
FAX900–1  
Figure 2Ć3. HP FAXĆ900 Major Assemblies  
Document OUT Tray (C3510-60008)  
Document IN Tray (C3510-60007)  
Top Cover  
ADF Cover  
Fax Machine  
Print Cartridge (51626A)  
Handset Cord (C3520-60007)  
Handset Base (C3520-60006)  
Handset (C3520-60005)  
Directory Cover (C3520-60008)  
Line Cord (Telephone)  
Paper Supply Tray (C3510-60005)  
Paper Supply Tray Extender Assy. (C3510-60006)  
FAX950–1  
Figure 2Ć4. HP FAXĆ950 Major Assemblies  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Control Panel Overlay Views  
The control panel overlays of the HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 are identical except for the fax number at the top  
center of the panel. Figure 2-5 is an illustration of the HP FAX–700 control panel with the overlay in place. The  
FAX-750 control panel is exactly the same except for the fax number. Figure 2-6 is an illustration of the HP FAX-900  
control panel with the overlay in place. Figure 2-7 is an illustration of the HP FAX-950 control panel with the overlay  
in place.  
750-43  
Figure 2Ć5. Control Panel (HP FAXĆ700 and HP FAXĆ750)  
FAX900–26  
Figure 2Ć6. Control Panel (HP FAXĆ900)  
2Ć6  
Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FAX950–26  
Figure 2Ć7. Control Panel (HP FAXĆ950)  
Print Cartridge Installation the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Caution  
Handle the print cartridge only by the green top and take care not to touch the ink nozzles or the  
copper contacts while performing step 4.  
To install or change the print cartridge, perform the following steps:  
1. Ensure that the automatic document feed cover is closed. If necessary, press down until the cover is firmly  
closed.  
2. Lift open the top cover. A piece of restraining tape may be present to hold the print cartridge cradle in place  
during shipment. If you see a piece of tape holding the print cartridge cradle in place, remove the piece of tape.  
Donottrytoremovethelargeribboncableenteringtheleftsideofthetopofthecradle. Closethetopcover. See  
Figure 2-8.  
3. If you are changing a print cartridge, Place your forefinger on the cartridge top. Then press down firmly while  
pulling the cartridge toward the front of the cradle. You will hear a “click” noise as the cartridge is released.  
grasp the cartridge, remove it from the cradle, and discard.  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Top Cover  
Tape  
Print Cartridge Cradle  
Ribbon Cable  
FAX950-34  
Figure 2Ć8.Removing Cartridge Cradle Securing Tape on the HP FAXĆ900 and FAXĆ950  
4. Open the new print cartridge container to remove the print cartridge. Grasp the green portion of the cartridge,  
removethecartridgefromthecontainer. Removebothstripsofprotectivetapefromtheprintcartridgenozzles.  
See Figure 2-9.  
Strips of Tape  
Carton  
Print Cartridge  
EK_27  
Figure 2Ć9. Removing the Print Cartridge From the Carton  
5. Place the print cartridge into the cradle with the green arrow on the cartridge top pointing to the green dot on the  
top of the cradle. Refer to Figure 2-10, DETAIL A.  
6. Push the green arrow toward the green dot to “snap” the cartridge into place. Refer to Figure 2-10, DETAIL B.  
2Ć8  
Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DETAIL A  
DETAIL B  
FX310–9  
FX310–10  
Figure 2Ć10. Print Cartridge Installation on the HP FAXĆ900 and FAXĆ950  
7. Close the back cover.  
Print Cartridge Installation the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Caution  
Handle the print cartridge only by the green top and take care not to touch the ink nozzles or the  
copper contacts while performing step 4.  
To install or change the print cartridge, perform the following steps:  
1. Ensure that the automatic document feed cover is closed. If necessary, press down until the cover is firmly  
closed.  
2. Switch ON (I) the fax and open the top cover.  
3. If a cartridge is already installed, remove it. See Figure 2-11.  
Figure 2Ć11. Opening the Top Cover on the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Caution  
Be careful not to touch the ink nozzles or the copper contacts on the print cartridge while per-  
forming step 4. Touching the nozzles or copper contacts can cause earlier failure of the cartridge.  
4. Handle the new print cartridge only by the green top. Gently remove both pieces of tape. See Figure 2-9.  
5. Insert the print cartridge into the cradle. See Figure 2-12, DETAIL A.  
6. Push the print cartridge toward the rear of the fax machine until it snaps into place. See Figure 2-12,  
DETAIL B.  
DETAIL A  
DETAIL B  
ek_18  
ek_19  
Figure 2Ć12. Installing the Print Cartridge on the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750  
7. Close the top cover.  
2Ć10 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Paper Supply Tray Media Size Setting (HP FAX-900 and FAX-950)  
In the FAX-700 and FAX-750 fax machines, the paper supply tray is adjusted for media size when the paper is loaded.  
Refer to the procedure titled Loading Paper into the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Fax Machines.  
In the FAX-900 and FAX-950, if the paper you plan to use does not fit properly in the paper supply tray, the paper  
supply tray size setting must be adjusted before the paper is loaded.  
To adjust the FAX-900 or FAX-950 paper supply tray for media size, perform the following procedure:  
1. If the empty paper supply tray is installed in the fax machine, remove the paper supply tray cover (see  
Figure 2-13) and continue with step 2. If the empty paper supply tray is not installed in the fax machine, re-  
move the paper supply tray cover, and go to step 4.  
FAX900–11  
Figure 2Ć13. Removing the Paper Supply Cover  
2. Press the snaps on the left and right sides of the tray in toward the center of the tray and hold them in while  
performing step 3. See Figure 2-14.  
FAX900–12  
Figure 2Ć14. Paper Supply Tray Retaining Snaps  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Pull the tray out of the fax machine.  
4. Check whether or not the paper you plan to use fits into the tray as it is currently set. If the paper you plan to use  
fits into the tray, proceed to step 7. If your paper does not fit into the tray, remove any paper from the tray and  
continue with this procedure at step 5.  
5. Press the snap tabs on the bottom of the tray in the directions shown in Figure 2-15 to release the paper size  
guides from the tray.  
FAX950–13  
Figure 2Ć15. Releasing the Paper Size Guides from the Tray  
6. Press the paper size guides firmly into the appropriate slots in the tray until seated (outer slots for letter-sizeand  
inner slots for A4-size). See Figure 2-16.  
DETAIL A (LetterĆSize)  
DETAIL B (A4ĆSize)  
FAX900–14  
FAX900–15  
Figure 2Ć16. Installing the Paper Size Guides  
7. Install the paper supply tray cover.  
8. Insert the paper tray firmly into the fax machine paper supply slot, so that the side snaps engage.  
2Ć12 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Paper Supply Tray Loading  
A Word About Paper  
Your fax machine will accept U.S. letter size (8.5 in. by 11 in.), U.S. legal size (8.5 in. by 14 in.), or metric A4 size (210  
mm by 297 mm) paper.  
HP fax machines work well with good quality bond and photocopy papers. Paper selection is important for optimum  
print quality. For paper recommendations and specifications, refer to chapter 1 of this document.  
Paper properties can change with environmental conditions. When selecting your paper, test several types in your  
environment before you purchase large quantities. Paper should be protected from temperature and humidity ex-  
tremes. HP fax machines are designed to operate in a wide range of environmental conditions, but for best perfor-  
mance, paper should be stored and used at 20 _C (3_) or 68 _F (5_), with a relative humidity of 45% (5%).  
When shipped from the factory, the fax machine is set for the paper size (letter or A4) most commonly used in the  
country of destination. If you use or change to a different paper size, you will need to set fax parameter 14 (in the HP  
FAX-700 and FAX-750) or fax parameter 23 (in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950) to the paper size being used. Fax  
Parameters are presented in chapter 4.  
When paper is used in an environment which is outside the ranges of temperature and humidity shown above, and  
optimum print quality is desired, follow these guidelines:  
D
Do not leave the paper exposed to humidity or temperature extremes. Extremes in the environment can  
damage the paper, if left unwrapped or in the paper IN tray or paper supply tray of the fax machine.  
D
D
In the case of humidity extremes, keep paper tightly wrapped in plastic during storage.  
If there is a significant temperature difference between the paper storage area and your fax machine operating  
environment, paper should be allowed to adjust to the temperature of the fax machine operating environment  
before being unwrapped. The greater the temperature difference and the greater the volume of paper, the  
longer this time period should be.  
Caution  
Do not use plastic sheets, transparencies, thermal, perforated, specially-coated, or heavy-weight  
paper. Using paper that does not meet the specifications outlined in chapter 1, Table 1-6, of this  
guide may cause paper jams, contribute to repair costs, and cause premature wear.  
Loading Paper into the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Fax Machines  
To load paper into the fax machine for printing received fax messages and copying, perform the following steps:  
1. Ensure that a print cartridge has been loaded in the fax machine and that the print cartridge carriage is in its  
service station (left-most end of its travel).  
2. Pull out the paper supply tray extender as shown in Figure 2-17.  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ED_1  
Figure 2Ć17. Pulling Out the Paper Tray Supply Extender (HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750)  
3. Slide the paper guide to the left if you are using U.S. letter (8.5 in. by 11 in.) or U.S. legal (8.5 in. by 14 in.) size  
paper. Slide the paper guide to the right if you are using metric A4 size (210 mm by 297 mm) paper. See  
Figure 2-18.  
U.S. Letter or Legal  
A4  
EK_6  
Figure 2Ć18. Adjusting the Paper Guide (HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750)  
4. Take out a 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) stack of paper (about 100 sheets) and tap the paper edges on a flat surface to  
“even” the stack. See Figure 2-19.  
Note  
You can use US Legal, US Letter, or A4 paper size. When you change paper size, be sure to  
change the paper size in the Settings Menu (parameter 14). Settings (parameters) are discussed in  
chapter 4 of this guide.  
2Ć14 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FX310–12  
Figure 2Ć19. Preparing the Paper for Loading  
5. Slide the paper into the paper supply tray. See Figure 2-20.  
EK_5  
Figure 2Ć20. Sliding Paper into the Paper Supply Tray (HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750)  
6. Slide the paper supply tray extender in until it is snugly against the installed paper.  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Loading Paper into the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Fax Machines  
Before loading paper into the paper supply tray of the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 fax machine the paper supply tray  
must be properly adjusted for media size. Perform the procedure titled Paper Supply Tray Media Size Setting (HP  
FAX-900 and FAX-950) in this guide.  
To load paper into the paper supply drawer, perform the following procedure:  
1. Insert the paper tray firmly into the fax machine paper supply slot, so that the side snaps engage.  
2. Take out a 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) stack of paper (about 100 sheets) and tap the paper edges on a flat surface to  
“even” the stack. See Figure 2-19.  
3. Pull the paper supply tray extender out from the front of the machine to its maximum length. See Figure 2-21.  
Extender  
FAX900–8  
Figure 2Ć21. Pulling Out the Paper Tray Extender  
Note  
Load the paper with the print side face up in the paper supply. The paper packaging will  
indicate the print side.  
4. Slide the stack of paper all the way into the paper supply tray until it rests against the back of the tray.  
Note  
If the paper size you are using does not fit into the paper supply tray, the tray guides may not be  
correctly adjusted for the paper size being used. Refer to the paper supply tray guide adjustment  
given under the title, Paper Supply Tray Media Size Setting (HP FAX-900 and FAX-950)  
earlier in this chapter.  
5. Push the paper supply tray extender into the machine until it rests against the front of the stack of paper.  
2Ć16 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ADF (Automatic Document Feeder) Document Catcher Tray Installation  
(HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Only)  
To install the ADF Document Catcher Tray and set it up to catch documents, perform the following procedure:  
1. Insert the paper supply tray firmly into the fax machine paper supply slot, so that the side snaps engage.  
2. Swing the document catcher tray up and forward from the paper supply tray as shown in step 1 of Figure 2-22.  
3. Pull the document catcher tray extension all the way out as shown in step 2 of Figure 2-22.  
ADF Document Guide  
ADF Paper Catcher Tray  
FAX900–9  
Figure 2Ć22. ADF Paper Catcher Tray Installation  
4. Place documents face down in the ADF until the leading edge of the document going into the machine stops.  
5. Adjust the document guides to center the document in the ADF and shown in Figure 2-23.  
FAX900–10  
Figure 2Ć23. Aligning the Paper Guides to the Document  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Document OUT Tray  
HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Document OUT Tray Extension  
The document OUT tray comes already installed in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750. To extend the document OUT  
tray, perform the following steps:  
1. Reach under the front panel to slide the document out tray forward. See Figure 2-24.  
Document OUT Tray  
EK_7  
Figure 2Ć24. Sliding the Document OUT Tray Forward  
2. Rotate the document out tray extender up and forward. See Figure 2-25.  
Document OUT Tray  
Extender  
FAX200–5  
Figure 2Ć25. Extending the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750 Document OUT Tray  
2Ć18 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Document OUT Tray Installation  
With the tabs on the document OUT tray pointing down as shown in Figure 2-26, DETAIL A, install the tray in back  
panel of the fax machine as shown in Figure 2-26, DETAIL B.  
Tab  
DETAIL A  
DETAIL B  
FAX950–1  
FAX950–3  
Figure 2Ć26. Installing the HP FAXĆ900 and FAXĆ950 Document OUT Tray (HP FAXĆ950 Shown  
Document IN Tray  
HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Document IN Tray Extension  
To extend the document IN tray in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 fax machines, flip the document IN tray extend-  
er up and back toward the rear of the fax machine. See Figure 2-27.  
EK_1A  
Figure 2Ć27. Extending the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750 Document IN Tray  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Document IN Tray Installation  
To install the document IN tray in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 fax machines, perform the following procedure:  
1. With the front edge of the document IN tray pointing down as shown in Figure 2-28, DETAIL A, install the  
tray in the fax machine slot as shown in Figure 2-28, DETAIL B.  
Front Edge  
DETAIL A  
DETAIL B  
FAX950–1  
FAX950–3  
Figure 2Ć28. Installing the HP FAXĆ900 and FAXĆ950 Document IN Tray (HP FAXĆ950 Shown)  
Expandable Memory Card Installation (HP FAX-950 Only)  
Whether sending or receiving, memory expansion modules allow you to increase the capacity of the fax machine for  
storing a greater number of documents.  
Three optional memory expansion cards are available for use in your HP FAX-950. These cards come in 512 KB, 1  
MB and 2 MB sizes. Contact your local HP dealer to order.  
Table 2-1. Memory Card Page Capacity  
Size  
Part Number  
Page Capacity (Approximate)*  
512 KB  
1MB  
C3505A  
C3506A  
C3507A  
28 pages  
60 pages  
120 pages  
2 MB  
* Based on CCITT test chart 1 at standard resolution.  
The installation procedure begins on the next page of this guide.  
2Ć20 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To install an expandable memory card in the HP FAX-950, perform the following procedure:  
1. Switch OFF (O) the fax machine as shown in step 1 of Figure 2-29.  
2. Lift up gently on the ADF as shown in step 2 of Figure 2-29.  
3. Insert the memory card (print side up) as shown in step 3 of Figure 2-29.  
4. Close the ADF.  
5. Switch ON (I) the fax machine and check that it operates correctly. (The display will indicate the total amount  
of memory installed.)  
FAX950–27  
Figure 2Ć29. Installing the Expandable Memory Card  
Replacing the Paper Separator  
Replacing the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Paper Separator Assembly  
To replace the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 paper separator, perform the following procedure:  
1. Switch OFF (O) the fax machine.  
2. Lift the operation panel assembly. See Figure 2-30.  
EK_10  
Figure 2Ć30. Lifting the ADF Door  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Locate the paper separator assembly. See Figure 2-31.  
Paper Separator Assembly  
(C3530-62913)  
Notch  
750_11  
Figure 2Ć31. Removing the Paper Separator Assembly  
4. Remove the paper separator assembly by prying it out at the notch using your fingers, a coin, or a small screw-  
driver.  
5. Install the new paper separator assembly.  
Caution  
The fax machine will not operate properly unless both corners of the ADF are snugly against the  
body of the machine as described in step 6.  
6. Close the ADF door firmly ensuring that both rear corners of the ADF are snugly against the body of the fax  
machine.  
7. Switch ON (I) the fax machine, allow it to run through its self test, and copy a document to ensure that the  
machine is operating properly.  
Replacing the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Paper Separator Pad  
The paper separator helps to prevent multiple sheet feed by presenting a small amount of friction to the pages as they  
move through the automatic document feed mechanism. The paper separator pad is the part of the separator that con-  
tacts the pages.  
If your fax machine has been heavily used throughout its life and adjustment of the pressure switch alone as described  
in chapter 5 does not rectify a multiple sheet feed problem, you may need to replace the paper separator pad. Contact  
your local HP authorized fax dealer to order.  
2Ć22 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To replace the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 paper separator pad, perform the following procedure:  
1. Switch OFF (O) the fax machine. Open the top cover. See Figure 2-32.  
Slot at the Center Rear of the ADF  
FAX950–28  
Figure 2Ć32. Opening the Top Cover (HP FAXĆ950 Shown)  
2. Open the ADF cover.  
3. Remove the paper separator from its slot at the center rear of the ADF next to the pressure switch.  
4. Note that the small rubber pad of the separator assembly has a smooth side and a textured side. Pull the pad off  
the paper separator assembly.  
5. When you install a new pad, make sure the textured side is facing down. This will ensure proper friction to the  
sheets. Align the small hole in the pad with the tab on the paper separator assembly and press the new pad onto  
the assembly.  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Grasping the replacement paper separator so that the spring-loaded separator plate spring is held against the  
body of the separator, insert the paper separator into its slot until it snaps into place. See Figure 2-33.  
Pressure Plate  
FAX950–20  
Figure 2Ć33. Installing the Replacement Paper Separator  
Handset Installation (HP FAX-750 and FAX-950 Only)  
Handset Installation (HP FAX-750)  
To install the handset in the HP FAX-750, perform the following procedure:  
1. Place the fax machine on the bench with the right side down and the bottom of the machine facing you.  
2. Attach the handset base to the fax machine by engaging the handset base tabs into the slots in the bottom left  
side of the fax. See Figure 2-34, DETAIL A.  
3. Place the handset onto its handset base and plug the end of the handset cord with the small connector into the  
back of handset. See Figure 2-34, DETAIL B.  
2Ć24 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DETAIL A  
DETAIL B  
750_4  
EK_37  
Figure 2Ć34. Installing the Handset in the HP FAXĆ750  
4. Plug the end of the handset cord with the large connector into one of the connections marked TEL at the rear of  
the fax machine. See Figure 2-35. (The connections marked TEL at the rear of the fax machine are identical.)  
750-44  
Figure 2Ć35. Plugging in the Handset Cord  
Handset Base Removal (HP FAX-750 Only)  
To remove the handset base from the fax machine, perform the following procedure:  
1. Remove the spittoon.  
2. Switch OFF (0) the fax machine and remove the power cord.  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Remove the handset.  
4. Place the fax machine on the bench top with the right side down and the bottom of the machine facing you.  
5. Press both handset base tabs in toward the body of the base and work the base toward you and out of the fax  
machine. See Figure 2-36.  
6. To replace the handset base reverse the above procedure.  
750-4  
Figure 2Ć36. Removing the Handset Base  
Handset Installation (HP FAX-950)  
Place the handset onto its cradle and plug the handset cord into the handset connector and the cradle connector as  
shown in Figure 2-37.  
Cradle Connector  
Handset Connector  
Figure 2Ć37. Installing the Handset in the HP FAXĆ950  
2Ć26 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Connecting to the Telephone Line  
Note  
For best performance, the phone line should be connected directly to the fax machine.  
Your fax machine is not designed for use in a phone system that has call waiting, multiple phone  
extensions, caller ID, voice-mail, modems or roll-over lines. Use of a phone line having multiple  
extensions may cause transmission and/or reception problems if any of the extensions are picked  
up during data transmission/reception. If problems occur, consider using a dedicated phone line  
for the fax machine.  
Your fax machine may have plastic pull tabs protecting the telephone and line connectors on the  
back of the machine. Carefully twist and pull the tabs out of the slots to access the connectors.  
Connecting the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 to the Telephone Line  
To connect the HP FAX-700 or HP FAX-750 to the telephone line, perform the following procedure:  
1. Connect a telephone line from the phone wall jack to the LINE connector on the back of your fax machine. See  
Figure 2-38. An HP FAX-700 is illustrated in Figure 2-38, but the method of connection to the telephone line  
is the same for the HP FAX-750.  
750-48  
Figure 2Ć38. Connecting the HP FAXĆ750 to the Telephone Line  
2. Connect the fax machine to a source of ac power.  
To set up the appropriate mode of reception, refer to the information under the heading “Managing Incoming Calls by  
Setting the Reception Mode on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750” given later in this chapter. The mode of reception  
depends on the devices you have connected to your fax.  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Connecting the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 to the Telephone Line  
To connect the HP FAX-900 and HP FAX-950 to the telephone line, perform the following procedure:  
Connect a telephone line from the phone wall jack to the LINE connector on the back of your fax machine. See  
Figure 2-39. An HP FAX-900 is illustrated in Figure 2-39, but the method of connection to the telephone line is the  
same for the HP FAX-950.  
FAX950-23  
Figure 2Ć39. Connecting the HP FAXĆ900 or FAXĆ950 to the Telephone Line  
Connecting to a Telephone  
Note  
For best performance, the telephone should be connected directly to the fax machine.  
Your fax machine is not designed for use in a phone system that has call waiting, multiple phone  
extensions, caller ID, voice-mail, modems or roll-over lines. Use of a phone line having multiple  
extensions may cause transmission and/or reception problems if any of the extensions are picked  
up during data transmission/reception. If problems occur, consider using a dedicated phone line  
for the fax machine or configuring the fax machine for distinctive ring detection as described  
later in this chapter.  
Your fax machine may have break-off tabs protecting the telephone and line connectors on the  
back of the machine. Carefully twist and pry the tabs out of the slots to access the connectors.  
Connecting a Telephone to the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
To connect the HP FAX-700 or the FAX-750 to the telephone, perform the following steps:  
1. Connect the fax machine to a telephone line. If necessary, refer to the procedure titled “Connecting the HP  
FAX-700 and FAX-750 to the Telephone Line”.  
2. Plug one end of the phone cord into one of the connections at the rear of the fax machine marked TEL. See  
Figure 2-40.  
2Ć28 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Plug the other end of the phone cord into the back of the telephone. See Figure 2-40.  
750-50  
ED_17  
Figure 2Ć40. Connection the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750 to the Telephone  
4. Connect the fax machine to a source of ac power.  
To set up the appropriate mode of reception, refer to the information under the heading “Managing Incoming Calls by  
Setting the Reception Mode on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750” given later in this chapter. The mode of reception  
depends on the devices you have connected to your fax.  
Configuring the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 for Distinctive Ring Detection  
HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 fax machines have the ability to use an optional distinctive ring service offered by many  
local telephone companies. This service provides multiple telephone numbers on a single telephone line. A specific  
ring pattern can be assigned to each telephone number on the line. Have the customer check with his local telephone  
company on the availability of the service in his area.  
The fax machine can be programmed to respond to any one of many possible distinctive ring patterns at a time. When  
the telephone rings, the pattern can be used to identify the type of call (fax specific, business, or personal).  
The pattern recognized by the distinctive ring detection capability is established during configuration.  
To configure a FAX-700 or FAX-750 machine for distinctive ring detection, perform the following procedure:  
Menu  
Enter  
Enter  
6
8
Enter  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The following message appears:  
Call this fax number  
from another phone  
Have a telephone using the distinctive ring pattern you want to be detected call the customer’s fax machine number.  
Once the connection is made, the following message will appear on the message display:  
Ring cadence stored  
’ENTER’ to continue  
Press the Enter button. The fax machine returns to the “settings” menu level.  
Press the Stop button to return the fax machine to the standby mode.  
The phone can be reprogrammed to respond to a different distinctive ring pattern at any time by simply repeating this  
procedure.  
Configuring the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 for Distinctive Ring Detection  
HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 fax machines have the ability to use an optional distinctive ring service offered by many  
local telephone companies. This service provides multiple telephone numbers on a single telephone line. A specific  
ring pattern can be assigned to each telephone number on the line. Have the customer check with his local telephone  
company on the availability of the service in his area.  
The fax machine can be programmed to respond to one of several distinctive ring patterns at a time. When the tele-  
phone rings, the pattern can be used to identify the type of call (fax specific, business, or personal.)  
The setting of fax parameter 36 (Ring Pattern Detect) must match the ring pattern of the number assigned to the fax  
machine. If the setting does not match the ring pattern, the document will not be automatically received, and the tele-  
phone will continue to ring. The patterns that can be detected are:  
D
D
D
D
D
Normal = answers all rings  
Type A : Standard ring pattern = (long - long)  
Type B : Double ring pattern = (short - short)  
Type C : Triple ring pattern  
Type D : Triple ring pattern  
= (short - short -long)  
= (other than type C)  
2Ć30 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To configure a FAX-900 or FAX-950 for distinctive ring detect detection, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Use the numeric keyboard to select the pattern (1 through 5).  
Menu  
Set  
7
4
3
1. Normal  
2. Type A  
3. Type B  
4. Type C  
5. Type D  
Set  
Set  
6
Stop  
Connecting a telephone to the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
If you do not use the fax machine handset or use the fax machine in a country where telecommunications regulations  
do not allow use of an attached handset, you may need to connect a telephone to the fax machine.  
Connect a telephone to your fax machine if you want to receive both voice telephone calls and fax calls on the same  
line, or communicate with fax stations where you will need to make voice contact before sending a fax.  
To connect a telephone to your fax machine, perform the following procedure.  
Note  
Before attaching a telephone to the fax machine, attach the fax machine to a telephone line.  
1. Carefully removethetabprotectingtherectangulartelephoneconnectoronthebackofyourfaxmachine, ifnot  
already removed.  
2. Connect the telephone cord from the telephone to the rectangular connector labeled TEL on the back of your  
fax machine. See Figure 2-41. An HP FAX-900 is shown in the figure, but the connection for the HP FAX-950  
is the same as for the FAX-900.  
FAX900–24  
Figure 2Ć41. Connecting the HP FAXĆ900 to the Telephone Line  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
With only a telephone (not an answering machine) connected to your fax machine, you can operate in one of three  
different modes. These modes are FAX mode, TELEPHONE mode and FAX/TEL Auto Switch mode. The modes and  
their use are presented in Chapter 3 of this guide.  
When shipped from the factory, your HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 is set to FAX mode and will automatically answer all  
calls as fax calls. The Receive Mode light on the fax machine front panel should be lit when in FAX mode.  
If you plan to receive fax calls only, use the FAX mode (factory set at shipment). When a fax call is received, your fax  
machine will pick up the line after it detects two rings and send a fax tone signal to the calling fax machine to start  
communications. The fax is then sent and your HP FAX-900 or HP FAX-950 will automatically start to receive the  
fax.  
If you plan to receive mostly voice calls and receive fax calls manually, use the TELEPHONE mode. This mode is  
also known as the Manual mode because you must manually start the fax machine to receive a fax call. Voice calls are  
treated as normal. In this mode, the fax machine will never pick up the line. All calls must be answered manually. The  
Receive Mode light on the fax machine front panel should be off.  
For fax calls you must use the telephone that is directly connected to the jack on the back of the fax machine. After  
lifting up the telephone receiver on the telephone and the caller notifies you that a fax is about to be sent to you, press  
the START button on the fax machine and then hang up the telephone. The fax is then sent and your fax machine will  
start to receive it.  
If you plan to have the fax machine receive fax calls and you receive voice calls manually, use the FAX/TEL Auto  
Switch mode. The receive Mode light on the fax machine front panel should be off. When a call is received, your fax  
machine will pick up the line after it detects two rings and monitor the line for a fax tone signal. If a fax tone is detected,  
the fax machine will automatically start to communicate with the calling fax machine and start to receive the fax.  
If a fax tone is not detected, the fax machine will start “beeping” a signal through its speaker, expecting you to answer.  
For voice calls you must use the telephone that is directly connected to the TEL jack on the back of the fax machine. To  
answer a voice call pick up the telephone receiver, press the Dial/Space button on the fax machine and start talking.  
If you do not answer the call within the time specified in fax parameter 18, the fax machine will return a fax tone,  
expecting to communicate with a “silent” fax machine. The factory set time is 20 seconds. To change the time in fax  
parameter 18, refer to Fax Parameters in chapter 4.  
To use FAX/TEL switch mode, you need to set fax parameter 15 for option 2. Fax parameters are presented in chapter  
4.  
Connecting to an Answering Machine  
Note  
For best performance, the answering machine should be connected directly to the fax machine.  
Your fax machine is not designed for use in a phone system that has call waiting, multiple phone  
extensions, caller ID, voice-mail, modems or roll-over lines. Use of a phone line having multiple  
extensions may cause transmission and/or reception problems if any of the extensions are picked  
up during data transmission/reception. If problems occur, consider using a dedicated phone line  
for the fax machine or configuring the fax machine for distinctive ring detection as described  
earlier in this chapter.  
Your fax machine may have break-off tabs protecting the telephone and line connectors on the  
back of the machine. Carefully twist and pry the tabs out of the slots to access the connectors.  
2Ć32 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Connecting an Answering Machine to the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Connect an answering machine to your fax if you want to receive both voice telephone calls and fax calls on the same  
line, or have your fax take fax calls and the answering machine take voice calls.  
Note  
You can not use the Remote Turn-on or Outgoing-message-only features of your answering ma-  
chine when you connect it to your fax machine. If your answering machine can select the num-  
ber of rings before answering, set it to answer in less than eight rings.  
Connect the telephone cord from the answering machine to one of the TEL connectors on the back of your fax ma-  
chine. See Figure 2-42. The HP FAX-700 is shown in Figure 2-38, but the method of connection is the same for the HP  
FAX-750.  
750-51  
Figure 2Ć42. Connecting the HP FAX-700 to an Answering Machine  
To set up the appropriate mode of reception, refer to the information under the heading, “ManagingIncomingCallsby  
Setting the Reception Mode on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750”, given later in this chapter. The mode of reception  
depends on the devices you have connected to your fax.  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Connecting an Answering Machine to the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Connect an answering machine to your fax machine if you want to receive both voice telephone calls and fax calls on  
the same line, or have your fax machine take fax calls and the answering machine take voice calls.  
Note  
You can not use the Remote Turn-on or Outgoing-message-only features of your answering ma-  
chine when you connect it to your fax machine. If your answering machine can select the number  
of rings before answering, set it to answer in less than eight rings. If you use a telephone not  
provided with the answering machine, you will need to connect the telephone to the answering  
machine. Then connect the answering machine to the fax machine.  
To connect an answering machine to your fax machine, perform the following procedure:  
1. Carefully remove the tab protecting the TEL connector on the back of the fax machine, if not already removed.  
2. Connect the telephone cord from the answering machine to the TEL connector on the back of your fax ma-  
chine. See Figure 2-43. The HP FAX-900 is shown, but the connection for the HP FAX-950 is the same.  
FAX900–24  
Figure 2Ć43. Connecting the HP FAXĆ900 to the Telephone Line  
3. With an answering machine connected to your fax machine, you will need to set fax interface parameter 16 for  
answering machine interface. To do so, turn ON the fax machine and press the fax machine control panel but-  
tons in the following sequence:  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
Set  
1
6
2
Set  
Stop  
2Ć34 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
In the Telephone Answering Machine Interface Mode, the answering machine attached to the HP FAX-900 or  
FAX-950 will answer all incoming calls and begin the outgoing message you recorded on the answering machine tape.  
The HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 will not pick up the line. During the outgoing message, the fax machine will monitor  
the incoming line for a fax tone signal.  
If the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 detects a fax tone signal, the fax machine will automatically take over the call and start  
to communicate with the calling fax machine to receive the fax.  
If a fax tone signal is not detected, the answering machine accepts the voice call and records the message.  
The remote reception feature of your HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 allows you to still receive a fax call if you’ve picked up  
the telephone, attached to the answering machine, before the answering machine starts its outgoing message. In order  
to receive the fax calls, you must first set fax parameter 47 to option 2 (valid). Refer to Fax Parameters in chapter 4.  
Then, if you answer the phone before the answering machine starts the outgoing message and you receive a fax call,  
which is recognized by the “beep” in the receiver, you can still receive the fax by pressing the * button on the phone  
twice and then hanging up.  
It is recommended that you set the time in fax parameter 19 to the same length of time as the outgoing message on your  
answering machine. Factory set time is 20 seconds. To change the time in fax parameter 19, refer to Fax Parameters in  
chapter 4.  
Managing Incoming Calls on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Manage incoming calls by setting the Reception Mode (Mode 7)  
For this connection:  
Set Reception mode to:  
Answer manually  
Then read this note:  
An extension phone on the  
telephone line before the fax  
Note 1  
and  
Remote Reception  
No other devices on the  
telephone line  
Fax Only  
Note 2  
Note 3  
Note 4  
A telephone connected  
directly to the fax  
Auto Fax/Phone  
Auto Fax/Ans Mach.  
An answering machine  
connected directly to the fax  
D
Note 1  
When Answer manually is selected, the fax machine never answers incoming calls. To receive a fax in this  
mode, answer the extension phone and press the Start/Copy button on the front panel, or dial the remote  
reception code (123).  
D
D
Note 2  
When Fax Only is selected, the fax machine answers all incoming calls.  
Note 3  
When Auto Fax/Phone is selected, the fax machine answers a fax call, but fax reception must be disabled  
to receive a voice call. To disable fax reception, lift the phone receiver and press the Start button.  
D
Note 4  
When Auto Fax/Ans Mach. is selected, the fax machine answers a fax call, but switches voice calls to the  
answering machine. When you choose this setting, set the Fax/Ans Mach number equal to the rings that the  
answering machine waits before answering a call. Silent detect allows reception of faxes from older fax  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
machines. Choose Yes if you may receive faxes from older machines.  
D
Remote Reception  
Remote Reception allows the fax to answer when your reception code (123 is the default) is dialed from any  
extension connected to your phone line, including the calling phone. Select Disable to turn this setting off.  
Configuring the Fax Machine  
ThetelephoneConsumerProtectionActof1991makesitunlawful for anypersontouseacomputerorotherelectronic  
device to send any message via telephone facsimile machine unless the message clearly contains the following in-  
formation in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of transmission:  
D
D
D
Date and Time of transmission  
Identification of either business, business entity or individual sending the message  
Telephone number of either the sending machine, business, business entity or individual  
Setting the Date and Time on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
These instructions show you , in detail, how to set the date and time that will print on each fax that you send. To do  
this, you will use menus, buttons and the keypad on the front panel. There are several ways to use buttons and keys  
with HP LearnFAST, the instructions in this guide show you one, easy method.  
Follow the instructions below by first reading the text in the Do Thiscolumn, then pressing the buttons and keys in the  
Using These Buttons column. Check to see that the display shows what you see in the To Display column.  
If you make a mistake, press the Undo button located just under the Stopbutton on the front panel. If you want to stop  
and start over, press the Stop button.  
To Display  
Using These Buttons  
Do This  
Display the Menu  
Press the Menu button.  
Menu Options (1–9)  
1:Scan & Send  
When you display the menu,  
there are 9 options available.  
Press the down arrow to browse  
down to 6: Settings. If you pass  
it, press the up arrow.  
Menu Options (1–9)  
6:Settings  
Choose Settings  
Press the Enter key. Note that  
the display has changed.  
Settings (1–17)  
01:Date & Time  
Choose 01: Date & Time  
Press the Enter key. Note that  
the display has changed.  
Date (MM/DD/YY)  
[Aug]08/01/94  
Continued on the next page  
2Ć36 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the date and time (Continued)  
To Display  
Using These Buttons  
Do This  
Press the up and down  
Date (MM/DD/YY)  
arrows. When the month you  
want is displayed, press the  
right arrow to move to day.  
Browse to the day you want,  
then press the right arrow to  
move to year. Browse to the  
new year. If you make a  
[Oct]10/20/94  
mistake, use the left and right  
arrows to move to the mistake,  
then the up and down arrows to  
browse again.  
Select the Date  
Time (HH:MM)  
24Hr Clk[08:00]08:00  
Press the Enter key. Note that  
the display has changed.  
Press the arrow keys to  
browse to the hour and  
minute you want. Your fax  
uses a 24 hour clock. When  
you browse past 12:00, the  
time is shown in 12 hr. format  
between the brackets.  
Time (HH:MM)  
24Hr Clk[02:15]14:15  
Save the new Time.  
Settings (1–18)  
01:Date & Time  
Press Enter, then press  
Stop to leave the menus.  
Setting the Date and Time on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Use the numeric keypad to enter a two-digit month, two-digit day, and four-digit year. Enter the time using a 24-hour  
day (military) clock format.  
To move the cursor, use the Contrast and Resolution buttons.  
To correct an error, place the cursor over the error and enter the new data or place the cursor over the first character and  
press the Clear button.  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To set the date and time, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where re-  
quested.  
Set  
Menu  
7
1
Set  
Stop  
Enter Date  
and Time  
Note  
Your fax machine is equipped with a Daylight Savings Time feature. This means that the fax  
machine clock will automatically set the time forward 1 hour on the first Sunday in April  
(that is, 2:00 am to 3:00 am) and set the time back one hour the last Sunday in October  
(that is, 2:00 am to 1:00 am). If you do not want this feature enabled, you need to change  
fax parameter 35 to the Invalid setting. Fax parameters are presented in chapter 4 of  
this guide.  
Example: July 26, 1993 at 9:30 am = 07 - 26 - 1993 09:30.  
Example: October 13, 1993 at 6:30 pm = 10 - 13 - 1993 18:30.  
Setting the Fax Number and Name (Character ID) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
The number and name of the sending fax machine will appear on receiving fax machine documents when printed. You  
can enter a name of up to 20 characters in length.  
To set the number and name, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where  
requested.  
ABC  
Enter/Monitor  
Menu  
MNO  
2
6
Enter/Monitor  
Enter/Monitor  
Enter  
Fax  
Number  
Enter  
Name  
Stop  
To enter the name, use the alpha-numeric keypad to enter the letters that make up the name. When entering a name,  
the cursor will be at the left-most position in the writable portion of the message display. Press an alpha-numeric key  
the number of times required to place the appropriate letter at this position. For example, suppose you wanted to place  
JKL  
the letter L at this position. To accomplish this you would press the alpha-numeric key  
three times, once  
5
for J, once for K, and a third time for L. Press the right arrow key to the next character position and press an alpha-nu-  
meric key the necessary number of times to insert the second letter of the name.  
Redial/Pause  
Report/Space  
The  
button enters a dash, and the  
button enters a space.  
2Ć38 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To move the cursor in the display, use the left and right arrow keys.  
To correct an error, place the cursor over the erroneous character and enter the correct character.  
Character Code Entry on the HP FAX-900  
Character codes are used to enter your logo, character ID, and to enter names in one-touch and speed dial numbers.  
Alphabetic characters are represented by two-digit character codes.  
Use the one-touch keypad to enter the two-digit character code for each alphabetic character. Use the Dial/Space but-  
ton for inserting spaces between characters.  
To correct an error, place the cursor over the error and enter the new data. To move the display cursor, use the Contrast  
and Resolution buttons.  
Each alphabetic character code requires a two-button sequence. Note the relationship between the button position of  
the desired alphabetic character or symbol and the bottom row of buttons showing the position of the second button to  
be pressed. The second button to be pressed is identified by the dark circle whose position corresponds to the position  
of the letter or symbol to be used.  
Using the examples shown on the next page, you will see how to enter the character codes for various alphabetic char-  
acters.  
Example: To enter the logo HPFAX, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
7
1
H
F
P
A
X
Set  
Stop  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Example: To enter the character ID DAVE, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
7
1
D
Set  
V
A
E
Set  
Stop  
Character Entry on the HP FAX-950  
Characters are used to enter your logo, character ID, and to enter names in one-touch and speed dial numbers. Alpha-  
betic characters are printed to the message window using the one–touch and program keys. See Figure 2-44 for an  
illustration of the one-touch keypad.  
Use the one-touch keypad to enter the each alphabetic character. Use the Dial/Space button for inserting spaces be-  
tween characters. The default is that the lower one–touch character is printed until P4 is pressed. After P4 is pressed,  
the upper character is printed until P4 is pressed again or fax machine power is cycled.  
Tocorrectanerror, placethecursorover the error and enter the new data. Tomove the display cursor, use the Contrast  
and Resolution buttons.  
Figure 2Ć44. OneĆtouch Keypad (HP FAXĆ950)  
2Ć40 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using the examples shown next, you will see how to enter the character codes for various alphabetic characters.  
Example: To enter the logo HPFAX, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
7
1
H
P
A
F
X
Set  
Stop  
Example: To enter the character ID DAVE, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
D
Set  
Menu  
7
1
Set  
V
A
E
Set  
Stop  
Setting a Character ID on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Note  
HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 fax machines do not have character ID capabilities. A name can  
be entered on these machines, but the name is equivalent to the logo capability of the HP  
FAX-900 and FAX-950 machines.  
An additional form of fax machine identification is provided when communicating with a fax machine that has charac-  
ter ID capabilities. You can set your fax machine so that your character ID will appear on the receiving machine’s  
display and its character ID will appear on your display.  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
You can enter a character ID up to 16 characters in length. Use the one-touch keypad to enter a two-digit character code  
or alphabetic character. You may want to use your company name as your character ID. For instructions on how to  
enter characters on the HP FAX-900 one-touch keypad, see the paragraphs under the heading, “Character Code Entry  
on the HP FAX-900”. For instructions on how to enter characters on the HP FAX-950 one-touch keypad, see the para-  
graphs under the heading, “Character Entry on the HP FAX-950”.  
To move the cursor, use the Contrast and Resolution buttons.  
To correct an error, place the cursor over the error and enter the new data or place the cursor over the first character and  
press the Clear button.  
To enter a character ID, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where re-  
quested.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
Set  
7
1
Set  
Enter  
character  
ID  
Stop  
Setting the ID Number on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
ID Numbers are used as additional forms of identification. They will appear in the displays of receiving fax machines  
during communications.  
You can enter an ID Number up to 20 digits, including spaces, in length. Use the number keypad to enter numbers and  
the Dial/Space button for inserting spaces. You may want to use your fax telephone number as your ID Number.  
To correct an error, use the Clear button to delete the error, then proceed to enter the correct information from that  
point.  
To enter an ID Number, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where re-  
quested.  
Set  
Menu  
Set  
7
1
Set  
Set  
Enter ID  
Number  
Set  
Stop  
2Ć42 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting the Logo on the HP FAX-900  
Note  
The term, logo, is not used on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750. The term, name, is equivalent to  
the term, logo, since the name is included in the header of documents sent with these machines.  
Your Logo is included in the header on documents you transmit and identifies you as the source of the documents.  
You can enter a Logo up to 25 characters in length. Use the one-touch keypad to enter a two-digit character code for  
each character. Refer to the character code information given under the heading, “Character Code Entry on the HP  
FAX-900”, earlier in this chapter.  
To set the logo, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.  
Set  
Menu  
Set  
7
1
Enter  
Logo  
Set  
Stop  
character  
codes  
Setting the Logo on the HP FAX-950  
Your Logo is included in the header on documents you transmit and identifies you as the source of the documents.  
You can enter a Logo up to 25 characters in length. Use the one-touch keypad to enter characters. Refer to the character  
entry information given under the heading, “Character Code Entry on the HP FAX-950”, earlier in this chapter.  
To set the logo, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.  
Set  
Menu  
Set  
7
1
Set  
Stop  
Enter Logo  
characters  
Setting the Pulse Dialing Method on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Your HP FAX-700 or FAX-750 is factory set for touchtone dialing. If you connect your FAX machine to a pulse dial-  
ing system, you will need to configure the FAX for pulse dialing.  
To set for pulse dialing, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Menu  
MNO  
MNO  
Enter/Monitor  
6
6
Stop  
Enter/Monitor  
Enter/Monitor  
Press left  
arrow key.  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To set the HP FAX-750 handset for pulse dialing, slide the DIAL switch to the left. See Figure 2-45.  
Figure 2Ć45. Setting the HP FAXĆ750 Handset for Pulse Dialing  
Setting the Pulse Dialing Method on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Your HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 is factory set for touchtone dialing. If you connect your fax machine to a pulse dialing  
system, you will need to configure the fax machine for pulse dialing.  
Configuring for tone or pulse dialing requires setting fax parameter 6 to tone or pulse dialing.  
To configure for tone or pulse dialing, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information  
where requested.  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
Set  
1. Pulse  
2. Tone  
0
6
Set  
Stop  
2Ć44 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Entering a Fax Access Code (HP FAX-950)  
A fax access code can be used to prevent unauthorized use of the fax machine. Once a code is entered, use of the ma-  
chine to send a fax requires the entry of the access code. Receiving is not affected. The code can be entered, changed,  
and deleted as necessary.  
To enter a fax access code, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where re-  
quested.  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
Set  
Enter 4-digit  
password.  
3
8
Set  
Stop  
If an access code is set and required to use the machine, the display will indicate, Access Code=. Enter the access code  
and press the Set button. You may now operated the fax machine.  
Clearing a Fax Access Code (HP FAX-950)  
To clear (erase) a fax access code, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
Set  
Clear  
3
8
Set  
Stop  
To change an access code, clear (erase) the old code and enter a new code using the above procedures.  
Setting the Paper Size on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Your HP FAX-700 or HP FAX-750 is factory set for U.S. letter size ( 8 1/2 in. x 11 in.) paper. If you want to use U.S.  
legal (8 1/2 in. x 14 in.) or metric A4 (210 mm x 297 mm) size paper, you will need to configure the FAX machine  
paper size parameter 14 in the settings menu.  
To set the FAX machine for the paper size used, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary  
information where requested.  
Menu  
MNO  
Enter/Monitor  
GHI  
6
4
1
Press number  
key to select pa-  
per size:  
Stop  
Enter/Monitor  
Enter/Monitor  
1 = A4 (Metric)  
2 = Letter (U.S.)*  
3 = Legal (U.S.)  
Installation and Configuration 2Ć45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting the Paper Size on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Your HP Fax 900 is factory set for receiving documents using the standard paper size of the country of destination  
when ordered. In the U.S. A., it is set for receiving letter - 8 1/2 in. x 11 inch documents. Where the metric system is  
normally used, it is set for receiving A4 size documents.  
If you want to configure to receive U.S. legal (8 1/2 in. x 14 in.) or change to receive letter (8 1/2 in. x 11 in) or A4 (210  
mm x 297 mm) size documents, you will need to configure fax parameter 23 to the desired size.  
To configure the received document paper size, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary  
information where requested.  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
Set  
1. A4  
2
3
2. Letter  
3. Legal  
Set  
Stop  
Switching the Verification Stamp ON (HP FAX-950)  
Note  
HP fax machines FAX-700, FAX-750, and FAX-900 do not have a verification stamp capability.  
The verification stamp is a small mark that prints at the bottom of each successfully transmitted page. The HP  
FAX-950 comes from the factory with the verification stamp switched OFF. The FAX-950 can be temporarily  
Stamp Ɵ  
switched ON by pressing the  
button . The lamp next to the button is lit when the stamp feature is ON.  
After the document is sent, the fax machine automatically returns the stamp setting to its current value.  
To permanently switch the verification stamp ON, change fax parameter 04 to Option 2 using the following proce-  
dure:  
Menu  
PRS  
Set  
GHI  
Set/Volume–  
7
4
Set  
Stop  
Type the  
numbers  
04  
Type the  
number  
2
Note  
Normally the fax machine does not stamp originals as they are stored in memory (for later trans-  
mission, for example). To switch the verification stamp ON for stored documents, you must also  
set fax parameter 28 (MEMORY STORED STAMP) to Option 2.  
2Ć46 Installation and Configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To permanently switch the memory-stored verification stamp ON, use the following procedure:  
Menu  
PRS  
Set  
GHI  
Set/Volume–  
7
4
Stop  
Set  
Type the  
numbers  
28  
Type the  
number  
2
Installation and Configuration 2Ć47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3
Operation and Usage  
Subject  
Page  
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3  
Turning the FAX machine ON and OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3  
Turning the FAX-700 and FAX-750 ON and OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3  
Turning the FAX-900 and FAX-950 ON and OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3  
Fax Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3  
Control Panel Keys and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5  
HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 Control Panel Keys and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5  
HP FAX-900 Control Panel Keys and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8  
HP FAX-950 Control Panel Keys and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11  
Adjusting Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14  
Adjusting Speaker, Monitor, and Button Volume on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . 3-14  
Adjusting Handset Ringer Volume on the HP FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14  
Adjusting Speaker Volume on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15  
Adjusting Button Volume on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15  
Adjusting Handset Ringer Volume on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16  
Sending a Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16  
FCC Fax Transmission requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16  
Loading a Document into the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16  
Loading a Document into the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17  
One-Touch Dialing on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18  
One-Touch Dialing on the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19  
One-Touch Dialing on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22  
Auto Dialing on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25  
Speed Dialing on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26  
Direct Dialing on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28  
Direct Dialing on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29  
Memory Transmission on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30  
Direct Transmission Reservation (Priority Transmission) on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30  
Stopping a Transmission on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31  
Stopping a Transmission on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31  
Transmission Print Quality on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32  
Transmission Print Quality on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33  
Receiving a Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34  
Receiving a Document on the HP FAX-700 or FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34  
Attended/Unattended Modes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34  
Operation and Usage 3Ć1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3
Operation and Usage  
Subject  
Page  
Receiving a Document (Continued)  
Attended Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34  
Unattended Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36  
Attended/Unattended Modes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36  
Attended Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36  
Unattended Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38  
Shared Reception Mode on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39  
Shared Reception Mode on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40  
Reception Print Quality on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41  
Reception Print Quality on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41  
Substitute Memory Reception on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42  
Substitute Memory Reception on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42  
Size Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43  
Printing Received Documents at Automatic Reduction on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . 3-43  
Printing Received Documents at Fixed Reduction on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . 3-44  
Printing Received Documents at Automatic Reduction on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . 3-45  
Printing Received Documents at Fixed Reduction on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . 3-45  
Copying a Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46  
Copying a Document on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46  
Copying a Document on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46  
Copying Documents at Fixed Reduction on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47  
Copying Documents at Automatic Reduction on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47  
Copying Documents at Fixed Reduction on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48  
Print Quality on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49  
Print Quality on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50  
Printing Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51  
Printing Reports on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51  
Printing Reports on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52  
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52  
Print Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52  
Exterior Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56  
Interior Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57  
Replacement Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62  
3Ć2 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
This chapter gives information on the operation and usage of the HP FAX-700, HP FAX-750, HP FAX-900, and HP  
FAX-950 facsimile machines. For additional information about the fax machines’ control panels, refer to the follow-  
ing documents as appropriate:  
D
D
D
HP FAX-700/750 User’s Guide  
HP FAX-900 User’s Guide  
HP FAX-950 User’s Guide  
Turning the FAX machine ON and OFF  
Turning the FAX-700 and FAX-750 ON and OFF  
1. Plug the power cord into a grounded electrical outlet.  
2. Turn ON (I) the fax machine by pressing the forward half of the ON/OFF switch, located on the right rear  
corner (viewed from the front) of the fax machine.  
3. To turn OFF (O) the fax machine, press the rear half of the ON/OFF switch.  
Turning the FAX-900 and FAX-950 ON and OFF  
1. Plugthepower cord into a groundedelectrical outlet. Your faxmachineisdesignedtooperatewiththestandard  
power source for the country of destination when ordered.  
Note  
Due to the different power specifications of various countries, operation of the fax machine  
outside of the original country of destination may cause problems.  
2. Turn ON (I) the fax machine by pressing the ON/OFF switch, located on the left rear corner of the faxmachine.  
The message display on the fax machine control panel will be lit when the fax machine is powered ON.  
Whenever the faxmachineisturnedON(I), the front panel display will first indicate the fax machine identificationand  
memory option. Then the display will instruct you to wait while it performs the built-in self-test routine. At comple-  
tion of the self-test, the display will show a date and time. Instructions for entering or changing the date and time are  
provided in chapter 3. The first time you turn the fax machine ON, the fax machine display will prompt you to load  
paper and ink. A “beeping” noise will also be heard. Refer to the paper and ink cartridge loading procedures in chapter  
2.  
3. To turn OFF (O) the fax machine press the ON/OFF switch again.  
Fax Operating Modes  
HP fax machines have five basic modes of operation:  
D
D
In standby mode, the fax machine is idle. It is ready to transmit or receive documents.  
In receiving mode, the fax machine is receiving a document from another station. It cannot receive or  
transmit other documents.  
Operation and Usage 3Ć3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D
In transmitting mode, the fax machine is transmitting a document to another station. It cannot receive or  
transmit other documents.  
D
D
In printing mode, the fax machine is printing a report, list, or document.  
In information mode, information codes are shown in the message window. The fax machine is indicating  
an error condition, such as no paper in the paper IN tray. It can receive and transmit documents under  
most error conditions. Chapter 5 of this guide gives details on how to respond to information codes.  
A description of the control panel functions and keys begins on the next page of this guide.  
3Ć4 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Control Panel Keys and Functions  
HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 Control Panel Keys and Functions  
Figure 3-1 shows the control panel buttons. The control panel, located on the ADF, contains most of the user interface  
controls. Refer to Table 3-1 for a detailed explanation of each control.  
Navigate  
move  
cursor  
Access  
stored numbers  
Message  
Window  
Edit oneĆtouch  
and Auto Dial numbers  
Erase previous  
character/s typed  
Display  
Menus  
End an  
activity  
Control how  
faxes and  
copies look  
AlphaĆNumeric  
Keypad  
OneĆTouch Keypad  
Begin sending  
or copying  
Select, save  
or perform  
Dial again  
or enter  
a
pause  
Print reports  
or enter  
a
space  
Figure 3Ć1. Control Panel (HP FAXĆ700 and HP FAXĆ750)  
Operation and Usage 3Ć5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 3-1. HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 User Interface Controls  
Control Panel Item  
Action  
Message Window  
OneĆTouch/Keypad  
Shows the date and time in standby mode. Shows relevant infor  
mation during operations. Shows information codes for diagnosing  
problems.  
Ten buttons that can be programmed for oneĆtouch dialing  
The user can print  
a
oneĆtouch directory sheet with  
oneĆtouch numbers and station names by pressing the  
Reports/Space button, sellecting choice 3, and pressing the  
Enter/Monitor button.  
AlphaĆNumeric Keypad  
Twelve buttons used for direct dialing, storing speed dialing  
numbers and names, and selecting functions.  
Stop Button  
Cancels any current activity and returns the fax machine to  
standby mode.  
Backspace Button  
Enter/Monitor Button  
Moves the cursor rightĆtoĆleft in the message window erasing  
previously typed characters as it does so.  
Selects  
a
menu item, saves  
a
setting, or performs an operation.  
Also allows the user to hear dialing and phone ringing operations  
during fax transmission.  
Start/Copy Button  
Arrow Buttons  
Begins  
a
copying operation.  
selected function or operation. Also initiates  
a
Used to move the cursor in the message window while editing  
oneĆtouch and auto dial numbers.  
Auto Dial Button  
When pressed, this button indicates that an autoĆdial or  
dialing code will follow.  
a
spee  
Store Number Button  
Redial/Pause Button  
Used to edit oneĆtouch and auto dial numbers.  
Redials  
when dialing or storing  
a
previously entered telephone number or enters  
telephone number.  
a
pause  
a
Report/Space Button  
Accesses the reports menus directly from the standby mode or  
enters space when storing telephone number. The reports me  
a
a
available are 1: Last Transaction, 2: Last 32 Transactions, 3: Auto  
Directory, 4: Settings. After pressing this button, select the report  
b
either browsing through the reports to the report you want or pre  
the number of the report you want. Then press the Enter/Monitor  
button.  
Menu Button  
This button causes menus to be displayed in the message wind  
3Ć6 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 3-1. HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 User Interface Controls (Continued  
Control Panel Item  
Action  
Contrast  
Selects the contrast of the scanned document (Normal, Lighten,  
single transmission. The default setting is  
or Darken) for  
Normal" contrast.  
a
Resolution  
Selects the resolution of the sending document (Standard or Fine)  
for single transmission. The default setting is Standard".  
a
Photograph Button  
When this button has been pressed, and the LED above the  
is lit, pressing the Start/Copy button will cause the fax machine  
b
t
a
copy of  
Photographs can be copied in either the Quality or the Economy  
mode through the Settings 05, Photo Quality menu. The Quality  
will provide better reproduction of the photograph, but will take  
a
photograph. The resolution will be better than Fine"  
m
a
more time. The Economy mode will not provide as sharp an ima  
as the Quality mode, but will take less time.  
Operation and Usage 3Ć7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HP FAX-900 Control Panel Keys and Functions  
Figure 3-2 shows the control panel buttons. The control panel, located on the ADF cover, contains most of the user  
interface controls. Refer to Table 3-2 for a detailed explanation of each control.  
Redial/Pause  
Flash  
Set/Volume  
-
+
Clear/Volume  
Resolution  
Contrast  
Menu  
Receive mode  
Message Window  
OneĆTouch Keypad  
Numeric Keypad  
Photo  
(See Table 3Ć2  
Memory  
Start  
Stop  
Copy  
)
Dial/Space  
Speed Dial  
FAX900–26  
Figure 3Ć2. Control Panel (HP FAXĆ900)  
3Ć8 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 3-2. HP FAX-900 User Interface Controls  
Control Panel Item  
Action  
Message Window  
Shows the date and time in standby mode. Shows relevant infor  
mation during operations. Shows information codes for diagnosing  
problems.  
One-Touch Keypad  
Sixteen buttons that can be programmed for oneĆtouch dialing  
or used to enter alphabetic characters when forming logos or staĆ  
tion names. The user can print a oneĆtouch directory sheet with  
oneĆtouch numbers and station names.  
Numeric Keypad  
Menu Button  
Twelve buttons used for direct dialing, storing numbers, and selec  
ing functions.  
Starts an operation or changes fax settings. For example, the firs  
step in selecting  
a
test mode is pressing the Menu button.  
Contrast  
<
Button  
Selects the contrast of the scanned document (Normal, Darken,  
or Lighten) for single transmission. The default setting is Norma  
a
contrast (Normal LED on).  
This button also functions as  
tion in the message window.  
a
left arrow (<) when editing inform  
Resolution  
>
Button  
Selects the resolution of the sending document (Standard or Fin  
single transmission. The default setting is Standard"  
(Standard LED on).  
for  
a
This button also functions as  
tion in the message window.  
a
right arrow (>) when editing infor  
Photoƞ Button  
Selects photo mode for  
a
single transmission for improved  
image quality of photographs and documents with shades of gray  
when scanning.  
This button also functions as a ƞupĆ)arrwowhen( editing informaĆ  
tion in the message window.  
Ɵ
Button  
Functions as  
mation in the message window.  
a
downĆƟarro)w wh(en editing inforĆ  
Memory Button  
Stores  
a
document in memory.  
Redial/Pause Button  
Flash Button  
Redials  
when dialing or storing  
a
previously entered telephone number or enters  
a
a
pause  
telephone number.  
Some PBX systems require  
a
flash signal to access outside lines  
the flash feature lets you use the fax machine with those PBX  
systems.  
Speed Dial Button  
Dial/Space Button  
Used to select the speedĆdial abbreviated dialing method. After  
p
ing the speed dial button,  
identify the station being called.  
a
twoĆdigit code must be entered to  
Used to start manual dialing and to enter  
telephone number.  
a
space when storing  
Operation and Usage 3Ć9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 3-2. HP FAX-900 User Interface Controls (Continued)  
Control Panel Item  
Action  
Receive mode Button  
Selects the attended or unattended receive mode. The lamp is  
when in the unattended mode, OFF when in the attended mode.Th  
unattended receive mode is the default.  
Clear/Volume  
Set/Volume  
+
Button  
Used to clear characters or erase entries. Also used to increas  
speaker volume.  
-
ButtonUsed to trsiest . (sAtlosroe) uesend to decrease speaker volume.  
Used to make single copies of individual pages of documents.  
Copy Button  
Stop Button  
Used to stop  
when pressed, the fax machine returns to the Date/Time display.  
a
transmission or cancel an operation.  
Start Button  
Used to start an operation. Not required to start  
or speedĆdial sequence or copy.  
a
oneĆtouch  
3Ć10 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HP FAX-950 Control Panel Keys and Functions  
Figure 3-3 shows the control panel buttons. The control panel, located on the ADF cover, contains most of the user  
interface controls. Refer to Table 3-3 for a detailed explanation of each control.  
Redial/Pause  
Flash  
Set/Volume  
-
+
Clear/Volume  
Resolution  
Contrast  
Menu  
Receive mode  
Message Window  
OneĆTouch Keypad  
Numeric Keypad  
Photo  
Stamp  
Start  
Stop  
Copy  
Memory  
Dial/Space  
Speed Dial  
FAX950–26  
Figure 3Ć3. Control Panel (HP FAXĆ950)  
Operation and Usage 3Ć11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 3-3. HP FAX-950 User Interface Controls  
Control Panel Item  
Action  
Message Window  
Shows the date and time in standby mode. Shows relevant infor  
mation during operations. Shows information codes for diagnosing  
problems.  
One-Touch Keypad  
TwentyĆfour buttons that can be programmed for oneĆtouch dialing  
or used to enter alphabetic characters when forming logos or staĆ  
tion names. The user can print a oneĆtouch directory sheet with  
oneĆtouch numbers and station names.  
Numeric Keypad  
Menu Button  
Twelve buttons used for direct dialing, storing numbers, and selec  
ing functions.  
Starts an operation or changes fax settings. For example, the firs  
step in selecting  
a
test mode is pressing the Menu button.  
Contrast  
<
Button  
Selects the contrast of the scanned document (Normal, Darken,  
or Lighten) for single transmission. The default setting is Norma  
a
contrast (Normal LED on).  
This button also functions as  
tion in the message window.  
a
left arrow (<) when editing inform  
Resolution  
>
Button  
Selects the resolution of the sending document (Standard, Fine,  
300 dpi) for single transmission. The default setting is Standard  
(Standard LED on).  
a
This button also functions as  
tion in the message window.  
a
right arrow (>) when editing infor  
Photoƞ Button  
Selects photo mode for  
a
single transmission for improved  
image quality of photographs and documents with shades of gray  
when scanning.  
This button also functions as a ƞupĆ)arrwowhen( editing informaĆ  
tion in the message window.  
StampƟ Button  
Turns the verification stamp on and off for  
a
a
This button also functions as doƟwnĆ)arrwowhen( editing inforĆ  
single transmission.  
mation in the message window.  
Memory Button  
Stores documents in memory.  
Redial/Pause Button  
Redials  
when dialing or storing  
a
previously entered telephone number or enters  
telephone number.  
a
pause  
a
Flash Button  
Some PBX systems require  
a
flash signal to access outside lines  
the flash feature lets you use the fax machine with those PBX  
systems.  
Speed Dial Button  
Dial/Space Button  
Used to select the speedĆdial abbreviated dialing method. After  
pressing the speedĆdial button,  
to identify the station being called.  
a
twoĆdigit code must be entered  
Used to start direct dialing or enters  
phone number.  
a
space when storing  
a
3Ć12 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 3-3. HP FAX-950 User Interface Controls (Continued)  
Control Panel Item  
Action  
Receive mode Button  
Selects the attended or unattended reception mode. The unattend  
reception mode is the default.  
Clear/Volume  
Set/Volume  
+
Button  
Erases any previous input when performing or setting  
In standby, this button acts to increase the volume of the dial to  
the Dial/Space button has been pressed.  
a
function  
-
Button  
Used to select  
a
function or to precede and follow the entry  
In standby, this button acts to decrease the volume of the dial  
the Dial/Space button has been pressed.  
Copy Button  
Stop Button  
Used to make copies of individual pages of documents.  
Cancels any current activity and returns the fax to standby mode  
In standby mode the Date/Time display appears in the message  
window of the fax machine.  
Start Button  
Begins  
touch or speedĆdial sequence or copy.  
a
selected function or operation. Not required to start  
a
Operation and Usage 3Ć13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjusting Volume  
Adjusting Speaker, Monitor, and Button Volume on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Loudness (volume) of the ring, monitor, and key (button) press beep can be adjusted through the settings menus.  
To adjust the speaker, monitor, and button loudness, press buttons in the sequence shown:  
Menu  
Enter/ Monitor  
6
1
6
Enter/ Monitor  
Enter/ Monitor  
Select Monitor  
Volume*  
Select Ring  
Volume*  
Stop  
Enter/ Monitor  
Enter/ Monitor  
Select Key  
Volume*  
* Volume Choices are 1.) Off, 2.) Soft, 3.) Medium, 4.) Loud  
Adjusting Handset Ringer Volume on the HP FAX-750  
First, adjust the speaker, monitor, and button volume for the fax machine itself using the same procedure as is used on  
the HP FAX-700. The proper procedure is described above. Then adjust the volume control on the handset as de-  
scribed below.  
Loudness (volume) of the dial tone and busy signals for the handset can be adjusted using the ringer control switch.  
See Figure 3-4.  
EK_39  
Figure 3Ć4. Volume Control on the HP FAXĆ750  
3Ć14 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjusting Speaker Volume on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Loudness (volume) of the dial tone, ringing and busy signals can be adjusted using the Clear/Volume+ and Set/Vol-  
ume– buttons. You can increase the loudness of the speaker using the Clear/Volum+ button and decrease the loudness  
of the speaker using the Set/Volume– button.  
To adjust the speaker loudness, press the buttons in the sequence shown in the following procedure:  
Clear/Volume+  
louder  
softer  
Dial/Space  
Stop  
Set/Volume–  
Adjusting Button Volume on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Loudness (volume) of the button presses can be adjusted by changing fax parameter 10. You can set the loudness of the  
button presses to Off, Soft or Loud. Press button 1, 2, or 3 on the numeric keypad to set the loudness as indicated.  
To adjust the loudness of the button presses, press the buttons in the sequence shown in the following procedure:  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
Set  
1. Off  
2. Soft  
3. Loud  
1
0
Set  
Stop  
Operation and Usage 3Ć15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjusting Handset Ringer Volume on the HP FAX-950  
Loudness (volume) of the handset ringing signals signals can be adjusted using the ringer volume control switch lo-  
cated on the side of the handset cradle near the back edge. Move the switch forward to reduce the volume or backward  
to increase the volume. See Figure 3-5.  
FAX950–19  
Figure 3Ć5. Handset Ringer Volume Control on the HP FAXĆ950  
Sending a Document  
FCC Fax Transmission requirements  
ThetelephoneConsumerProtectionActof1991makesitunlawful for anypersontouseacomputerorotherelectronic  
device to send any message via telephone facsimile machine unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the  
top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of transmission the following information:  
D
D
D
Date and Time of transmission  
Identification of either business, business entity or individual sending the message  
Telephone number of either the sending machine, business, business entity or individual.  
In order to program this information into your facsimile machine, you should refer to page numbers 2-33 through  
2-41.  
Loading a Document into the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Before loading the document flip the document IN tray extender (Tray 3) up and back toward the rear of the fax ma-  
chine.  
To load a document into the fax machine for transmission, fan the document pages and load your document, printed  
side facing down, into the automatic document feeder (ADF). The ADF will hold up to twenty pages. If more than  
twenty pages are to be sent, place additional pages on top of last page as the document pages are fed through the ma-  
chine. See step 1, Figure 3-6. Then adjust the document feed assembly to fit the width of the document. See step 2,  
Figure 3-6.  
3Ć16 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EK_12  
Figure 3Ć6. Loading  
a
Document into the HP FAXĆ700  
Slide the document OUT tray forward until it stops. The tray will catch the pages of the document as they exit the  
machine after transmission.  
Document OUT Tray  
EK_7  
Figure 3Ć7.  
Sliding the Document OUT Tray Forward  
Adjust the ADF document guides to center the document in the ADF. See step 2 of Figure 3-6.  
After loading the document, use one of the dialing methods described in this chapter to dial the telephone number of  
the receiving station where the document is to be sent.  
Loading a Document into the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
To load a document into the fax machine for transmission, load your document printed side facing down into the  
automatic document feeder. The automatic document feeder will hold up to twenty pages (30 pages if 20 lb or less  
paper weight is used). If more than twenty pages are to be sent, place additional pages on top of last page as the docu-  
ment pages are fed through the machine. Make sure the document is free of paper clips and staples and is not torn.  
Load the document and adjust the top cover document guides to fit the document. The HP FAX-900 is illustrated after  
the next paragraph, but the location of the document guides and the document position do not differ for the FAX-950.  
The fax machine will display that the document is set and generate a short beep sound, indicating that the document is  
properly set into the automatic document feed mechanism.  
Operation and Usage 3Ć17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
One-Touch Dialing on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
With one-touch dialing, you can set up a one-touch button to represent a telephone number. Each one-touch number  
can contain a maximum of 36 digits, including pauses and spaces, and a station name up to 15 characters in length to  
identify the receiving station. Use the 10-button, one-touch keypad to select the pre-programmed phone number(s).  
To use one-touch dialing, simply load a document onto the ADF and press the one-touch button that has been pro-  
grammed with the destination fax number.  
If you have not already programmed the one-touch keypad, or wish to change a programmed phone number and  
name, you will need to enter the phone number(s) and name(s) into the fax machine memory or edit them.  
Use the instructions for the FAX-700 and FAX-750 in chapter 2 under the heading, “Setting the Fax Number and  
Name on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750”, to enter the name (15 characters maximum) you want associated with the  
desination fax number.  
To program the one-touch keypad, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information  
where requested for each button to be programmed. The one-touch numbers are Auto Dial numbers 01 through 10.  
Enter/Monitor  
Store Number  
1. Auto Dial Number  
2. Group List  
Type Fax Number  
Enter/Monitor  
Enter/Monitor  
Select Yes to continue  
Select No to go to standby  
Type Name  
To search for unused one-touch keys. You can access and scroll through the one-touch directory (and all the auto dial  
numbers) by pressing the buttons in the sequence shown. If you want to program an unused one-touch key or autodial  
number, press the right arrow key once you have reached the auto dial number that you want to program. Pressing the  
right arrow key returns you to the edit field. Perform the programming procedure starting at the “Type Fax Number”  
step above. If you are only scrolling, press the Stop button to return to the Date/Time display after scrolling is com-  
pleted.  
Store Number Enter/Monitor  
Press any  
arrow key.  
to move through  
auto dial numbers  
or  
Then  
3Ć18 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To print the one-touch dialing overlay and auto dial dial directory. Press the buttons in the sequence shown. The  
one-touch directory prints each station name and phone number below its one-touch number and places the names and  
numbers in a rectangular form that can be cut out and placed over the one-touch keypad for quick reference. The auto  
dial directory is a complete list of two-digit auto dial numbers and associated names. Where no name has been associ-  
ated with the auto dial number, the term (UNUSED) is placed to the right of the number.  
Report/Space  
Enter/Monitor  
3
One-Touch Dialing on the HP FAX-900  
With one-touch dialing, you can set up a one-touch button to represent a telephone number. Each one-touch number  
can contain a maximum of 36 digits, including pauses and spaces, and a station name up to 15 characters in length to  
identify the receiving station. Pressing the Pause button causes a hyphen to appear in your display where entering the  
phone number.  
Use the 16-button, one-touch keypad to select the pre-programmed phone number(s).  
One-touch Key Programming. If you have not already programmed the one-touch keypad, or wish to change a pro-  
grammed phone number, you will need to enter your phone number(s) and station name into the fax machine memory  
as follows:  
Set  
Menu  
7
2
Enter  
Phone  
Number  
Press a One-Touch  
Key (01 – 16)  
1
Set  
Set  
Enter Station Name  
(Character Codes)  
To program additional one-touch  
keys now, repeat from (press a  
one-touch key) to here. Repeat  
again until you have entered all  
the one-touch numbers desired  
Stop  
Entering your station name (15 characters maximum). Use the one-touch keypad to enter the two-digit character  
code for each alphabetic character. Use the Dial/Space button for inserting spaces between characters.  
To correct an error, place the cursor over the error and enter the new data. To move the display cursor, use the Contrast  
and Resolution buttons.  
Each alphabetic character code requires a two-button sequence. A description of the procedure for entering alphabetic  
characters is provided in the section of chapter 2 titled, “Character Code Entry on the HP FAX-900.”  
Example: To enter the station name HPSDD, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Operation and Usage 3Ć19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Menu  
Set  
7
2
1
Set  
Enter  
Phone  
Number  
Press a One-Touch  
Key (01 – 16)  
H
P
S
D
D
Set  
Stop  
To use one-touch dialing. If you have not already programmed the one-touch keys into your fax machine memory, do  
so now using the procedure for programming the one-touch keypad given on the previous two pages.  
To use one-touch dialing, do the following:  
Press a One-Touch Key (01 – 16)  
using the one-touch keypad  
Load Document  
To print the one-touch directory. Press the buttons in the sequence shown. The one-touch directory prints each sta-  
tion name below its one-touch number and places the names and numbers in a rectangular form that can be cut out and  
placed over the one-touch keypad for quick reference.  
Set  
Menu  
6
7
To print out a listing of the one-touch and speed-dial numbers. Press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Menu  
6
2
3Ć20 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To search for unused one-touch keys. You can access and scroll through the one-touch directory by pressing the  
buttons in the sequence shown. If you want to program an unused one-touch key, refer to the procedure titled “One-  
touch Key Programming”, given earlier in this chapter. Press the Stop button to return to the Date/Time display after  
scrolling is completed.  
Set  
Menu  
7
2
1
Photo  
Stop  
Scroll up  
Scroll down  
To clear (erase) a one-touch number. You can clear (erase) a number from the current one-touch directory by press-  
ing the buttons in the sequence shown. To reprogram an erased one-touch key, refer to the procedure titled “One-touch  
Key Programming”, given earlier in this chapter.  
Set  
Menu  
7
2
1
Photo  
Clear  
Scroll up  
Scroll to access the  
first number to be  
cleared  
Scroll down  
To clear additional numbers now,  
scroll to next number to be cleared  
and repeat to here until you have  
cleared all desired numbers  
Set  
Stop  
Operation and Usage 3Ć21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To change a one-touch number. If you need to change a one-touch number or station name, press the buttons in the  
sequence shown.  
Set  
Menu  
7
2
1
Photo  
Scroll up  
Scroll to access the  
first number to be  
cleared or press the  
one–touch number to  
be cleared  
Scroll down  
Clear  
To clear  
Enter  
new num-  
ber  
or station  
name  
Either clear the entry  
or position the cur-  
sor to reenter in-  
formation  
Contrast  
Resolution  
To posi-  
tion  
cursor  
over digits  
to be re-  
placed  
To change additional numbers  
or stations now, return to the  
scrolling step in this procedure  
and repeat to here for each num-  
ber or station to be changed  
Set  
Stop  
One-Touch Dialing on the HP FAX-950  
With one-touch dialing, you can set up a one-touch button to represent a telephone number. Each one-touch number  
can contain a maximum of 36 digits, including pauses and spaces, and a station name up to 15 characters in length to  
identify the receiving station. Pressing the Pause button causes a hyphen to appear in your display where entering the  
phone number.  
Use the 24-button, one-touch keypad to select the pre-programmed phone number(s).  
One-Touch Key Programming. If you have not already programmed the one-touch keypad, or wish to change a pro-  
grammed phone number, you will need to enter your phone number(s) and station name into the fax machine memory  
as follows:  
Set  
Menu  
7
2
Enter  
Phone  
Number  
Press a One-Touch  
Key (01 – 24)  
1
Set  
Set  
Enter Station Name  
(Character Codes)*  
To program additional one-touch  
keys now, repeat from (press a  
one-touch key) to here. Repeat  
again until you have entered all  
the one-touch numbers desired  
*Refer to next paragraph  
for procedure to enter  
the station name.  
Stop  
3Ć22 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Entering your station name (15 characters maximum). Use the one-touch keypad to enter the alphabetic charac-  
ters. Use the Dial/Space button for inserting spaces between characters. The default for the FAX-950 one-touch key-  
pad is that the lower character of each key will be printed to the message window until P4 is pressed to print upper  
characters. Once P4 is pressed, upper characters will be printed until P4 is pressed again or power is cycled.  
To correct an error, place the cursor over the error and enter the new data. To move the display cursor, use the Contrast  
and Resolution buttons.  
Example: To enter the station name HPSDD, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Menu  
Set  
7
2
1
Set  
Enter  
Phone  
Number  
Press a One-Touch  
Key (01 – 24)  
H
P
D
S
D
Set  
Stop  
Operation and Usage 3Ć23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To use one-touch dialing. If you have not already programmed the one-touch keys into your fax machine memory, do  
so now using the procedure for programming the one-touch keypad given on the previous two pages.  
To use one-touch dialing, do the following:  
Press a One-Touch Key (01 – 24)  
using the one-touch keypad  
Load Document  
To print a one-touch directory. You can print the current one-touch directory by pressing the buttons in the sequence  
shown. The one-touch directory prints each station name below its one-touch number and places the names and num-  
bers in a rectangular form that can be cut out and placed over the one-touch keypad for quick reference.  
Set  
Menu  
6
7
To print a complete listing of one-touch and speed-dial numbers and names. You can print a complete listing of  
one-touch and speed-dial numbers and names by pressing the buttons in the sequence shown next.  
Set  
Menu  
6
2
To search for unused one-touch keys. You can access and scroll through the one-touch directory by pressing the  
buttons in the sequence shown. If you want to program an unused one-touch key, refer to the one-touch key program-  
ming procedure on the previous page. Press the Stop button to return to the Date/Time display after scrolling is com-  
pleted.  
Set  
Menu  
7
2
1
Photo  
Stop  
Scroll up  
Stamp  
Scroll down  
3Ć24 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To clear (erase) a one-touch number. You can clear (erase) a number from the current one-touch directory by press-  
ing the buttons in the sequence shown. To reprogram an erased one-touch key, refer to the procedure titled, “One-touch  
Key Programming”, given earlier in this chapter.  
Set  
Menu  
7
2
1
Photo  
Clear  
Scroll up  
Scroll to access the  
first number to be  
cleared  
Stamp  
Scroll down  
To clear additional numbers now,  
scroll to next number to be cleared  
and repeat to here until you have  
cleared all desired numbers  
Set  
Stop  
To change a one-touch number. If you need to change a one-touch number or station name, press the buttons in the  
sequence shown.  
Set  
Menu  
7
2
1
Photo  
Stamp  
Scroll up  
Scrolltoaccessthefirst  
number to be cleared or  
press the one–touch  
number to be cleared  
Scroll down  
To clear  
Clear  
Enter  
Either clear the entry  
or position the cursor  
to reenter information  
new num-  
ber  
Contrast  
To position  
cursor over  
digits to be  
replaced  
or station  
name  
Resolution  
To change additional numbers  
or stations now, return to the  
scrolling step in this procedure  
and repeat to here for each num-  
ber or station to be changed  
Set  
Stop  
Auto Dialing on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
You can define up to 50 auto dial numbers (01 through 50) using the numeric keypad. Each auto-dial number can  
contain a phone number with a maximum of 36 digits, including pauses and spaces. Each auto dial number can also  
contain a station name of up to 15 characters. The first 10 auto-dial numbers may be called using either the one-touch  
Auto Dial  
buttons or the  
button and 2-digit auto dial number. The remaining 40 auto-dial numbers (11 – 50) must be  
Auto Dial  
called using the  
button and 2-digit auto dial number.  
Operation and Usage 3Ć25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To use auto dialing, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.  
Auto DIal  
Load Document  
(face down)  
Enter 2-Digit Code  
If you have not already programmed the fax machine memory with the 2-digit codes and associated phone num-  
bers and names, or wish to change a programmed phone number or name, you will need to enter the phone number(s)  
and name(s)into the fax machine memory.  
Use the instructions for the FAX-700 and FAX-750 in chapter 2 under the heading, “Setting the Fax Number and  
Name on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750”, to enter the name (15 characters maximum) you want associated with the  
desination fax number.  
To program for auto dialing, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where  
requested for each phone number to be programmed.  
Enter/Monitor  
Store Number  
1. Auto Dial Number  
2. Group List  
Type Fax Number  
Enter/Monitor  
Enter/Monitor  
Select Yes to continue  
Select No to go to standy  
Type Name  
Speed Dialing on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
With speed-dialing, you can set up a 2-digit speed-dial code to represent a telephone number. You can define up to 34  
speed-dial numbers (01 through 34) using the numeric keypad on the HP FAX-900 and 72 speed-dial numbers (01  
through 72) using the numeric keypad on the HP FAX-950. Each speed-dial number can contain a maximum of 36  
digits, including pauses and spaces, and a station name up to 15 characters in length to identify the receiving station.  
Pressing the Pause button causes a hyphen to appear in your display where entering the phone number.  
Use the Speed Dial button and 2-digit speed-dial code to select the pre-programmed phone number.  
If you have not already programmed the speed dialing codes and associated phone numbers, or wish to change a pro-  
grammed phone number or code, you will need to enter the phone number(s) into the fax machine memory.  
Use the instructions presented in chapter 2 under the heading, “Character Code Entry on the HP FAX-900”, to enter  
your station name (15 characters maximum) on the FAX-900. Use the instructions presented in chapter 2 under the  
heading, “Character Entry on the HP FAX-950”, to enter your station name (15 characters maximum) on the  
FAX-950.  
3Ć26 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To Program for Speed Dialing, Press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where  
requested.  
Set  
Menu  
7
2
Enter 2-digit code (01  
– 34) on the 900 and  
(01 – 72) on the 950  
Enter  
Phone  
Number  
2
Set  
Set  
Enter Station Name  
(Character Codes)  
To program additional speed dial  
numbers now, repeat from (enter  
2-digit code) to here  
Repeat again until you have en-  
tered all the speed dial numbers  
desired  
Stop  
To Use Speed Dialing. To use speed dialing, do the following:  
Speed Dial  
Enter 2-digit speed dial code  
using the numeric keypad  
Load Document  
To print a complete listing of one-touch and speed-dial numbers and names, print a complete listing of one-touch  
and speed-dial numbers and names by pressing the buttons in the sequence shown next.  
Set  
Menu  
6
2
To search for unused speed dial codes, access and scroll through the speed dial directory by pressing the buttons in  
the sequence shown (in the FAX-950 the scroll down button is labeled Stamp). If you want to program an unused speed  
dial code, refer to the speed dial code programming procedure. Press the Stop button to return to the Date/Time display  
after scrolling is completed.  
Set  
Menu  
7
2
2
Photo  
Stop  
Scroll up  
Scroll down  
Operation and Usage 3Ć27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To clear (erase) a speed dial number, clear (erase) a number from the current speed dial directory by pressing the  
buttons in the sequence shown (in the FAX-950 the scroll down button is labeled Stamp). To reprogram an erased  
speed dial number, refer to the speed dial programming procedure given earlier in this chapter.  
Set  
Menu  
7
2
2
Photo  
Clear  
Scroll up  
Scroll to access the  
first number to be  
cleared  
Scroll down  
To clear additional numbers now,  
scroll to next number to be cleared  
and repeat to here until you have  
cleared all desired numbers  
Set  
Stop  
To change a speed dial number, press the buttons in the sequence shown (in the FAX-950 the scroll down button is  
labeled Stamp).  
Set  
Menu  
7
2
2
Photo  
Scroll up  
Scroll to access the  
first number to be  
cleared  
Scroll down  
To clear  
Clear  
Enter new  
number  
or station  
name  
Either clear the entry  
or position the cur-  
sor to reenter in-  
formation  
Contrast  
Resolution  
To position  
cursor over  
digits to be  
replaced  
To change additional numbers  
or stations now, return to the  
scrolling step in this procedure  
and repeat to here for each num-  
ber or station to be changed  
Set  
Stop  
Direct Dialing on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
To use direct dialing, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.  
Start/Copy  
Load Document  
(face down)  
Dial the Phone Number →  
3Ć28 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Use the numeric keypad to dial the phone number. To correct an error in entering the number, use an arrow button to  
move to the incorrect number and reenter it.  
When a busy or unanswered line is sensed, your fax machine automatically redials the number up to a maximum of 15  
times. The maximum number is established by setting (parameter) 17. The fax machine will redial five times at one-  
minute intervals and then once every 15 minutes until the maximum is reached. Settings (parameters) are covered in  
chapter 4 of this guide.  
Redial/Pause  
To start another sequence of automatic dialing, press the  
button.  
Direct Dialing on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
To use on-hook direct dialing, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where  
requested. (Load the document face down.)  
Dial/Space  
Enter phone number  
Load Document  
Stop  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the phone number. To correct an error in entering the number, press  
reenter the number.  
and  
When a busy or unanswered line is sensed, your fax machine automatically redials the number up to five times, at  
three-minute intervals.  
Redial/Pause  
To start another sequence of automatic dialing, press the  
button.  
To use off-hook direct dialing, press the button in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where  
requested. (Load the document face down.)  
Enter  
phone to prepare to receive a  
number fax transmission  
Notify receiving station  
Load Document  
Wait to hear  
Start  
beep sound  
Stop  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the phone number. To correct an error in entering the number, press  
reenter the number.  
and  
When a busy or unanswered line is sensed, your fax machine automatically redials the number up to five times, at  
three-minute intervals.  
Redial/Pause  
To start another sequence of automatic dialing, press the  
button.  
Operation and Usage 3Ć29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To use manual dialing, press the button in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.  
(Load the document face down.)  
Start  
Enter  
phone  
number  
Load Document  
Memory Transmission on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
The memory transmission capability in your HP FAX-900 allows you to store approximately 12 document pages into  
the fax machine memory before transmitting. The HP FAX-950 allows the storage of approximately 28 document  
pages into the fax machine memory before transmitting.  
The fax machine will automatically process the document, store the information into memory, and assign a sequential  
file number to the document. After the last sheet of the document is processed, the fax machine will automatically start  
dialing the receiving station.  
As each page of the document is stored, the percentage of memory used is shown in the lower right corner of the dis-  
play. The file number is shown in the upper right corner.  
An information code will be displayed if the transmission fails or no answer is detected after the last automatic redial  
sequence. The document will then be erased from memory and an incomplete transmission message will appear on the  
communication journal when printed.  
If a memory overflow occurs, the display will prompt you to start sending the already stored pages or to cancel the  
transmission.  
To use memory transmission, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where  
requested.  
Memory  
(ON)  
Load Document  
Set  
Enter phone  
number  
Enter a phone  
number using  
any of these  
Speed Dial  
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code  
dialing methods.  
Press the desired one-touch key  
(01 - 16) for the FAX-900  
(01 – 24) for the FAX-950  
Start  
To send, press  
Direct Transmission Reservation (Priority Transmission) on the HP FAX-950  
If you need to send a priority or urgent document to another fax machine, you can use direct transmission reservation  
(priority transmission reservation).  
3Ć30 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
This feature is useful to send a priority fax when you already have other documents stored for transmission. The prior-  
ity fax will be sent immediately after the current communication is completed.  
When this feature is used, the message, Direct XMT Reserved, will appear in the display until the document is sent.  
This feature can not be used for multifile, deferred, or broadcast transmissions.  
To use direct transmission reservation, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information  
where requested.  
Memory  
(OFF)  
Load Document  
Set  
Enter phone  
number  
Enter a phone  
number using  
any of these  
Speed Dial  
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code  
dialing methods  
Press the desired one-touch key  
(01 – 24)  
Start  
To send, press  
Stopping a Transmission on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
You can stop an outgoing transmission anytime during dialing or after the transmission has begun. If the stop occurs  
during a transmission, the already processed portion of your document may be sent to the receiving station. In the  
midst of entering a phone number, simply pressing the Stop button will return the fax machine to standby mode.  
To stop a transmission, either press the Stop button twice or press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Stop  
Enter  
Remove Document  
from ADF  
Stopping a Transmission on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
You can stop an outgoing transmission anytime during dialing or after the transmission has begun. If the stop occurs  
during a transmission, the already processed portion of your document may be sent to the receiving station.  
To initiate a transmission stop, press the buttons in the sequence shown:  
Stop  
1
You may now either remove the document or retry the transmission.  
Operation and Usage 3Ć31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Transmission Print Quality on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Transmission print quality relates to the condition of the original document and how it will be transmitted. Usually, the  
default settings for resolution, contrast, and photo quality will provide acceptable print quality. You can temporarily  
change the machine settings to improve the print quality of the transmitted copy using the Contrast, Resolution, and  
Photograph buttons on the front panel. After sending, your fax machine reverts to the previous settings. To set new  
default values for the settings on a more permanent basis, you will need to change fax settings 3, 4, and 5. Fax settings  
(parameters) are presented in chapter 4 of this guide.  
3Ć32 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To Set Transmission Resolution on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750, use the buttons described below for temporari-  
ly setting transmission print quality for the current document being sent.  
Lighten  
Normal  
Darken  
Contrast  
If the original has light print quality, press  
the button until the “Darken” lamp is lit  
Lighten  
Normal  
Darken  
Contrast  
Standard setting for most documents. Press  
the button until the “Normal” lamp is lit  
Lighten  
Normal  
Darken  
Contrast  
If the original has dark print quality, press  
the button until the “Lighten” lamp is lit  
Photo  
Select when your document includes  
photographs, color, or shades of gray. Press  
the button until the “Photo” lamp is lit  
Standard  
Fine  
Resolution  
Normal setting for most documents. Press  
the button until the “Standard” lamp is lit  
Standard  
Fine  
Resolution  
For detailed documents, you may need high-  
er resolution. Press the button until the  
“Fine” lamp is lit  
Transmission Print Quality on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Transmission resolution (print quality) relates to the condition of the original document and how it will be transmitted.  
You can temporarily change the machine settings to improve the print quality of the transmitted copy. After sending,  
Operation and Usage 3Ć33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
your fax machine reverts to the previous settings. To set new default values for the settings, you will need to change fax  
parameters 01, 02 and 03. Fax parameters are presented in chapter 4 of this guide.  
To Set Transmission Resolution on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950, use the buttons described below for temporari-  
ly setting transmission print quality for the current document being sent.  
Contrast  
Darken  
Normal  
Lighten  
If the original has light print quality, press  
the button until the darken lamp is lit  
Contrast  
Contrast  
Darken  
Normal  
Lighten  
Standard setting for most documents. Press  
the button until the normal lamp is lit  
Darken  
Normal  
Lighten  
If the original has dark print quality, press  
the button until the lighten lamp is lit  
Photo  
Select when your document includes  
photographs or illustrations. Press the button  
until the photo lamp is lit  
Resolution  
Resolution  
Standard  
Fine  
Normal setting for most documents. Press  
the button until the standard lamp is lit  
Standard  
Fine  
For detailed documents, you may need high-  
er resolution. Press the button until the fine  
or 300 DPI lamp is lit  
300 DPI  
Receiving a Document  
Receiving a Document on the HP FAX-700 or FAX-750  
You may set your HP FAX-700 for one of several receiving modes depending on your needs and equipment used with  
the FAX machine. Procedures for setting receiving modes are described in chapter 2 under the heading, “Managing  
Incoming Calls on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750.  
Note  
When shipped from the factory, your HP FAX-700 is factory-set for automatic fax reception  
mode to answer all calls as fax calls. If you need to set your fax machine to receive both fax  
and voice calls, refer to the shared reception mode procedures in this section.  
Attended/Unattended Modes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Attended Modes  
There are two attended modes of reception. They are Answer Manually (with or without Remote Reception) and Auto  
Fax/Phone. In the Answer Manually mode, your fax machine will not answer calls. Someone must answer the phone at  
3Ć34 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
the fax machine and press the Start button or dial the reception code, normally 123, from an extension phone for the fax  
machine to receive fax calls. Incoming voice calls are treated as normal voice telephone calls. In the Auto Fax/Phone  
mode, the fax machine answers calls as fax calls. The user can pick up the phone and disable fax reception by press the  
Start button.  
To set the Answer Manually reception mode from any other reception mode, press the buttons in the sequence  
shown.  
Menu  
Enter  
Enter  
6
7
Stop  
1
Remote Reception (setting 9) is normally enabled and the reception code, 123, is entered at the factory. If you don’t  
want a remote phone to be able to initiate fax reception when your fax machine is set to answer manually disable  
Remote Reception.  
To disable Remote Reception, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Menu  
Enter  
Enter  
6
9
Enter  
Stop  
If youhave disabled Remote Reception and wish to enable it, or you wish to create a reception code other than 123, you  
may do so by following the next procedure.  
To enable Remote Reception and/or enter a new reception code, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter  
the information as indicated.  
Menu  
Enter  
Enter  
6
9
Enter  
Enter  
Type new  
Reception  
Code  
Stop  
To set Auto Fax/Phone reception mode from any other reception mode, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Menu  
Enter  
Enter  
6
7
Stop  
3
Operation and Usage 3Ć35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Unattended Modes  
The two unattended modes are Fax Only and Auto Fax/Ans Mach. In the Fax Only mode, the fax machine answers all  
incoming calls. In the Auto Fax/Ans Mach mode, the fax machine answers a fax call, but switches voice calls to the  
answering machine. When you choose the Auto Fax/Ans Mach mode, set the Ans Mach rings equal to the rings that  
the answering machine waits before answering a call. Silent detect allows reception of faxes from older fax machines.  
Choose Yes if you may receive faxes from older machines.  
To set the Fax Only reception mode, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the information as indicated.  
Menu  
Enter  
Enter  
6
7
Stop  
Enter  
Select the number of rings us-  
ing the up and down arrows  
(default = 2, range = 0 – 20)  
2
To set the Auto Fax/Ans Mach reception mode, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the information as  
indicated.  
Menu  
Enter  
Enter  
6
7
Enter  
Select Ans Mach rings using  
the up and down arrow keys  
(default = 4, range = 0 – 20)  
4
Enter  
Enter  
Stop  
Set Silent Detect to Y*/N using  
horizontal arrow keys  
Attended/Unattended Modes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Attended Modes  
Telephone mode reception is one of the two attended modes of receiving. It requires user interaction to receive a fax or  
voice call. In this mode, your fax machine will not automatically answer calls. You must answer the phone and manu-  
ally start the fax machine to receive fax calls. Incoming voice calls are treated as normal voice telephone calls. Remote  
telephone mode reception is the ability to signal the fax machine, from the phone directly connected to the TEL jack on  
the fax machine, to receive an incoming fax document.  
When using either mode, make sure the Receive mode button is set to OFF (the lamp is not lit) and you do not have any  
document in the automatic document feeder of your fax machine.  
To configure for telephone mode reception, make sure the Receive mode button is set to OFF (the lamp is not lit) and  
you do not have any document in the automatic document feeder of your fax machine.  
If you have not already set fax parameter 15 to option 1 (Tel), do so now. Press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
1
1
Set  
Set  
Stop  
5
3Ć36 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To use telephone mode reception, lift the receiver when the handset or telephone that is connected to the fax machine  
rings. If you hear a “beep” in the receiver or the caller states that a fax is going to be sent to you, press the Start button  
and hang up the receiver.  
To configure for remote telephone mode reception, set fax parameter 47 to option 2 as follows:  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
2
4
Set  
Stop  
7
To use remote telephone mode reception, pick up the receiver on the phone directly connected to the fax machine  
and press the * button on the phone twice to signal the fax machine. Hang up the telephone receiver.  
Fax/Tel auto switch reception is one of the attended modes of receiving, because it requires user interaction to re-  
ceive a voice call. In this mode, your fax machine will automatically switch to fax or voice communication, but you  
must pick up the receiver to monitor the voice communication.  
Note  
Due to telecommunications regulations, the Fax/Tel auto switch mode is not used in France or  
Germany.  
To configure for Fax/Tel auto switch mode reception, make sure the Receive mode button is set to OFF (the lamp is  
not lit) and you do not have any document in the automatic document feeder of your fax machine. If you have not  
already set fax parameter 15 to option 2 (Fax/Tel), do so now. Press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
2
1
Set  
Stop  
5
To use Fax/Tel auto switch mode reception: When a call comes in, your fax machine answers and if a fax signal is  
received, your machine starts to automatically receive the fax. For a voice call, your fax machine starts “beeping” a  
signal through the speaker. To answer, lift the telephone receiver and press the Dial/Space button on the fax machine  
before talking.  
Note  
You can set the length of time that the fax machine “beeps” for you to pick up the phone by  
changing fax parameter 18. Factory setting is 20 seconds. If you do not answer the phone in the  
time specified, the fax machine will return a fax tone to the calling machine, expecting to  
communicate with a “silent” fax machine. You can also set the “beep” volume through fax  
parameter 10. Fax parameters are presented in chapter 4.  
Operation and Usage 3Ć37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 3-4. Reception Modes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Attended Mode  
(requires user action)  
Unattended Mode  
Receive  
Mode  
Conditions  
Normally receive  
only voice  
calls.  
Normally receive Normally receive  
voice and fax callso.nly fax calls.  
Normally receive  
voice and fax calls  
and  
a
telephone  
answering machine  
is connected.  
Suggested  
Reception  
Mode  
Telephone  
mode  
Fax/Tel Auto  
Fax mode  
TAM Interface  
mode (TAM I/F)  
(Not used in  
France).  
switch mode (Not  
used in France or  
Germany).  
All calls must be Fax calls are autoTĆhe fax  
manually anĆ  
swered.  
machineIf the call is  
matically received. picks up the line caalflĆ, the fax maĆ  
ter it detects ricnhginse takes over  
and sends fax the call to receive  
vtoonicee to the callingthe fax.  
ceive the fax aftercall, the fax maĆ fax machine to start  
a
fax  
2
a
If  
a
fax call, youIf rethĆ e call is  
a
talking with the  
sender, pressing  
the fax Start" butpĆhone, press the  
ton, and hanging fax Dial/Space"  
chine will beep". the fax transaction If the call is  
a
voice  
Pick up the teleĆ  
call, the answering  
machine will autoĆ  
matically receive  
the call.  
up.  
button, and start to  
talk.  
Settings  
Receive mode butĆReceive mode butĆReceive mode butĆReceive mode butĆ  
ton OFF, lamp is ton lamp is OFF. ton lamp is ON. ton lamp is ON.  
OFF.  
Change fax paramĆ  
eter 15 to option 2:  
Fax/Tel SW.  
Change fax paramĆ  
eter 16 to option 2:  
TAM I/F.  
Unattended Modes  
Fax mode reception is one of the two unattended modes of receiving. In this mode, all incoming calls are treated as  
fax calls. For voice calls, the calling party will hear the fax signal from your machine, indicating that they can send a  
fax to you. When a fax call is received, your fax machine answers and tries to detect the fax signal. If a fax signal is  
detected, it sends a signal to the calling fax machine, indicating that it is ready to receive. The fax is then sent and your  
machine starts to automatically receive the fax.  
To use fax mode reception, make sure the Receive mode button is set to ON (the lamp is lit) and you do not have any  
document in the automatic document feeder of your fax machine.  
Fax mode reception is the factory setting at shipment. If the parameter setting was changed and you want to use Fax  
mode reception, you need to set fax parameter 16 to option 1 (Fax). Press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
1
1
Set  
Stop  
6
3Ć38 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Telephone answering machine interface mode reception is one of the unattended modes of receiving. It is also known  
as shared reception. To set your fax machine up for shared reception, refer to the paragraphs under the heading,  
“Shared Reception Mode on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950”.  
Shared Reception Mode on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
The shared reception modes for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 are the Auto Fax/Phone mode and the Auto Fax/Ans  
Mach mode.  
To set Auto Fax/Phone reception mode, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Menu  
Enter  
Enter  
6
7
Stop  
3
Auto Fax/Ans Mach reception is also known as shared reception mode. If you want to receive both voice telephone  
calls and fax calls on the same line, or have your fax take fax calls and the answering machine take voice calls, you will  
need to set the fax machine for Auto Fax/Ans Mach mode. The answering machine will accept, play and record voice  
calls. If a fax call is received, your fax machine receives the fax message.  
In this mode, the answering machine will answer all calls. While your outgoing message recorded on the answering  
machine is playing, the fax machine is monitoring the line for a fax tone signal. If a fax tone is detected, the fax ma-  
chine automatically takes over the call to receive the fax. If a fax tone is not detected, the answering machine accepts  
and records the incoming message.  
To set the Auto Fax/Ans Mach reception mode, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the information as  
indicated.  
Menu  
Enter  
Enter  
6
7
Enter  
Select Ans Mach rings using  
the up and down arrow keys.  
(default = 4, range = 0 – 20)  
4
Enter  
Enter  
Stop  
Set Silent Detect to Y*/N using  
horizontal arrow keys.  
The remote reception feature of your HP FAX-700/750 allows you to still receive a fax call if you’ve picked up the  
telephone, attached to the answering machine, before the answering machine starts its outgoing message. In order to  
receive the fax calls, you must have enabled Remote Reception (setting 9) by setting it to “Y” and established a recep-  
tion code. Then you can accept the fax by dialing the reception code on the phone you’ve picked up.  
Operation and Usage 3Ć39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To enable Remote Reception and/or enter a new reception code, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter  
the information as indicated.  
Menu  
Enter  
Enter  
6
9
Enter  
Enter  
Type new  
Reception  
Code  
Stop  
Most answering machines can be used with your fax machine. However, the following answering machine features  
cannot be used when the answering machine is connected to your fax machine:  
D
D
D
Do not use the remote turn-on feature of an answering machine  
Do not use the outgoing-message only feature of an answering machine  
Your answering machine must be set to answer in less than eight rings  
Shared Reception Mode on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Telephone answering machine interface mode reception is also known as shared reception mode. If you want to  
receive both voice telephone calls and fax calls on the same line, or have your fax take fax calls and the answering  
machine take voice calls, you will need to set the fax machine for telephone answering machine interface reception  
mode. The answering machine will accept, play and record voice calls. If a fax call is received, your fax machine by-  
passes the answering machine to receive the fax message.  
In this mode, the answering machine will answer all calls. While your outgoing message recorded on the answering  
machine is playing, the fax machine is monitoring the line for a fax tone signal. If a fax tone is detected, the fax ma-  
chine automatically takes over the call to receive the fax. If a fax tone is not detected, the answering machine accepts  
and records the incoming message.  
Note  
Due to telecommunications regulations, the telephone answering machine interface mode is not  
used in France.  
The remote reception feature of your HP FAX-950 allows you to still receive a fax call if you’ve picked up the tele-  
phone, attached to the answering machine, before the answering machine starts its outgoing message. In order to re-  
ceive the fax calls, you must first set fax parameter 47 to option 2 (valid). Refer to the information on fax parameters in  
chapter 4.  
To use telephone answering machine (TAM I/F) mode reception, make sure the Receive mode button is set to ON  
(the lamp is lit) and you do not have any document in the automatic document feeder of your fax machine.  
If you have not already set fax parameter 16 to option 2 (TAM I/F), do so now. Press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
2
1
Set  
Set  
Stop  
6
3Ć40 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Note  
It is recommended that you set the time in fax parameter 19 to match the same length of time as  
the outgoing message recorded on your answering machine. Factory set time is 20 seconds. To  
change the time in fax parameter 19, refer to the information on fax parameters in chapter 4.  
Reception Print Quality on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
The HP FAX-700 or FAX-750 is factory set to print at standard resolution and with Photo Quality set to Quality. If you  
want better resolution, set the resolution to Fine. If want to print faster and use less ink, leave the resolution at Standard  
and set Photo Quality to Economy.  
To set the resolution to Fine, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Menu  
Enter  
Enter  
6
3
Enter  
Stop  
To set Photo Quality to Economy, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Menu  
Enter  
Enter  
6
5
Enter  
Stop  
Note  
When transmitting documents, you can temporarily alter the basic resolution that you have set by  
pressing front panel buttons as described earlier in this chapter. However, those buttons do not  
affect reception.  
Reception Print Quality on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Your fax machine is factory set to print in Quality mode. If you want to print fast using less ink, you will need to  
configure the fax machine for fast resolution.  
To configure for fast resolution, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
1
0
Set  
Stop  
3
Operation and Usage 3Ć41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To reconfigure for quality resolution, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
2
0
Set  
Set  
Stop  
3
Substitute Memory Reception on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
The HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 have the ability to store an incoming document if a paper jam or an out of paper or ink  
condition occurs during the reception. An information code will appear in the fax machine display indicating the  
condition requiring correction. Stored documents are automatically printed when the condition is corrected. If a docu-  
ment is partially printed when the condition occurs, the remainder of the document will be stored and printed.  
If a power failure condition occurs, the fax machine will not be able to store the incoming document information.  
When power is restored, a power failure report will automatically be printed. Notify the sending station that the docu-  
ment must be resent to you.  
Setting number 10, Receive to Memory, is normally set to option 2 at the factory, and substitute memory reception  
will automatically take place. However, if setting 10 has been set to option 1, Never, then it must be set to option 2,  
Print on Error, for substitue memory reception to take place.  
To use substitute memory reception mode if setting 10 has been set to option 1, press the buttons in the sequence  
shown.  
Menu  
Enter  
6
1
0
Enter  
Enter  
Stop  
Substitute Memory Reception on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
The HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 have the ability to store an incoming document if a paper jam or an out of paper or ink  
condition occurs during the reception. An information code will appear in the fax machine display indicating the  
condition requiring correction. Stored documents are automatically printed when the condition is corrected. If a docu-  
ment is partially printed when the condition occurs, the remainder of the document will be stored and printed.  
If a power failure condition occurs, the fax machine will not be able to store the incoming document information.  
When power is restored, a power failure report will automatically be printed. Notify the sending station that the docu-  
ment must be resent to you.  
When fax parameter 22 is set to option 2 (valid), the substitute memory reception mode is enabled. If set to option 1  
(invalid), the mode is disabled.  
To use substitute memory reception mode, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
2
2
Set  
Stop  
2
3Ć42 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Size Reduction  
The fax machines described in this guide can use A4, U.S. letter, and U.S. legal paper sizes for incoming documents. If  
a fax station sends you a document that cannot be printed on a single page, the fax machine would normally divide the  
document into two pages. The print reduction feature avoids dividing documents.  
Print reduction is the ability to reduce received images to a size that will fit on the paper you have loaded in the fax  
machine. For example, if you have letter-size paper loaded in the paper IN or paper supply tray and the transmitting  
station sends you legal-size document, your fax machine reduces the incoming image to fit on the letter-size paper.  
The HP fax machines described in this guide provide either fixed or automatic reduction. Table 3-5 describes the re-  
duction ratios required on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 depending on the size of the transmitted document and the  
size of the paper in the paper supply. Table 3-6 describes the reduction ratios required on the HP FAX-900 and  
FAX-950 depending on the size of the transmitted document and the size of the paper in the paper supply.  
Table 3-5. Reduction Ratios for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Transmitted OriginalPaper Supply Size  
Size  
U.S. Letter  
A4  
U.S. Legal  
U.S. Letter  
A4  
94%  
89%  
74%  
94%  
94%  
70%  
97%  
97%  
96%  
U.S. Legal  
Table 3-6. Reduction Ratios for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Transmitted OriginalPaper Supply Size  
Size  
U.S. Letter  
A4  
U.S. Legal  
U.S. Letter  
A4  
91%  
85%  
72%  
97%  
91%  
76%  
100%  
100%  
92%  
U.S. Legal  
Printing Received Documents at Automatic Reduction on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Note  
Auto print reduction requires that the entire page be received into memory before printing.  
The auto mode is disabled automatically, and fixed reduction is used, in the following cir-  
cumstances.  
D
D
Available memory is low (such as having deferred transmission stored in memory)  
The received document requires excess memory (such as for halftones or photos)  
Your fax machine is set at the factory for automatic reduction. In automatic reduction, printing is scaled to fit in the  
print area. Reduction ratios of incoming documents are calculated and the received document stored in memory.  
Based upon page length, the fax machine selects the reduction ratio needed to print the entire image on a page. If the  
received image has to be reduced by more than 70%, the image will be split onto two pages with no reduction.  
Setting 14, Paper Size, should be set to the paper size being used the paper supply tray. Refer to chapter 4 of this guide  
for fax parameter settings.  
Operation and Usage 3Ć43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To set the fax machine for automatic reduction, press the buttons in the sequence shown and follow the instructions  
in the two succeeding paragraphs. Automatic reduction only works on faxed documents.  
Menu  
Enter  
6
1
5
Enter  
Enter  
After the last button press above, the message window should appear as follows:  
Recv Fax Reduction  
Automatic*/Fixed  
A blinking cursor should be below the letter “A” in the word Automatic. If the blinking cursor is below the letter “F” in  
the word Fixed, press the left arrow button. When the blinking cursor is at the letter “A” in the word Automatic, press  
the Enter button and the Stop button to store the choice of automatic reduction and return the fax machine to the stand-  
by state.  
Printing Received Documents at Fixed Reduction on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Printing is scaled by the percent you establish when the fax machine is set for fixed reduction. Since the fax machine is  
set at the factory for automatic reduction, you must change setting 15 as shown below to set the machine for fixed  
reduction.  
Setting 14, Paper Size, should be set to the paper size being used the paper supply tray. Refer to chapter 4 of this guide  
for fax parameter settings.  
To set the fax machine for fixed reduction, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Menu  
Enter  
6
1
5
Enter  
Enter  
Enter  
Stop  
Enter  
Note:  
A4 to Letter 89%  
Set the reduction for  
the desired value.  
Letter to Letter 94%  
Legal to Letter = 74%  
3Ć44 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing Received Documents at Automatic Reduction on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Printing is scaled to fit in the print area. Reduction ratios of incoming documents are calculated and the received docu-  
ment stored in memory. Based upon page length, the fax machine selects the reduction ratio needed to print the entire  
image on a page. If the received image has to be reduced by more than 70%, the image will be split onto two pages with  
no reduction.  
Fax parameter 23 (Rec. Paper Size) should be set to the paper size [letter (2), legal (3), A4 (1)] being used in the paper  
supply tray. To set fax parameter 24 for automatic reduction, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
2
2
Set  
Stop  
4
Printing Received Documents at Fixed Reduction on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Oversize documents sent to your fax machine cannot normally be printed on a single page. The oversize document  
would be split onto separate pages. Your HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 has capabilities to compensate for this condition.  
Two print-reduction modes are available in your fax machine. These print reduction modes provide the ability to re-  
duce received images to fit on the paper loaded in your fax machine. Fax parameters 24 and 25 control the print reduc-  
tion of received and copied documents.  
Fax parameter 24 (print reduction) provides for fixed (option 1) or automatic (option 2) print reduction.  
Fax parameter 25 (reduction ratio) determines the fixed reduction ratio for printing. If faxparameter24hasbeensetfor  
fixed reduction (option 1), it specifies the percentage of the original size to which the received document or copy is  
printed.  
Unless fax parameter 25 is changed, incoming documents are automatically reduced to the factory setting of 94% to  
allow for header information printed at the top of the document.  
To set for fixed reduction setting, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
1
2
Set  
Stop  
4
To enter new values for the fixed reduction setting, press the buttons in the sequence shown. Use the numeric key-  
pad to enter the desired percentage.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
2
Set  
Stop  
Enter  
desired  
percentage  
5
Operation and Usage 3Ć45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Copying a Document  
Copying a Document on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
To copy a document, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the number of copies to be printed.  
Start/Copy  
Start  
Load Document  
(face down)  
Enter Number  
of Copies (1 to 99)  
Copying a Document on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
The HP FAX-900 can produce copies of documents. You can make a test copy of your document prior to sending it.  
Your fax machine automatically selects Fine Resolution when making a copy. This will allow you to see what the  
document will probably look like at the receiving station.  
The reduction ratio of the copy is dependent upon the setting you have for fax parameter 25. To disable the reduction  
ratio, set fax parameter 32 (copy reduction) to option 1 (invalid). Fax parameters are presented in chapter 4.  
To copy a document, load the document (face down) into the automatic document feeder and press the Copy button,  
enter the number of copies (1 – 99) to make, and press the Start button.  
Copy  
Start  
Enter number of copies  
to make (1 to 99)  
The message, “NO. OF COPIES= ” will appear on the LCD. Enter the number of copies you want and press the Start  
button. The HP fax machine will then store the document in memory and print the number of copies you entered.  
3Ć46 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Copying Documents at Fixed Reduction on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Note  
The HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 fax machines do not have an automatic copy reduction  
capability.  
Printing is scaled by the percent you establish when the fax machine is set for fixed reduction.  
To set the fax machine for fixed reduction for copies, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Menu  
Enter  
Enter  
6
2
1
5
Set the reduction for  
the desired value.  
Note:  
A4 to Letter 89%  
Letter to Letter 94%  
Legal to Letter = 74%  
Copying Documents at Automatic Reduction on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
To copy documents using automatic reduction perform the following procedure:  
1. Set fax parameter 32 (copy reduction) to Valid) by pressing the following buttons:  
Menu  
PRS  
GHI  
Set/Volume –  
DEF  
7
4
3
Stop  
ABC  
2
Set/Volume –  
ABC  
Set/Volume –  
2
2. Set fax parameter 24 (Print reduction) to Auto) by pressing the following buttons:  
Menu  
PRS  
GHI  
Set/Volume –  
ABC  
7
4
2
Stop  
GHI  
4
Set/Volume –  
ABC  
Set/Volume –  
2
Operation and Usage 3Ć47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Set fax parameter 23 (Rec. paper size) to the size paper in your paper tray (1:A4 2:Letter 3:Legal).  
Menu  
PRS  
GHI  
Set/Volume –  
ABC  
7
4
2
DEF  
3
Set/Volume –  
Set/Volume –  
Enter paper size  
option number  
Stop  
4. Press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested. Automatic re-  
duction only works on documents stored in the fax machine memory, single copies not stored use the fixed  
reduction ratio. Copies are scaled to fit in the print area.  
Memory  
Start  
Copy  
Load Document  
(face down)  
Enter Number  
of Copies  
Copying Documents at Fixed Reduction on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
To copy documents at fixed reduction, perform the following procedure:  
1. Set fax parameter 32 (copy reduction) to Valid) by pressing the following buttons:  
Menu  
PRS  
GHI  
Set/Volume –  
DEF  
7
4
3
Stop  
ABC  
2
Set/Volume –  
ABC  
Set/Volume –  
2
2. Set fax parameter 24 (Print reduction) to Fixed) by pressing the following buttons:  
Menu  
PRS  
GHI  
Set/Volume –  
ABC  
7
4
2
Stop  
GHI  
4
Set/Volume –  
Set/Volume –  
1
3Ć48 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Get to fax parameter 25 (reduction ratio) and enter the percent reduction desired (70% to 100%) by pressing  
buttons and entering data as follows:  
Menu  
PRS  
GHI  
Set/Volume –  
ABC  
7
4
2
Set/Volume –  
JKL  
5
Set/Volume –  
Enter percent reduction  
desired.  
Sto  
p
4. Load the document (face down) into the automatic document feeder and press the Copy button. The The mes-  
sage, “NO. OF COPIES= ” will appear on the LCD. Enter the number of copies you want and press the Start  
button. The fax machine will then store the document in memory and print the number of copies you entered.  
5. When the copying session is complete, set parameter 32 (copy reduction) back to invalid for the next user if  
appropriate.  
Print Quality on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Print quality relates to the condition of the original document and how it will be received. Usually, the default settings  
for resolution, contrast, and photo quality will provide acceptable print quality. You can temporarily change the ma-  
chine settings to improve the print quality of the received copy using the Contrast, Resolution, and Photograph buttons  
on the front panel. After sending, your fax machine reverts to the previous settings. To set new default values for the  
settings on a more permanent basis, you will need to change fax settings 3, 4, and 5. Fax settings (parameters) are  
presented in chapter 4 of this guide.  
To Set Resolution, use the buttons described below for temporarily setting print quality for the document to be re-  
ceived.  
Operation and Usage 3Ć49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Lighten  
Normal  
Darken  
If the original has light print quality, press  
the button until the “Darken” lamp is lit  
Contrast  
Lighten  
Normal  
Darken  
Contrast  
Standard setting for most documents. Press  
the button until the “Normal” lamp is lit  
Lighten  
Normal  
Darken  
Contrast  
If the original has dark print quality, press  
the button until the “Lighten” lamp is lit  
Photo  
Select when your document includes photographs,  
colors, or shades of gray. Press the button until  
the “Photo” lamp is lit  
Standard  
Fine  
Resolution  
Normal setting for most documents. Press  
the button until the “Standard” lamp is lit  
Standard  
Fine  
Resolution  
For detailed documents, you may need higher  
resolution. Press the button until the “Fine” lamp  
is lit  
Print Quality on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Print quality relates to the condition of the original document and how it will be copied. You can temporarily change  
the machine print quality settings to improve the copy of the document being copied. After copying, your fax machine  
reverts to the previous settings. To set new default values for the settings, you will need to change fax parameters 01  
and 02. Fax parameters are presented in chapter 4 of this guide.  
Use the buttons described below for temporarily setting copy print quality.  
3Ć50 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contrast  
<
<
Use the  
Contrast  
button as described below for temporarily setting copy print quality.  
Normal: Standard setting.  
Contrast  
<
Lighten: If the original has dark print quality, press the button until the LED (light emitting diode)  
labeled Lighten just to the left of the Contrast button is lit.  
Contrast  
<
Darken: If the original has light print quality, press the button until the LED (light emitting diode)  
labeled Darken just to the left of the Contrast button is lit.  
Printing Reports  
Printing Reports on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
The HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 can generate a number of reports. The following illustration is a quick reference to  
printing the reports.  
To print a report, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.  
Enter  
ABC  
Enter  
Menu  
1. Last Transaction  
2. Last 32 Transactions  
3. Autodial Directory  
4. Settings  
2
Prints a report on the last transaction at-  
tempted  
1
2
Prints 32-transaction journal containing information  
on last 32 transaction processed by the fax machine.  
This journal is automatically printed after every 32  
transactions, but can be printed manually  
Prints a one-touch dialing overlay listing the names  
and numbers associated with the one-touch but-  
tons and the auto dial directory  
3
4
Prints the fax parameter list of parameters and settings.  
Also prints group dialing assignments if the user has  
set up any groups  
A Power Failure Report automatically prints when power is restored after a power failure.  
Operation and Usage 3Ć51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing Reports on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Your HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 have the ability to print reports and journals providing information on numerous fax  
machine transactions.  
To print a report or journal, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where  
requested. You can access and scroll through the print out directory by pressing the buttons indicated. Use the numeric  
keypad to enter the number for the item to be printed.  
Photo  
Scroll up  
Menu  
OR  
6
Stamp*  
Scroll down  
Set  
*
The stamp label only  
appears of the FAX-950.  
Enter selection using number  
of report or journal to be  
printed  
Prints 32-transaction journal containing information  
on last 32 transaction processed by the fax machine.  
This journal is automatically printed after every 32  
transactions, but can be printed manually  
1
2
3
Prints the one-touch and speed dial number directories  
Prints the program list of dialing patterns stored in  
the program keys. (FAX-950 Only)  
4
6
Prints the fax parameter list of parameters and settings  
Prints the individual transaction journal which is a re-  
cord of the last transmission  
Prints the directory sheet which is a list of defined num-  
bers for the keypad  
7
A Power Failure Report automatically prints when power is restored after a power failure.  
To print a Communication Journal report (report of your last transaction), you must set fax parameter 12 to  
either option 2 (always) or option 3 (incomplete (inc.) only). This journal can be used to verify if a transmission or  
polling sequence was successful or incomplete. Fax parameters are presented in chapter 4 of this guide.  
Maintenance  
Print Cartridges  
The fax machine will store documents in memory if it runs out of ink during reception. If fax parameter 17 (SUBSTI-  
TUTE RCV) on the HP FAX-900/950 or setting 10 (Receive To Memory) on the HP FAX-700/750 is set to option 2,  
the fax machine will answer calls and store incoming documents in memory even if out of ink. the documents print out  
after the print cartridge is replaced.  
3Ć52 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
When the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 fax machine runs out of ink, the message window displays information code  
015 as follows:  
OUT OF INK  
INFO. CODE=015  
When the HP FAX-700 or FAX-750 fax machine runs out of ink, the message window displays the following mes-  
sage:  
Replace the ink cartridge  
Removing the Print Cartridge  
To replace the print cartridge, perform the following procedure:  
Note  
The HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 should be switched ON (I) before performing this procedure.  
1. Lift open the back (top) cover of the fax machine. See Figure 3-8 and Figure 3-9.  
EK_9  
Figure 3Ć8. Lifting Open the Back Cover of the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750  
Operation and Usage 3Ć53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FAXĆ900  
FAX900–28  
FAXĆ950  
FAX930–28  
Figure 3Ć9. Lifting Open the Top Cover of the HP FAXĆ900 and FAXĆ950  
2. Place your thumb on the back of the cartridge cradle (the side closest to you) and your forefinger in the groove  
on the cartridge top. Squeeze your thumb and forefinger together until the cartridge “pops” loose. See  
Figure 3-10.  
EK-24  
Figure 3Ć10. Moving the Cartridge Forward  
3Ć54 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Lift the cartridge out of the cradle by the green arrow on the top of the cartridge and discard. See Figure 3-11.  
EK-29  
Figure 3Ć11. Lifting the Cartridge from the Cradle  
Warning  
The ink in the print cartridge may be harmful if swallowed. Keep new and used cartridges out of  
the reach of children. Discard used cartridges immediately.  
Installing the Print Cartridge  
To install a print cartridge, perform the following procedure:  
1. Open the print cartridge container. Grasp the print cartridge by the green arrow and remove it from its contain-  
er.  
Caution  
Do not touch the ink nozzles or the copper ribbon on the print cartridge. Do not place the cartridge  
so that the copper ribbon comes in contact with any surface while performing step 2.  
2. Carefully remove the blue transparent tape from the print cartridge nozzles. See Figure 3-12.  
Blue Transparent Tape  
Carton  
Print Cartridge  
EK-27  
Figure 3Ć12. Removing the Print Cartridge from the Carton  
Operation and Usage 3Ć55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Hold the print cartridge bythe greenarrow on the cartridge top, and set the cartridge in the cradle with the green  
arrow pointing to the green dot on the top of the cradle. See Figure 3-13.  
EK-18  
Figure 3Ć13. Setting the Cartridge in the Cradle  
4. Place your thumb on the cartridge top and your forefingeronthecradle, andsqueezeyourthumbandforefinger  
together, snapping the cartridge into place. See Figure 3-14.  
EK-19  
Figure 3Ć14. Snapping the Cartridge into Place  
Exterior Maintenance  
The fax machine should be installed indoors in a vibration-free environment. Avoid exposure to excessive heat, cold,  
dust, or humidity.  
Dust the fax machine regularly. Use a soft cloth moistened with water to remove dust, smudges, and stains from the  
exterior of the fax machine. A small amount of mild soap will help to remove grease or oil. Do not use strong or abra-  
sive cleaners, spray cleaners, or solvents, and avoid excess moisture.  
3Ć56 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Warning  
Avoid liquid spills. Electrical devices can be hazardous when wet. If a spill occurs, first dry  
splashed liquids from hands and electrical cords. Disconnect the fax machine from the power  
outlet and telephone line. Have the fax machine serviced before attempting to use it again. Chap-  
ter 5 of this guide contains information for troubleshooting and obtaining service assistance.  
Interior Maintenance  
To maintain consistent print quality, replace the print cartridge at least every three months. When you replace the print  
cartridge, you should clean any excess ink from the service station cap and wiper. If you see vertical lines on printed  
copies or on documents sent by your fax machine, you should clean the scanning plate and scanning glass.  
You should replace your paper separator when the fax machine has trouble picking up single pages. Follow the steps  
described on the following pages to perform these functions.  
Warning  
Turn off the fax machine before performing any interior maintenance.  
Replacing the Paper Separator Pad. Refer to the procedures in chapter 2 to replace the paper separator.  
Cleaning the Scanning Plate and Scanning Glass on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750.  
To clean the scanning plate and scanning glass, perform the following procedure:  
1. Turn off the fax machine. Open the ADF. See Figure 3-15.  
750-10  
Figure 3Ć15. Opening the ADF Door on the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750  
Caution  
The scanning glass can be easily scratched. Be sure to use a clean, soft cloth and wipe the  
area gently while performing step 2.  
Operation and Usage 3Ć57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2. Locate the scanning glass. Using a soft, clean cloth moistened with water, wipe any paper dust from the scan-  
ning glass. See Figure 3-16.The ADF is opened much more in Figure 3-16 than the user will be able to open it  
in order to illustrate the scanning glass and strips.  
Scanning Glass  
Scanning  
Strips  
TOP VIEW  
750-5  
Figure 3Ć16. Wiping the Scanning Glass and Strips on the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750  
3. Locate the scanning strips. Using a soft, clean cloth moistened with water, wipe any paper dust from the scan-  
ning strips. See Figure 3-16.  
Cleaning the Scanning Plate and Scanning Glass on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950.  
To clean the scanning plate and scanning glass, perform the following procedure:  
1. Turn off the fax machine. Grasping the front corners of the ADF, raise it to its limits (about 3 inches).  
Caution  
The scanning glass can be easily scratched. Be sure to use a clean, soft cloth and wipe the  
area gently while performing step 2.  
2. Locate the scanning glass and scanning plate. The scanning glass is located on the automatic document feed  
mechanism. The scanning plate is a white reflective strip located on the underside of the automatic document  
feed cover. Using a soft, clean cloth moistened with water, wipe any paper dust from the scanning glass. See  
Figure 3-17.  
3Ć58 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3Ć  
FAX950-31  
Figure 3Ć17. Cleaning the Scanning Plate and Scanning Glass on the HP FAXĆ900 and FAXĆ  
Cleaning the service station cap, wiper, and metal Paper Guide/Roller Assembly on the HP FAX-700 and  
FAX-750.  
To clean the cap and wiper, perform the following procedure:  
1. Turn off the fax machine and lift open the back (top) cover of the fax machine. See Figure 3-8.  
2. Remove any excess ink from the service station cap and wiper with a cotton swab. See Figure 3-18.  
Service Station Cap  
Service  
Station  
Wiper  
750-20  
Figure 3Ć18. Cleaning the Service Station Cap and Wiper on the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ75  
3. Visually inspect the area around the service station and remove any excess ink that you find.  
Operation and Usage 3Ć59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To clean the metal Paper Guide/Roller Assembly, perform the following procedure:  
See Figure 3-19 for a drawing of the Paper Guide/Roller Assembly.  
Warning  
The metal Paper Guide/Roller Assembly has sharp edges that could cause injury. Use care when  
cleaning this item. Print out all faxes that are stored in memory before proceeding. The procedure  
assumes that the fax machine has been switched ON (I) and that all faxes stored in memory have  
been printed out.  
1. Press the following buttons on the front panel.  
Menu  
Enter/ Monitor Enter/ Monitor  
7
The front panel will read: “Cartridge Recovery In Progress”.  
2. Once you hear or see a page start printing, open up the top cover (document feeder assembly). The page will  
begin printing after about 30 seconds. You can see a page being printed by looking into the output tray.  
3. After the pen has moved to the center of the fax machine, and the beeping sound has discontinued, push the pen  
over to the left side of the machine (viewed from the front).  
4. You will see a piece of paper partially printed. Pull this paper until in sticks out about 3 inches from the front  
edge of the metal Paper Guide/Roller Assembly.  
5. Turn off and unplug the fax machine. When you do this you will lose all deferred transmissions.  
6. With a moist Q-tip, wipe the ink that has accumulated on the metal Paper Guide/Roller Assembly. Be careful  
not to touch the ink with skin or clothing, since the ink will stain skin and clothing. Use only water to moisten  
the Q-tip. Do not put water directly on the machine. Use as many moist Q-tips as are necessary to remove the  
ink.  
7. Using a dry Q-tip, remove any remaining moisture on the Paper Guide/ Roller Assembly.  
8. Lower the top cover, plug in the fax machine, and turn it on. The fax machine will eject the piece of paper into  
the output tray. Discard this piece of paper.  
Paper Guide/Roller  
Assembly  
Figure 3Ć19. Cleaning the Paper Guide/Roller Assembly  
3Ć60 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Cleaning the Drain Pan on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . Any time you need to move your fax machine, clean the  
drain pan of excess ink to prevent spillage.  
To clean the drain pan, perform the following procedure:  
1. Turn off the fax machine. Lift open the back (top) cover.  
2. Slide the print cartridge cradle to the left.  
3. Inspect the drain pan for excess ink. If necessary, remove the excess ink with a cotton swab. See Figure 3-20.  
FAX200–26  
Figure 3Ć20. Removing Ink from the Drain Pan  
4. Slide the print cartridge cradle to the right. Close the back (top) cover and turn on your fax machine.  
Replacing the Verification Stamp from the HP FAX-950.  
Note  
The HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 do not have a verification stamp.  
To replace the verification stamp on the HP FAX-950, perform the following procedure:  
1. Turn off the fax machine. Grasping the front corners of the ADF, raise it to its limits (about 3 inches).  
2. Remove the paper drawer from the fax machine.  
3. Reaching underneath the platform that the ADF rested on, push the verification stamp holder up with your  
forefinger. Remove the verification stamp holder with your free hand. See Figure 3-21.  
4. Remove the verification stamp head from the verification stamp holder.  
5. Install a new verification stamp head in the holder.  
6. Install the verification stamp holder, close the ADF, and install the paper drawer. Then switch ON (I) the fax  
machine.  
Operation and Usage 3Ć61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FAX950-29  
Figure 3Ć21. Removing the Verification Stamp from the HP FAXĆ950  
Replacement Items  
During routine maintenance of your fax machine, you will occasionally replace the following items.  
D
D
D
D
Print Cartridge  
Paper Separator  
Directory Cover  
Verification Stamp  
Refer to Table 3-7 for the part numbers for these frequently-replaced items.  
Table 3-7. Part Numbers of Frequently-replaced Items  
Item  
Description  
FAX-700  
Number  
FAXĆ750  
Number  
FAXĆ900  
Number  
FAXĆ950  
Number  
Print Cartridge  
51626A  
51626A  
51626A  
51626A  
Paper Separator  
(Rubber)  
C3530Ć62913  
C3530Ć62913  
C3510Ć60012  
C3510Ć60012  
OneĆTouch Overlay  
C3530Ć85010  
C3530Ć85010  
C3530Ć85009  
NA  
NA  
Print Directory OverĆ C3530Ć85009  
lay (Directory Cover  
in the 900/950)  
C3510Ć60010  
C3520Ć60008  
Verification Stamp  
NA  
NA  
NA  
C3520Ć60010  
3Ć62 Operation and Usage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4
OPTIMIZATION  
Subject  
Page  
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3  
Programming the Program Keys on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3  
Programmed Deferred Transmission on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5  
Programmed Group Dialing on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5  
Programmed Polling on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5  
Programmed Deferred Polling on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5  
Erasing a Program Key Memory on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5  
Deferred Transmission, Polling, and Password Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5  
Deferred (Scheduled) Transmission on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5  
Deferred Transmission on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8  
Polling on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10  
Polling on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10  
Polling Password on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10  
To Poll Documents from other Stations on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11  
To Poll Documents from other Stations on the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11  
To Poll Documents from other Stations on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12  
Deferred (Time-Delayed) Polling on the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12  
Deferred (Time-Delayed) Polling on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13  
To Be Polled by Other Stations on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14  
To be Polled by other Stations on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15  
Using Password Transmission on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15  
Using Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16  
To Set Up for Confidential Network Communications  
on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17  
To Set Your Number and Network Password for Confidential Network  
Communications on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17  
To Send Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17  
To Poll Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18  
To Store Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18  
To Print Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18  
To Delete Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19  
Using Relayed Transmission on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19  
To Set up for Relayed Transmission on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20  
To Set up your own Telephone Number, Network Address and  
Network Password on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20  
To Set up a One-touch Or Speed-dial Number and Network  
Address on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20  
Optimization 4Ć1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4
OPTIMIZATION  
Subject  
Page  
Using Relayed Transmission on the HP FAX-950 (Continued)  
To Send a Document Using Relayed Transmission on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21  
File Handling in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Fax Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22  
Storing Files in Memory on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22  
Editing Files Stored in Memory on the HP FAX-900 or HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22  
To Print a File List on the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23  
To Change a Start Time or Station on the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23  
To Delete a File on the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24  
To Print the Communication Settings of a File on the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24  
Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24  
Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24  
Deferred Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . 4-25  
Sending One or More Documents to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting)  
on the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25  
Sending Multiple Documents To Multiple Stations (Multifile Transmission)  
on the FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26  
Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting) on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27  
Sending Multiple Documents To Multiple Stations (Multifile Transmission)  
on the FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28  
Customizing the Fax Machine Internal Operating Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29  
Listing the Parameters (Settings) in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29  
Changing Parameters (Settings) in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29  
Listing the Parameters in the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32  
Viewing the Parameter Menu in the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32  
Changing Parameters in the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33  
Listing the Parameters in the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36  
Viewing the Parameter Menu in the FAX–950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36  
Changing Parameters in the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37  
FAXing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40  
4Ć2 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
This chapter contains helpful information about using the HP FAX-700, FAX-750, FAX-900, and FAX-950. Topics  
covered are:  
D
D
D
D
D
Advanced Configurations  
Using Program Keys  
Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting)  
Customizing Internal Operating Parameters  
Faxing Tips  
Note  
Telephone numbers must be pre-programmed into either one-touch or speed dial keys before  
programming the program keys for any or all of the following functions. See pages 3-22 through  
3-30 for instructions in setting up one-touch and speed dial numbers  
Programming the Program Keys on the HP FAX-950  
Note  
The HP FAX-750 does not have program keys.  
The HP FAX-950 has four program keys, P1–P4, located on the bottom row of the one-touch keypad. These keys can  
also be used to set the fax machine for deferred transmission, polling, deferred polling and group dialing functions.  
Each function can be programmed to any or all four of the programkeys. Onceset, thesefunctionscanbeperformedby  
pressing the appropriate program key.  
If you have not already programmed the fax machine program keys, or wish to change a programmed key, you will  
need to enter the appropriate information for each key.  
The procedures for programming the four functions are similar. Deferred transmission and group dialing require you  
to load the document onto the automatic document feeder before programming the function. The two polling  
functions require you to remove any documents from the automatic document feeder before programming.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the time using the 4-digit, 24-hour (0000-2400) clock format. (Example: 5:30 pm =  
17:30.)  
Enter the station numbers using one or more of the dialing methods. Speed dialing requires your two-digit speed-dial  
code(s). One-touch dialing requires pressing a one-touch number for each station. If you have not programmed any  
speed-dial or one-touch numbers on your fax machine, refer to the information on one-touch and speed-dial  
programming in chapter 3.  
While entering station numbers, if you wish to scroll through and review the entered station numbers, use the Photo  
and Stamp buttons.  
To correct an error, use the Clear button to delete the station number, then enter the correct information.  
Enter the program name (up to 15 characters) using the character code entry information in chapter 2. The information  
the information for the FAX-950 is on page 2-33.  
Optimization 4Ć3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To move the cursor in the display, use the Contrast and Resolution buttons.  
To correct an error, place the cursor over the error and enter the new data. You can erase the entire line by placing the  
cursor on the first (left-most) character and pressing the Clear button.  
To program the program keys, determine which function you want associated with each program key. Then press  
the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested. Repeat for each key to be  
programmed.  
Set  
Menu  
Select program  
key (P1–P4)  
7
3
Programming for Deferred transmission  
Set  
Enter start time  
1
1
1
Programming for Group dialing  
1
2
Select function. Press  
Programming for Polling  
buttons and enter infor-  
mation in sequence shown  
beneath the function title  
1
1
2
2
Set  
Set  
Enter password →  
Programming for Deferred polling  
1
1
2
1
Set  
Enter password →  
Enter start time  
Additional one-touch numbers  
2
For additional one-touch numbers,  
enter the phone number  
Speed Dial  
Set  
Enter station phone  
numbers using either of  
these dialing methods  
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code  
Press the desired one-touch key (01 – 24)  
Set  
Stop  
Enter station or program name  
4Ć4 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Programmed Deferred Transmission on the HP FAX-950  
To use programmed deferred transmission, perform the following:  
Press Program Key  
set for Deferred Transmission  
Load Document  
(face down)  
P1 - P4  
Programmed Group Dialing on the HP FAX-950  
To use programmed group dialing, perform the following:  
Press Program Key  
set for Group Dialing  
Load Document  
(face down)  
P1 - P4  
Programmed Polling on the HP FAX-950  
To use programmed group polling, perform the following:  
Press Program Key  
set for Group Polling  
Remove  
Document,  
if present  
P1 - P4  
Programmed Deferred Polling on the HP FAX-950  
To use programmed group deferred polling, perform the following:  
Press Program Key set for  
Group Deferred Polling  
Remove  
Document,  
if present  
P1 - P4  
Erasing a Program Key Memory on the HP FAX-950  
To clear (erase) program keys, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Menu  
Clear  
Select program  
key (P1–P4)  
7
3
Set  
Stop  
Deferred Transmission, Polling, and Password Transmission  
Deferred (Scheduled) Transmission on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
The HP FAX-700 or FAX-750 has deferred transmission capabilities that allow the user to delay sending. Up to 13  
documents (12 from memory and one from the ADF) can be sent to one or more stations at a preset time within the next  
Optimization 4Ć5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
24-hour period. Of course, the number of messages that can be scheduled actually depends on the density and length of  
the messages, since fax machine memory is limited. The ability to schedule the transmission of faxes allows the user  
to take advantage of lower phone rates, adjust to different time zones, and send documents after normal working hours.  
On the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750, use the numeric keypad to enter the time using a 4-digit, 24-hour clock format.  
(Example: 11:30 = 11:30 am; 23:30 = 11:30 pm.)  
To correct an error, press the use a horizontal arrow button to move to the error position and enter the correct number.  
To use deferred transmission on the HP FAX-700 or FAX-750 for a single message, press the buttons in the  
sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.  
Enter  
Enter  
Menu  
type the phone  
number.  
5
Enter  
Enter  
Choose In Tray or  
Memory. Use hori-  
zontal arrow keys  
Type time to  
send.  
If no more phone  
numbers necessary  
Start  
Load document.  
Enter  
Enter  
Enter  
type the phone  
number.  
To send the fax to  
more phone  
numbers  
To add another phone number  
Enter  
Type the time you want  
tosendthefax. Usethe  
24-hour clock  
Start  
Place document  
on ADF  
To send another scheduled fax, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where  
requested.  
Enter  
Enter  
Enter  
Menu  
type the phone  
number.  
5
To add another phone number  
Enter  
Enter  
Type the time you want  
tosendthefax. Usethe  
24-hour clock  
Start  
Place document  
on ADF  
Repeat the above procedure to schedule more faxes to be sent.  
4Ć6 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To review or cancel your scheduled faxes, press button in the sequence shown:  
Enter  
Enter  
Menu  
5
The following message appears (No. 1 and No. 2 represent any phone number):  
’ENTER selects fax  
01:(Time) No. 1; No. 2; etc.  
Pressing the enter button causes the following message to appear:  
Cancel fax?  
Yes/No  
01:(Time) No. 1; No. 2; etc.  
Selecting Yes with the left arrow key and pressing the Enter button will cancel scheduled message number 01.  
Pressing the Enter button again will display the scheduled time to send message number 01.  
Pressing the enter button again will cause the following message to appear (Number 1 is the first phone number in the  
list):  
Delete 1st nbr?  
Number 1  
Y/N  
Pressing the left arrow button and the enter button will cancel phone number 01.  
Pressing Enter without pressing an arrow button will cause the following message to appear:  
Enter time to send  
24 HrClk [12:00] 00:00  
The blinking cursor at the first digit of the number, 00:00, indicates that a new time to send may be entered.  
Optimization 4Ć7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
As the Enter button is pressed repeatedly, each succeeding phone number is presented for possible cancellation. When  
the last scheduled phone number is presented and the Enter button is pressed, additional numbers may be typed in, but  
if the enter button is pressed the following message appears:  
Continue reviewing  
fax schedule?  
Yes/No  
Using the left arrow button to select Yes and pressing the enter button continues the review at the next message.  
Pressing the enter button and the Stop button places the fax machine in the standby mode.  
Deferred Transmission on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Your HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 allows you to delay sending to a preset time within the next 24-hour period. Two  
separate deferred communications (up to 12 pages combined total for the FAX-900 and up to 28 pages combined total  
for the FAX-950) stored in memory having different start times can be set. This allows you to take advantage of lower  
phone rates, adjust to different time zones, and send documents after normal working hours. On the HP FAX-900, each  
document can be sent to any or all 16 one-touch, and 34 speed-dial numbers. On the HP FAX-950, each document can  
be sent to any or all 24 one-touch, 4 program and 72 speed-dial numbers. Direct dialing on the HP FAX-900 is limited  
to 3 numbers total. Direct dialing on the HP FAX-950 is limited to 12 numbers total.  
When using deferred transmission, the fax machine will automatically process the documents, store the information  
into memory, assign a file number, show the percentage of memory used in the display, and count the number of pages  
and stations entered.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the time using a 4-digit, 24-hour clock format. (Example: 11:30 = 11:30 am; 23:30 =  
11:30 pm.)  
To correct an error, press the Clear button and reenter the correct numbers.  
To change or cancel the deferred transmission settings, refer to the file editing procedures presented later in this  
chapter. If the document is too large for the memory available, turn the memory key OFF and enter only one station.  
To use deferred transmission on the HP FAX-900, press the buttons in the sequence shown on the next page and  
enter the necessary information where requested.  
4Ć8 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Menu  
1
1
Load Document  
Memory  
Set  
Enter start time  
(ON)  
Set  
Enter phone numbers  
(Maximum of 3 num-  
bers)  
Enter  
phone  
numbers using  
any combination  
of these three  
Speed Dial  
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code  
dialing methods  
Press the desired one-touch key  
(01 – 16)  
Start  
For more stations, repeat  
dialing method using next  
station number  
Repeat entire pro-  
cedure for next docu-  
ment (2 documents, 12  
pages total)  
To store, press  
To use deferred transmission on the HP FAX-950, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary  
information where requested. Information on programming speed-dial or one-touch numbers is found in chapter 3 of  
this guide.  
Menu  
1
1
Load Document  
Memory  
Set  
Set  
Enter start time  
(ON)  
Enter phone numbers  
(Maximum of 12 num-  
bers)  
Enter  
phone  
numbers using  
any combination  
of these three  
Speed Dial  
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code  
dialing methods  
Press the desired one-touch key  
(01 - 24) and (P1 - P4)  
Start  
For more stations, repeat  
dialing method using next  
station number  
Repeat entire pro  
cedure for next doc-  
ument (2 documents,  
28 pages total)  
To send, press  
Optimization 4Ć9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Polling on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Note  
No polling involving passwords is possible on the HP FAX–700 or FAX-750. Neither fax  
machine has password capability.  
Polling is the ability to call other stations to retrieve documents. This function works only with fax machines that have  
polling capability.  
The HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 can both poll and be polled. However, no confidential communications are  
possible on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750.  
Note  
When setting up to poll or be polled, ensure that the other person involved knows that the sending  
station does not have a password capability.  
The other station(s) must know in advance that you will be calling and have the document(s) set in their automatic  
document feeder(s) or stored in memory. The same is valid if you are the station to be polled.  
Polling on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Polling is the ability to call other stations to retrieve documents. This function works only with fax machines that have  
polling capability. In addition, polling passwords may be required and set for security of the transmissions.  
The HP FAX-900 can poll other stations but cannot be polled. Among the fax machines described in this guide, the  
FAX-700, FAX-750 and FAX-950 can be polled.  
The HP FAX-900 can poll up to 53 stations. Your HP FAX-950 can poll up to 112 stations. The other station(s) must  
know in advance that you will be calling and have the document(s) set in their automatic document feeder(s) or stored  
in memory. The same is valid if you are the station to be polled.  
Polling Password on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Note  
No polling involving passwords is possible on the HP FAX–700 or FAX-750. Neither fax  
machine has password capability.  
Use of a password provides security for the document being polled. If the polling password does not match the  
password of the polled station, the polling request will automatically be refused. If the polled station does not have a  
password set, it will be polled whenever requested.  
Passwords may be used for both sending and receiving polled documents.  
Setting the password in fax parameter 26 will allow the password to appear in the fax machine display when used.  
The password can be changed temporarily by overwriting it with a new one for the current polling request if necessary.  
After the current polling transaction is completed, the password set in fax parameter 26 remains in effect.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the password numbers.  
4Ć10 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To set a polling password, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where  
requested.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
2
Set  
Stop  
Enter  
4digit  
password  
6
To Poll Documents from other Stations on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
To poll documents from other stations on the FAX-700 and FAX-750, press the buttons in the sequence shown and  
enter the necessary information where requested.  
Enter  
Enter  
Enter  
Menu  
8
2
Dial number manu-  
ally, one-touch, or  
Auto Dial.  
To correct an error when dialing the number, press the use a horizontal arrow button to move to the error position and  
enter the correct number.  
To Poll Documents from other Stations on the HP FAX-900  
Makesuretheotherstation(s)know in advance that you will be calling. The other station(s) must have the document(s)  
set in their automatic document feeder(s) or stored in memory.  
Set the polling password, if applicable. Refer to the polling password procedure on the previous page if necessary.  
While entering station numbers, if you wish to scroll through and review the entered station numbers, use the up and  
down arrow keys.  
To poll documents from other stations on the FAX-900, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the  
necessary information where requested.  
Set  
Menu  
3
Enter 4digit password →  
Set  
Enter phone  
numbers  
Enter phone  
numbers using  
any combination  
of these three  
dialing methods.  
Speed Dial  
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code  
Press the desired one-touch key  
(01 – 16)  
Start  
For more stations, repeat  
dialing method using  
next station number  
Optimization 4Ć11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To Poll Documents from other Stations on the HP FAX-950  
Makesuretheotherstation(s)know in advance that you will be calling. The other station(s) must have the document(s)  
set in their automatic document feeder(s) or stored in memory.  
Set the polling password, if applicable. Refer to the polling password procedure at the top of this page if necessary.  
While entering station numbers, if you wish to scroll through and review the entered station numbers, use the Photo  
and Stamp buttons.  
To correct an error, use the Clear button to delete the station number, then enter the correct information.  
To poll documents from other stations on the FAX-950, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the  
necessary information where requested.  
Set  
Menu  
Enter  
4digit  
password  
3
1
Set  
Enter phone  
numbers  
Enter phone  
numbers using  
any combination  
of these three  
dialing methods  
Speed Dial  
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code  
Press the desired one-touch key  
(01 – 24)  
Start  
For more stations, repeat  
dialing method using  
next station number  
Deferred (Time-Delayed) Polling on the HP FAX-900  
Note  
Scheduled polling is not a capability of the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750. The only choices  
available in the “Being Polled” mode are 1) Off, 2) One Time Only, and 3) Until Turned Off.  
Your HP FAX-900 has deferred polling capabilities that allow you to delay polling. You can poll documents from one  
or more stations at a preset time within the next 24-hour period. This allows you to take advantage of lower phone  
rates, adjust to different time zones, and poll documents after normal working hours.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the time using a 4-digit, 24-hour clock format. (Example: 09:30 = 9:30 am; 22:00 =  
10:00 pm.)  
To correct an error, press the Clear button and reenter the correct numbers.  
4Ć12 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To use deferred polling on the FAX-900, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary  
information where requested.  
Menu  
Enter 4digit password →  
1
2
Set  
Set  
Enter start time →  
Set  
Enter phone  
numbers  
Enter phone  
numbers using  
Speed Dial  
any combination  
of these three  
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code  
dialing methods  
Press the desired one-touch key  
(01 – 16)  
Start  
For more stations, repeat  
dialing method using  
next station number  
Deferred (Time-Delayed) Polling on the HP FAX-950  
Your HP FAX-950 has deferred polling capabilities that allow you to delay polling. You can poll documents from one  
or more stations at a preset time within the next 24-hour period. This allows you to take advantage of lower phone  
rates, adjust to different time zones, and poll documents after normal working hours.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the time using a 4-digit, 24-hour clock format. (Example: 09:30 = 9:30 am; 22:00 =  
10:00 pm.)  
To correct an error, press the Clear button and reenter the correct numbers.  
Optimization 4Ć13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To use deferred polling on the FAX-950, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary  
information where requested.  
Menu  
Enter 4-digit password→  
1
2
Set  
Set  
Enter start time →  
Set  
Enter phone  
numbers  
Enter phone  
numbers using  
Speed Dial  
any combination  
of these three  
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code  
dialing methods  
Press the desired one-touch key  
(01 – 24)  
Start  
For more stations, repeat  
dialing method using  
next station number  
To Be Polled by Other Stations on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
To be polled by other stations on the FAX-700 and FAX-750, press the buttons, enter information, and take actions as  
indicated:  
Enter  
Menu  
Choose  
2: One Time Only  
3: Until Turned Off  
8
1
Press Enter to be polled  
from memory. Press right  
arrow and Enter to be  
polled from In Tray  
Enter  
Start  
If you chose  
2: One Time Only  
Load document  
Start  
If you chose  
3: Until Turned Off  
Load document.  
If you chose One Time Only and to be polled from memory, or, if you chose Until Turned Off, the document will be  
loaded into memory when the start button is pressed.  
4Ć14 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
If you chose On Time Only and to be polled from the in tray before loading the document and pressing the start button,  
the following messages will appear in succession on the fax machine LCD.  
Ready to be polled.  
To be polled from  
ADF ’STOP’ to cancel  
To be Polled by other Stations on the HP FAX-950  
Note  
The HP FAX-900 cannot be polled by other stations.  
To store the document to be polled by other stations on the FAX-950, press the buttons in the sequence shown and  
enter the necessary information where requested.  
Menu  
Enter 4-dig-  
it password  
3
2
Load Document  
Start  
To be polled, you must have the document stored in memory. Only one document may be stored for polling.  
With the document stored in memory for polling, you may still send and receive documents. The stored document will  
be automatically erased after it is polled.  
Using Password Transmission on the HP FAX-950  
Note  
Neither the HP FAX-700 nor the HP FAX-750 fax machine has password transmission  
capabilities.  
Using the password transmission feature helps you to prevent erroneous transmission to the wrong station. To use  
password transmission, you must establish a shared 4-digit password with the other stations to be involved in the  
communication. Each of these stations must enter the same password for exchange of communications.  
Using the fax control panel, password transmission can be enabled or disabled for the document currently being sent.  
Fax parameter 44 must be set to option 2 (ON) in order to use password transmission.  
Optimization 4Ć15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To configure for password transmission, set fax parameter option 44 to ON by pressing the buttons in the sequence  
shown.  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
4
Set  
Set  
Set  
4
2
Enter 4-digit password →  
Stop  
To enable/disable password transmission, press the buttons in the sequence shown. The fax machine must be  
configured for password transmission for this setting to take effect.  
Set  
Menu  
Set  
1.OFF  
2. ON  
8
4
Enter telephone number  
Using Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950  
Note  
Confidential communications are not a feature of the HP FAX-700, HP FAX-750, and  
HP FAX-900 fax machines.  
The HP FAX 950 is equipped with two features for confidential communications. These features, Confidential  
Mailbox and Confidential Network Communications, help ensure that the document you send is received only by the  
person having the correct confidential code.  
You can use confidential communications for sending, polling, receiving, storing, and printing documents. To use  
confidential communications, you must establish a shared 4-digit password with the other person(s) to be involved in  
the communication. Each of these individuals must enter the correct confidential code for exchange of  
communications.  
The confidentialmailboxreceivesdocuments, having a confidential code, into memory. If twodocumentsare received  
having the same code, they are both stored into the same mailbox. Up to seven mailbox files, using different codes, can  
be stored in memory.  
It is recommended that additional optional memory be installed if you use this function. The expanded memory will  
reduce the possibility of memory overflow. Contact your local HP authorized fax dealer to order.  
Confidential Network Communications requires a fax machine (station) to perform as a center or relay station. The  
sending (originating) station sends the confidential document to the center station. The center station retains the  
document in memory until polled for the document by the destination receiving station. Once the document is polled  
or printed from the center station, the document is automatically erased from the center station’s memory.  
4Ć16 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To use confidential communication, refer to the following procedures.  
To Set Up for Confidential Network Communications  
on the HP FAX-950  
Fax parameter 42 must be set to option 2 (valid) in order to use confidential network communications.  
To set up for confidential network communication, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
2
7
4
2
4
Set  
Stop  
To Set Your Number and Network Password for Confidential Network  
Communications on the HP FAX-950  
When using confidential network communications, you need to set your fax station telephone number and network  
password.  
To set telephone number and password for confidential network communications, press the buttons in the  
sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.  
Set  
Menu  
Set  
Enter phone  
number  
7
5
Set  
Set  
Stop  
Enter 4–digit  
password  
To Send Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950  
Note  
Be sure to use the shared confidential code established between your sending station and the  
receiving station.  
To send a confidential communication, load the document and press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Menu  
Set  
Enter 4-digit code  
5
1
Start  
Enter telephone number →  
Optimization 4Ć17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To Poll Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950  
Note  
Be sure the other station is prepared to be polled and to use the correct confidential code.  
To poll a confidential communication, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Menu  
Set  
Enter 4-digit code  
5
2
Start  
Enter telephone number →  
To Store Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950  
Note  
The stored document can be polled by other stations using the correct confidential code. Once  
polled, the document is erased unless you set fax parameter 43 to valid. When set to valid, the  
document will be retained in memory after being polled.  
To store a confidential communication, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Menu  
Start  
Enter 4-digit code  
5
3
To Print Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950  
Note  
Once printed, the document is erased unless you set fax parameter 43 to valid. When set to valid,  
the document will be retained in memory after being printed.  
To print a confidential communication, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Menu  
Start  
Enter 4-digit code  
5
4
4Ć18 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To Delete Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950  
Note  
Be sure to use the correct confidential code.  
To delete a confidential communication, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Menu  
Start  
Enter 4-digit code  
5
5
To delete all confidential communication, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Menu  
Start  
5
5
1
Using Relayed Transmission on the HP FAX-950  
Note  
The HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 do not have a relayed transmission capability.  
Your HP FAX-950 is equipped with a relay transmission feature that can be used to save time and transmission costs.  
This feature is beneficial when sending the same document to several stations at the same time. The use of a center  
station (relay station) differentiates this feature from the broadcasting feature presented earlier in this chapter. Also,  
this feature does not require a code as does confidential network communications  
Note  
The HP FAX-950 can serve only as an initial sending station or an end receiving station, not as a  
relay station.. It is assumed that your fax machine will be added to an existing network. Check  
with your system administrator to determine your fax machine’s compatibility with the network.  
To use relay transmission, you must be part of a relay network built around a center (relay) station. Thus, when you  
send a document using relayed transmission, you actually send the document to the relay station with instructions to  
relay the document to the receiving station(s).  
To set up your fax machine to operate in a relayed transmission network, you will need to perform the following  
procedures:  
D
D
D
Setting up for Relayed Transmission on the HP FAX-950  
Setting Your Own Telephone Number, Network Address and Network Password on the HP FAX-950  
Setting up a One-touch Or Speed-dial Number and Network Address on the HP FAX-950  
Optimization 4Ć19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To Set up for Relayed Transmission on the HP FAX-950  
The first step in preparing to use the relayed transmission feature is to set fax parameter 41 to option 2 (valid).  
To set up for relayed transmission, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
2
4
Set  
Stop  
1
To Set up your own Telephone Number, Network Address and  
Network Password on the HP FAX-950  
The second step in preparing to use the relayed transmission feature is to set up your own fax machine network  
identification parameters.  
To set up your network identification parameters, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary  
information where requested.  
Set  
Menu  
Set  
Enter your  
phone number  
7
5
Set  
Enter 4-digit  
network address  
Enter 4-digit  
network password  
Set  
Stop  
To Set up a One-touch Or Speed-dial Number and Network  
Address on the HP FAX-950  
The third step in preparing to use the relayed transmission feature is to set up the one-touch or speed -dial mode and  
enter the relay station’s identification parameters.  
To set up the dial mode and relay station parameters, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the  
necessary information where requested.  
Set  
Menu  
7
2
1
Set  
Press desired one-touch key  
or press speed-dial key and  
enter speed-dial code  
Enter station name  
Enter 2-digit  
Set  
Set  
Enter 4-digit  
network address  
relay address  
Set  
1. Station recorded is relay station  
2. Station recorded is not relay station  
Stop  
1. For transmission through relay station  
2. For direct transmission  
4Ć20 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To Send a Document Using Relayed Transmission on the HP FAX-950  
Note  
All the necessary parameters for your network must be set prior to sending. Instructions  
for setting up the fax machine for relayed transmission are presented in the preceding paragraphs  
in this section.  
To use relayed transmission, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Menu  
Start  
Enter desired one-touch or  
speed-dial number  
2
When using relayed transmission the document is stored in memory, then sent to the relay station. After the relay  
station sends the document to the receiving station(s), your fax machine will print a Relay XMT Result Report sent  
back by the relay station.  
Optimization 4Ć21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
File Handling in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Fax Machines  
Storing Files in Memory on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
To store multiple files for deferred transmission, each with a different time of transmission, press the buttons in  
the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested. The procedure is the same for both the HP  
FAX-900 and the HP FAX-950. A total of two files may be scheduled for different times. The number of pages per file  
depends of the number of pages mounted in the ADF at the beginning of the storage procedure for each of the two files.  
Menu  
1
1
Load Document  
Memory  
Set  
Enter start time  
(ON)  
Enter phone numbers  
(Maximum of 3 num-  
bers for the FAX-900  
and 12 numbers for  
the FAX-950)  
Set  
Enter phone  
numbers using  
any combination  
of these three  
dialing methods  
Speed Dial  
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code  
Press the desired one-touch key  
(01 – 16 for the FAX-900 and  
1 – 24 for the FAX-950)  
To store another file  
with a different time  
of transmission, re-  
turn to the beginning  
of this procedure  
Start  
For more stations, repeat  
dialing method using  
next station number  
To send, press  
Editing Files Stored in Memory on the HP FAX-900 or HP FAX-950  
When you store multiple files using deferred transmission, your HP FAX-900 or HP FAX-950 memory keeps the  
document images in files. On occasion you may want or need to change some of the communications settings  
associated with these files.  
Using deferred polling also stores files in memory that can be edited, but no document images are associated with  
these files since your fax machine will be polling another machine for its images.  
You can print a file list showing the communications settings for files currently in memory. Use the file number shown  
on the file list to identify the file(s) to be edited.  
The file edit mode allows you to change start times, stations, or delete a file from memory.  
4Ć22 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To Print a File List on the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950  
A list file shows the current communications settings for documents or files stored in memory. The document file  
number, date and time stored, start time (for deferred functions), destination station, logo and ID number are listed.  
Note  
You can not print a file list while a document is being transmitted.  
To print a file list, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Menu  
9
1
To Change a Start Time or Station on the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950  
You can obtain a print out of the file numbers in memory printing a file list using the procedure given at the top of this  
page.  
If you want to change the start time of a file, use the numeric keypad to enter the time using a 4-digit, 24-hour clock  
format. (Example: 07:30 = 7:30 am; 19:30 = 7:30 pm.)  
If you want to change the station of a file, use either a one-touch key, speed dial number and code, or direct dialing for  
the new station number.  
Photo  
To identify and select a file station to be changed, you can scroll through the file stations using the  
buttons in the case of the FAX-900 or the Photo and Stamp buttons in the case of the FAX-950.  
and  
To change a file start time or station, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information  
where requested.  
Set  
Menu  
Set  
Enter file num-  
ber to be  
changed  
9
2
Set  
Enter new start time  
or  
Clear  
Select file  
station to  
be changed  
Enter new  
station  
Start  
Optimization 4Ć23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To Delete a File on the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950  
You can obtain a print out of the file numbers in memory by performing the file list print procedure given earlier in this  
chapter.  
To delete a file, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
9
3
Enter file number to be deleted  
To Print the Communication Settings of a File on the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950  
You can print the current communications settings for a specific file stored in memory. The document file number, date  
and time stored, start time (for deferred functions), destination station, logo and ID number are listed.  
You can obtain a print out of the file numbers in memory by performing the file list print procedure given earlier in this  
chapter.  
The document will remain in memory after the file is printed.  
To print the communications settings of a file, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
9
4
Enter file number to be printed  
Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting)  
Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Your HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 have the memory capacity to store approximately 12 document pages which can  
be transmitted from memory automatically. You can send a document stored in memory to one or more stations using  
any of the dialing methods. Direct dialing is limited to three stations per transmission. Speed dialing requires your  
two-digit speed-dial code(s). One-touch dialing requires pressing a one-touch number for each station.  
4Ć24 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To broadcast, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.  
Enter  
Enter  
Enter  
Menu  
Type Num-  
ber  
The following message will appear:  
Enter another  
number?  
Yes/No  
To enter an additional number, press the left arrow button and then the enter button. The LCD will present the  
following message:  
Enter 2nd Number  
Type the second number and press the Enter button. The fax machine will ask if you want to enter another number.  
With each number entered, the fax machine LCD will present you with a choice to enter another number or not. After  
the last number is entered and you elect not to enter another number, a message to load a document appears. Load the  
document onto the ADF and press the start button to continue. The machine will store the document and immediately  
begin dialing the first of the destination phone numbers.  
Deferred Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
This capabilitywas described earlier in this chapter under the heading, “Deferred (Scheduled) TransmissionontheHP  
FAX-700 and FAX-750”.  
Sending One or More Documents to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting)  
on the HP FAX-900  
The HP FAX-900 has memory capacity to store approximately 12 document pages which can be transmitted from  
memory automatically. A document stored in memory can be sent to one or more stations (up to a total of 53) using any  
of the dialing methods. Direct dialing is limited to three stations per transmission. To send multiple documents to  
different stations, refer to the multifile transmission procedure on the next page.  
When using broadcasting, the fax machine will automatically process the document, store the information into  
memory, and count the number of stations entered. After the last sheet of the document is processed, the fax machine  
will automatically start dialing the receiving stations.  
Photo  
To scroll through and review the entered station numbers, use the  
and  
buttons.  
To correct an error, use the Clear button to delete the station number, then enter the correct information.  
Optimization 4Ć25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To broadcast, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.  
Memory  
(ON)  
Load Document  
Set  
Enter phone  
number  
Enter phone num-  
bers using any com-  
bination of these  
three dialing meth-  
ods. Direct dialing  
is limited to 3 entries  
per transmission  
Speed Dial  
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code  
Press the desired one-touch key  
(01 – 16)  
For more stations,repeat dialing method  
using next station number. A maximum  
of 53 stations, 16 one-touch, 34 speed-  
dial, and 3 direct dial can be entered  
Start  
To send, press  
Sending Multiple Documents To Multiple Stations (Multifile Transmission)  
on the FAX-900  
The HP FAX-900 can store approximately 12 document pages which can be transmitted from memory automatically.  
Using multifile transmission, up to 3 documents (up to 12 pages combined total) can be stored in memory and sent to  
one or more stations. Each document can be sent to any or all 16 one-touch and 34 speed-dial numbers. Direct dialing  
is limited to 3 numbers total per transmission.  
When using multifile transmission, the fax machine will automatically process the documents, store the information  
into memory, show the percentage of memory used in the display, and count the number of pages and stations entered.  
After the last sheet of the last document is processed, the fax machine will automatically start dialing the receiving  
stations.  
Photo  
To scroll through and review the entered station numbers, use the  
and  
buttons.  
To correct an error, use the Clear button to delete the station number, then enter the correct information.  
4Ć26 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To transmit multifiles, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.  
Memory  
(ON)  
Load document  
Set  
Enter phone number  
Speed Dial  
Enter phone  
numbers using  
any combination  
of these dialing  
methods. Direct  
dialing is limited  
to 3 entries per  
transmission  
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code  
Press the desired one-touch key (01 – 16)  
Memory  
The document will be stored into memory.  
Page count and percentage of memory used  
will be displayed  
(ON)  
Start  
Repeat entire procedure to here for  
more documents (up to 3 documents,  
12 pages total)  
To send, press  
Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting) on the HP FAX-950  
The HP FAX-950 has memory capacity to store approximately 28 document pages which can be transmitted from  
memory automatically. Using broadcasting, a document stored in memory can be sent to one or more stations (up to a  
total of 112) using any of the dialing methods. Direct dialing is limited to three stations per transmission. To send  
multiple documents to different stations, refer to the multifile transmission procedure immediately following this  
procedure.  
When using broadcasting, the fax machine will automatically process the document, store the information into  
memory, and count the number of stations entered. After the last sheet of the document is processed, the fax machine  
will automatically start dialing the receiving stations.  
Photo  
Stamp  
To scroll through and review the entered station numbers, use the  
and  
buttons.  
To correct an error, use the Clear button to delete the station number, then enter the correct information.  
Optimization 4Ć27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To broadcast, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.  
Memory  
(ON)  
Load Document  
Set  
Enter phone  
number  
Enter phone numbers  
using any combination  
of these three dialing  
methods. Direct dialing  
is limited to 12 entries  
per transmission  
Speed Dial  
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code  
Press the desired one-touch key  
(01 – 24)  
For more stations,repeat  
dialing method using next  
station number. A maximum  
of 112 stations, 24 one-  
touch, 72 speed-dial, 4 pro-  
gram and 12 direct -dial can  
be entered  
Start  
To send, press  
Sending Multiple Documents To Multiple Stations (Multifile Transmission)  
on the FAX-950  
Your HP FAX-950 can store approximately 28 document pages which can be transmitted from memory automatically.  
Using multifile transmission, you can send up to 8 documents (up to 28 pages combined total) stored in memory to one  
or more stations. Each document can be sent to any or all 24 one-touch, 4 program and 72 speed-dial numbers. Direct  
dialing is limited to 12 numbers total per transmission. You can send up to eight documents in any combination of  
deferred, polled, or mailboxes. A maximum of 6 deferred files can be used in the combination.  
When using multifile transmission, the fax machine will automatically process the documents, store the information  
into memory, show the percentage of memory used in the display, and count the number of pages and stations entered.  
After the last sheet of the last document is processed, the fax machine will automatically start dialing the receiving  
stations.  
Photo  
Stamp  
To scroll through and review the entered station numbers, use the  
and  
buttons.  
To correct an error, use the Clear button to delete the station number, then enter the correct information.  
4Ć28 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To transmit multifiles, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.  
Memory  
(ON)  
Load Document  
Set  
Enter phone  
numbers  
Enter up to three  
phone numbers us-  
ing any combina-  
tion of these three  
dialing methods.  
Direct dialing is lim-  
ited to 12 entries  
per transmission.  
Speed Dial  
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code  
Press the desired one-touch key  
(01 – 24)  
Repeat the entire  
Memory  
procedure to here  
for more documents  
(up to 8 documents,  
28 pages total).  
Start  
To send, press  
(ON)  
Customizing the Fax Machine Internal Operating Parameters  
Many fax machine features are controlled by a set of operating elements called fax parameters. Each parameter has a  
set of options. Fax machines are delivered to the user with factory settings for each parameter option. The factory  
settings are designed to meet the needs of the majority of fax machine users.  
Fax parameters allow you to customize features of your fax machine. Many parameters have sets of choices (such as  
the control panel display languages) that you can use to control the feature(s). You can send and receive documents  
without altering any of the factory-set parameters. Only change a parameter if needed to customize a feature for your  
specific transmission or reception requirements.  
Some parameters can be temporarily changed for a single transaction using the fax control panel. After the transaction,  
these temporarily changed parameters return to their previous settings.  
Listing the Parameters (Settings) in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
You can print a listing of your current fax parameter settings using the fax parameter report printing procedure  
illustrated below.  
Menu  
Enter  
Remove Document  
from ADF  
2
Enter  
4
Changing Parameters (Settings) in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the two-digit fax parameter number or single digit option number.  
Optimization 4Ć29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To change or customize your fax parameters, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary  
information where requested.  
Enter  
Menu  
Typeorscrolltopa-  
rameter number  
6
Enter  
Stop  
Enter  
Type single-digit  
option number or  
the data indicated  
Continue until done  
(Parameter number reappears)  
Use the following table to select the fax parameter and associated options you want to customize. An asterisk after an  
option indicates the default setting.  
Table 4-1. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Parameter (Setting) Options  
2ĆDigit  
Parameter  
Number  
Parameter Name  
Options (choices)  
*
factory set  
Description  
01  
DATE AND TIME  
Used to set the current date and time. After the current da  
time is set, your fax machine clock will keep track of the  
d
part of the header on reports an  
time and print them as  
documents received.  
a
02  
FAX NUMBER AND Used to set the fax number and name to be associated wit  
NAME  
fax machine. Once the fax number and name have been ente  
your fax machine will print them as  
and faxed documents received.  
a
part of the header on  
03  
04  
FAX RESOLUTION  
1: Standard  
2: Fine  
Specifies the resolution of scanned documents.  
Use for typical text documents.  
Use for detailed documents and illustrations.  
*
CONTRAST  
1: Light  
Specifies contrast of scanned documents.  
Use if original is unusually dark.  
2: Normal*  
3: Dark  
Use if original has contrast of normal quality.  
Use if original is unusually light.  
05  
06  
PHOTO QUALITY  
1: Quality  
2: Economy  
Specifies print speed and density.  
To print the highest quality.  
To print fast, use less ink.  
*
DIALING METHOD  
1: Pulse  
Specifies dialing method.  
Dial by pulse signals.  
Dial by tone signals.  
2: Tone  
*
4Ć30 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 4-1. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Parameter (Setting) Options (Continued)  
2ĆDigit  
Parameter  
Number  
Parameter Name  
Options (choices)  
*
factory set  
Description  
07  
RECEPTION MODE  
Specifies the mode of reception.  
1: Answer manually You must answer the phone and signal the machine to rece  
fax by pressing the Start/Copy button or dialing the remote re  
tion code (123).  
2: Fax only  
Number of rings  
3: Auto fax/ Phone The fax machine answers  
phone when you lift the handset and press the Start button.  
*
The fax machine answers all incoming calls.  
Can be set for to 20 rings. Standard is  
fax call, but switches voice calls  
1
1
ring.  
a
4: Auto fax/ Ans. MaTchhe. fax machine answers  
answering machine.  
a
fax call, but switches voice calls  
Number of rings  
SILENT DETECT  
Can be set for  
1
to 20 rings. Standard is 4 rings.  
1: Yes  
2: No  
*
08  
09  
DISTINCTIVE RING  
1: Set  
Specifies whether or not distinctive ring detection is in effect.  
pattern has been  
Distinctive ring detection is in effect and  
Distinctive ring detection is innoet ffect.  
a
s
2: Not set  
*
REMOTE RECEPTION Specifies whether or not remote reception is in effect.  
1: Enable*  
2: Disable  
Remote reception is in effect.  
Remote reception is ninot effect.  
REMOTE RECEPTION 123 is the standard remote reception sequence.  
SEQUENCE The user may set another sequence if desired.  
10  
RCV'D TO MEMORY Specifies when document will be received to memory.  
1: Never No receive information printed. No faxes received to memory.  
2: If printer error * Received Time, Sender's ID page numbers printed. Fax stor  
in memory if there is printer error.  
ERROR CORRECTION Specifies whether or not error correction will occur.  
a
&
a
11  
12  
1: Yes  
2: No  
*
Error correction will occur.  
Error correction wnoillt occur.  
AUTOMATIC REPORTS Specifies the conditions  
duced.  
under which automatic reports will be  
1: Off  
2: On  
3: Errors  
Automatic reports are never produced.  
Automatic reports are always produced.  
Automatic reports are produced when an error occurs.  
*
13  
HEADER LOCATION  
1: Inside the fax areSapecifies that header text will print inside the fax area.  
2: Outside the fax aSrepae*cifies that header text will print outside of the fax area.  
Specifies where the header will appear on a document.  
Optimization 4Ć31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 4-1. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Parameter (Setting) Options (Continued)  
2ĆDigit  
Parameter  
Number  
Parameter Name  
Options (choices)  
*
factory set  
Description  
14  
REC. PAPER SIZE  
1: A4 (metric)  
Specifies size of paper in paper IN tray.  
A4 (210 mm  
x
297 mm).  
2: Letter (U.S.)  
3: Legal (U.S.)  
*
U.S. Letter (8 1/2 in. by 11 in.).  
U.S. Legal (8 1/2 in. by 14 in.).  
15  
PRINT REDUCTION  
FAX REDUCTION  
Specifies reduction of incoming documents or copies.  
1: Auto  
*
Incoming documents are reduced to fit the paper used (if  
sible).  
2: Fixed  
Incoming documents are reduced to the percentage set here.  
Standard is 94%.  
COPY REDUCTION Copies are reduced to the percentage set here.  
70% ... 100%  
Standard is 94%.  
70% ... 100%  
16  
VOLUME ADJUSTĆ  
MENTS  
Settings specify the volume (loudness) of the handset ring,  
monitor sound, and button (key) press beep.  
RING VOLUME  
1: Off  
2: Soft  
*
3: Medium  
4: Loud  
MONITOR VOLUME  
1: Off  
2: Soft  
*
3: Medium  
4: Loud  
KEY VOLUME  
1: Off  
2: Soft  
*
3: Medium  
4: Loud  
17  
18  
AUTOMATIC REDIAL Specifies whether to automatically redial numbers.  
1: Yes  
2: No  
NUMBER OF TRIES Set the number of redial tries.  
*
Redial automatically after failure to connect.  
Do not automatically redial after failure to connect.  
Number of redial tries that will take place after failure to con  
(Default is 15 redials)  
1
... 15  
RESET  
Resets user parameters to their default values.  
Listing the Parameters in the HP FAX-900  
To print a listing of your current fax parameter settings, use the fax parameter report printing procedure illustrated  
below.  
Set  
Menu  
6
4
4Ć32 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Viewing the Parameter Menu in the HP FAX-900  
To view the fax parameters menu, press the buttons in the sequence shown.  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
Photo  
Stop  
to scroll up through the menu, press  
to scroll down through the menu, press  
Changing Parameters in the HP FAX-900  
To change or customize your fax parameters, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary  
information where requested.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
Enter  
2-digit Fax  
Parameter  
Number  
7
4
Set  
Select  
Option  
Stop  
Note  
If no activity is detected after 60 seconds, the display reverts back to the Date/Time display.  
Use the following table to select the fax parameter and associated options you want to customize. An asterisk after an  
option indicates the default setting.  
Optimization 4Ć33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 4-2. HP FAX-900 Parameter Options  
2ĆDigit  
Parameter  
Number  
Parameter Name  
Options (choices)  
factory set  
*
Description  
01  
CONTRAST  
1: Normal  
2: Darken  
3: Lighten  
Specifies contrast of scanned documents.  
Use if original has contrast of normal quality.  
Use if original is unusually light.  
*
Use if original is unusually dark.  
02  
RESOLUTION  
1: Standard  
2: Fine  
Specifies resolution of scanned documents.  
Use for typical text documents.  
Use for detailed documents and  
illustrations.  
*
03  
05  
PHOTO  
1: Fast  
2: Quality  
Specifies print speed and density.  
To print fast, use less ink.  
To print at highest quality.  
*
MEMORY  
Specifies setting of the home (start)  
position of memory.  
Setting not enabled.  
1: Off  
2: On  
*
Setting enabled.  
06  
07  
DIALING METHOD  
1: Pulse  
Specifies dialing method.  
To dial using pulse signals.  
To dial using tone signals.  
2: Tone  
*
HEADER PRINT  
*
Specifies location of headers and footers.  
Header and footer printed inside image area.  
Header and footer printed outside image area.  
Header and footer not printed.  
1: Inside  
2: Outside  
3: No Print  
08  
09  
10  
HEADER FORMAT  
1: Logo ID No.*  
2: From To  
Specifies header content of outgoing documents.  
Your logo and ID appear in header.  
Your logo and receiving station name in header.  
RCV'D TIME PRINT Specifies printing of receive time on documents.  
1: Invalid  
2: Valid  
*
No receive information printed.  
Received Time, Sender's ID  
&
page numbers printed.  
KEY/BUZZER VOLUME Specifies beep volume (loudness) of fax machine.  
1: Off  
2: Soft  
3. Loud  
Beep not audible.  
Low (soft) volume.  
High (loud) volume.  
*
12  
COMM. JOURNAL  
1: Off  
2: Always  
Specifies printing of communication journal.  
Journal not printed.  
Journal is printed after every fax transmission.  
Journal is printed only when  
communication fails.  
3:  
Inc. only  
*
13  
15  
AUTO JRNL PRINT  
1: Invalid  
Specifies communication journal printing.  
Does not print journal every 32 transactions.  
Automatically printed every 32 transactions.  
2: Valid  
ATTENDED MODE  
1: Tel  
2: Fax/Tel Sw.  
*
Specifies attended reception mode.  
Normally for voice calls, requires user action to receive  
Normally for fax calls, requires user action to receive voice ca  
(Not available in France or Germany.)  
*
a
fax  
4Ć34 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 4-2. HP FAX-900 Parameter Options (Continued)  
2ĆDigit  
Parameter  
Number  
Parameter Name  
Options (choices)  
factory set  
*
Description  
16  
UNATTENDED MODE Specifies unattended reception mode, connection of answering  
machine.  
1: Fax  
*
Normally receive fax only calls, an answering machine not co  
nected.  
2: Tam I/F  
Receive voice and fax calls, an answering machine is connecte  
(Not available in France.)  
18  
19  
20  
OP CALL TIMER  
Specifies time to make the beep after detecting  
rameter 15 is set to option 2. Used to specify time available  
up the phone for voice call.  
a
call when  
1. 20 sec  
2. 30 sec  
3. 40 sec  
4. 50 sec  
*
a
OGM LENGTH  
__ __  
20 sec  
Specifies length of time allocated for Out Going Message as  
(1 to 60 cosredce)d on answering machine. OGM length should be set to  
m
*
the length of time of the recorded message on the answering  
chine. during the message, the fax machine monitors the incom  
line for  
a
fax tone.  
SILENT DETECTION  
1: Invalid  
Specifies reaction to undetected fax signal (effective when Parame  
ter 16 set to option 2).  
Set if answering machine uses one tape for both incoming and  
going messages.  
Detects fax calls even if fax signal is not sent.  
2: Valid  
*
22  
23  
SUBSTITUTE RCV  
1: Invalid  
Specifies saving incoming call if unable to print.  
Fax calls not answered if out of paper or ink.  
Fax calls stored in memory if out of paper or ink.  
2: Valid  
*
REC. PAPER SIZE  
1: A4  
Specifies size of paper in paper supply tray.  
A4 (210 mm  
x
297 mm).  
2: Letter  
3: Legal  
*
U.S. Letter (8 1/2 in. by 11 in.).  
U.S. Legal (8 1/2 in. by 14 in.).  
24  
25  
PRINT REDUCTION  
1: Fixed  
Specifies reduction of incoming documents.  
Reduced to percentage set in Parameter 25.  
Reduced to fit in print area set in Parameter 23.  
2: Auto  
*
REDUCTION RATIO  
Specifies percentage of original size to which received documen  
or  
copies are printed if Parameter 24 is set to option 1.  
70%  
94%  
Ć
*
100%  
26  
32  
POLLING PASSĆ  
WORD__ __ __  
Specifies the 4Ćdigit password shared with polled station to appe  
in display.  
COPY REDUCTION  
*
Specifies copy reduction mode to be ON or OFF.  
Copy reduction mode disabled.  
Copy reduction mode enabled.  
1. Invalid  
2. Valid  
35  
DAYLIGHT TIME  
Specifies ability to automatically set machine time according  
Daylight Saving Time system.  
Function is disabled.  
t
1. Invalid  
2. Valid  
*
Function is enabled.  
Optimization 4Ć35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 4-2. HP FAX-900 Parameter Options (Continued)  
2ĆDigit  
Parameter  
Number  
Parameter Name  
Options (choices)  
factory set  
*
Description  
36  
RING PATTERN  
1. Normal  
Specifies use of distinctive ring patterns for identifying types of  
coming calls. Usually associated with dedicated phone numbers.  
Must be used in conjunction with services offered by local ph  
companies.  
*
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
A
B
C
D
47  
52  
REMOTE RCV  
1. Invalid  
2. Valid  
Specifies use of extension phone in reception mode.  
Function is disabled.  
Function is enabled.  
*
DIAG. PASSWORD__  
Specifies password requirement to access remote diagnostic rou  
tines.  
Contact your HP authorized fax dealer for details.  
Listing the Parameters in the HP FAX-950  
To print a listing of your current fax parameter settings, use the fax parameter report printing procedure illustrated  
below.  
Set  
Menu  
6
4
Viewing the Parameter Menu in the FAX–950  
To view the fax parameters menu, press the buttons in the sequence shown. Press the Stop button to return to the  
Date/Time display after scrolling is completed.  
Set  
Menu  
7
4
Photo  
Stamp  
to scroll up through the menu  
Stop  
to scroll down through the menu.  
The contrast, resolution, and photo print quality parameters can be temporarily changed for a single transaction by  
pressing their fax control panel buttons. After the transaction, the temporarily changed parameters return to their  
previous settings.  
4Ć36 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Changing Parameters in the HP FAX-950  
To change or customize your fax parameters, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary  
information where requested.  
Set  
Set  
Menu  
Enter  
2-digit Fax  
Parameter  
Number  
7
4
Set  
Select  
Option  
Stop  
Note  
If no activity is detected after 60 seconds, the display reverts back to the Date/Time display.  
Use the following table to select the fax parameter and associated options you want to customize. An asterisk after an  
option indicates the default setting.  
Table 4-3. HP FAX-950 Parameter Options  
2ĆDigit  
Parameter  
Number  
Parameter Name  
Options (choices)  
*
factory set  
Description  
01  
CONTRAST  
1: Normal  
2: Darken  
3: Lighten  
Specifies contrast of scanned documents.  
Use if original has contrast of normal quality.  
Use if original is unusually light.  
*
Use if original is unusually dark.  
02  
RESOLUTION  
1: Standard  
2: Fine  
Specifies resolution of scanned documents.  
Use for typical text documents.  
Use for detailed documents and  
illustrations (Fine or 300 DPI).  
*
3: 300 DPI  
03  
04  
05  
06  
PHOTO  
1: Fast  
2: Quality  
Specifies print speed and density.  
To print fast, use less ink.  
To print at highest quality.  
*
STAMP  
1. Off  
2. On  
Specifies whether or not the verification stamp will be activated  
Stamp not activated.  
Stamp activated.  
*
MEMORY  
1: Off  
2: On  
Specifies setting of the home (start) position of memory.  
Setting not enabled.  
Setting enabled.  
*
DIALING METHOD  
1: Pulse  
2: Tone  
Specifies dialing method.  
To dial using pulse signals.  
To dial using tone signals.  
*
Optimization 4Ć37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 4-3. HP FAX-950 Parameter Options (Continued)  
2ĆDigit  
Parameter  
Number  
Parameter Name  
Options (choices)  
factory set  
*
Description  
07  
HEADER PRINT  
*
Specifies location of headers and footers.  
Header and footer printed inside image area.  
Header and footer printed outside image area.  
Header and footer not printed.  
1: Inside  
2: Outside  
3: No Print  
08  
09  
10  
HEADER FORMAT  
1: Logo ID No.  
2: From To  
Specifies header content of outgoing documents.  
Your logo and ID appear in header.  
Your logo and receiving station name in header.  
*
RCV'D TIME PRINT Specifies printing of receive time on documents.  
No receive information printed.  
Received Time, Sender's ID  
1: Invalid  
2: Valid  
*
&
page numbers printed.  
KEY/BUZZER VOLUME Specifies beep volume (loudness) of fax machine.  
1: Off  
2: Soft  
3. Loud  
Beep not audible.  
Low (soft) volume.  
High (loud) volume.  
*
12  
COMM. JOURNAL  
1: Off  
2: Always  
Specifies printing of communication journal.  
Journal not printed.  
Journal is printed after every fax transmission.  
Journal is printed only when  
communication fails.  
3:  
Inc. only  
*
13  
15  
16  
AUTO JRNL PRINT  
1: Invalid  
Specifies communication journal printing.  
Does not print journal every 32 transactions.  
Automatically printed every 32 transactions.  
2: Valid  
*
ATTENDED MODE  
Specifies attended reception mode.  
Normally for voice calls, requires user action to receive  
1: Tel  
2: Fax/Tel Sw.  
*
a fax  
Normally for fax calls, requires user action to receive voice ca  
UNATTENDED MODE Specifies unattended reception mode, connection of answering  
machine.  
1: Fax  
*
Normally receive fax only calls, an answering machine not co  
nected.  
Receive voice and fax calls, an answering machine is connecte  
2: Tam I/F  
18  
19  
20  
OP CALL TIMER  
Specifies time to make the beep after detecting  
rameter 15 is set to option 2. Used to specify time available  
up phone for voice call.  
a
call when  
1. 20 sec  
2. 30 sec  
3. 40 sec  
4. 50 sec  
*
a
a
OGM LENGTH  
__ __  
20 sec*  
Specifies length of time allocated for Out Going Message record  
(1 to 60 onsec)answering machine. OGM length should be set to match  
length of time of the recorded message on the answering mac  
During the message, the fax machine monitors the incoming  
for fax tone.  
l
a
SILENT DETECTION  
1: Invalid  
Specifies reaction to undetected fax signal (effective when Parame  
ter 16 set to option 2).  
Set if answering machine uses one tape for both incoming and  
going messages.  
Detects fax calls even if fax signal is not sent.  
2: Valid  
*
4Ć38 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 4-3. HP FAX-950 Parameter Options (Continued)  
2ĆDigit  
Parameter  
Number  
Parameter Name  
Options (choices)  
factory set  
*
Description  
22  
SUBSTITUTE RCV  
1: Invalid  
Specifies saving incoming call if unable to print.  
Fax calls not answered if out of paper or ink.  
Fax calls stored in memory if out of paper or ink.  
2: Valid  
*
23  
REC. PAPER SIZE  
1: A4  
Specifies size of paper in paper supply tray.  
A4 (210 mm  
x
297 mm).  
2: Letter  
3: Legal  
*
U.S. Letter (8 1/2 in. by 11 in.).  
U.S. Legal (8 1/2 in. by 14 in.).  
24  
25  
PRINT REDUCTION  
1: Fixed  
Specifies reduction of incoming documents.  
Reduced to percentage set in Parameter 25.  
Reduced to fit in print area set in Parameter 23.  
2: Auto  
*
REDUCTION RATIO  
Specifies percentage of original size to which received documen  
or  
copies are printed if Parameter 24 is set to option 1.  
70%  
94%  
Ć
*
100%  
26  
27  
POLLING PASSWORD Specifies the 4Ćdigit password shared with polled station to appe  
in display.  
y y y y  
POLLED FILE SAVE Specifies the state of the polled file save parameter.  
Polled file not saved.  
Polled file saved.  
1. Invalid  
2. Valid  
*
28  
32  
35  
STAMP AT MEM. XMSTpecifies the setting of memory transmit stamp.  
1. Invalid  
2. Valid  
*
Memory transmission not stamped.  
Memory transmission stamped.  
COPY REDUCTION  
*
Specifies copy reduction mode to be ON or OFF.  
Copy reduction mode disabled.  
Copy reduction mode enabled.  
1. Invalid  
2. Valid  
DAYLIGHT TIME  
Specifies ability to automatically set machine time according  
Daylight Saving Time system.  
Function is disabled.  
t
1. Invalid  
2. Valid  
*
Function is enabled.  
36  
RING PATTERN  
1. Normal  
Specifies use of distinctive ring patterns for identifying types of  
coming calls. Usually associated with dedicated phone numbers.  
Must be used in conjunction with services offered by local ph  
companies.  
*
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
A
B
C
D
37  
38  
41  
RCV TO MEMORY  
y y y y  
FAX ACCESS CODE No fax access code normally required, but the user can enter  
If entered, the code will be required before each fax operation  
y y y y  
RELAYED XMT REĆ  
QUEST  
Specifies whether or not you are requesting that you transmiss  
be relayed.  
1. Invalid*  
2. Valid  
Not requesting the relay.  
Requesting the relay.  
Optimization 4Ć39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 4-3. HP FAX-950 Parameter Options (Continued)  
2ĆDigit  
Parameter  
Number  
Parameter Name  
Options (choices)  
factory set  
*
Description  
42  
CONFIDENTIAL FAX  
PARAMETER  
Specifies the state whether or not  
tial or not.  
a
fax will be treated as  
c
1. Invalid  
2. Valid  
*
Fax will not be treated as confidential.  
Fax will be treated as confidential.  
43  
CONF. FILE SAVE  
1. Invalid  
2. Valid  
Specifies state of confidential file save mode.  
Mode disabled.  
Mode enabled.  
*
44  
45  
47  
PASSWORD  
y y  
-
y
XMT Normally, no password has been entered for transmission, but  
user can enter one.  
y
PASSWORD  
y y y y  
-
RCV Normally, no password has been entered for reception, but  
user can enter one.  
REMOTE RCV  
1. Invalid*  
2. Valid  
Specifies use of extension phone in reception mode.  
Function is disabled.  
Function is enabled.  
52  
53  
DIAG. PASSWORD  
y y y y y y  
Specifies password requirement to access remote diagnostic rouĆ  
tines.  
Contact your HP authorized fax dealer for details.  
OPTION MEMORY  
512KB+None  
If optional additional memory is installed, the word, None, is  
placed with the size of the additional memory.  
FAXing Tips  
You’ve been using your fax for some time now. It helps expedite your business. Decisions can be made faster, and  
information is more accurate because you have it in writing. But your fax can be made to be even more efficient. Take a  
few minutes to make it work even more for you. Research shows that most people don’t take advantage of all the  
features on a fax machine.  
Here are a few ways that you can use your fax to save more time and money:  
D
Auto Speed Dial –  
Are there some phone numbers that you dial frequently? Most fax machines  
have the capability to store these numbers. You program the numbers in once.  
After that, just press one or two buttons, and the number is automatically dialed  
for you. Put your fax in the automatic document feeder, press the number, and off  
the fax goes. The fax will provide a report of what numbers you have stored. You  
can place it either on your fax machine or nearby for easy reference.  
D
D
Cover Sheets –  
Broadcasting –  
Most of us have a cover sheet that the entire department uses to include a brief  
explanation of your fax. Do you really need this? You are paying phone time with  
each page you transmit on a fax in addition to using paper. Could you get by with  
a press-on label for some of your faxes instead of a cover sheet?  
Do you ever send the same fax to more than one person and stand there faxing the  
same thing to each number one at a time? Most fax machines have a broadcasting  
capability which allows you to send one fax to a number of people. Your fax is  
loaded into memory. You dial in the numbers or use your speed dial keys to send  
your fax just one time.  
D
Delayed Dialing –  
Are most of your faxes sent long distance or even overseas? Phone costs drop  
considerably after business hours. through a series of steps, you tell your fax  
4Ć40 Optimization  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
machine when you want the fax sent. Your fax can either be put into memory or  
placed on the document feeder and sent later in the evening when rates are much  
lower.  
D
Memory Faxing –  
Plain Paper –  
Do you need your paperwork right away and don’t want to wait for the fax to go  
through? Put your fax into the machine’s memory and then send it. You walk away  
with the original. this also makes transmission time faster, reducing your phone  
bill.  
D
D
Your HP fax machine uses plain paper. Experiment with the paper you will use in  
order to optimize quality and cost.  
Transmission Time – The faster the transmission time is, the lower your phone bill will be. The  
difference between a fax that transmits in 12 seconds versus 15 seconds is 25%.  
To minimize your phone costs, use faster transmission speeds.  
Your HP fax machine’s ample memory (256 KB minimum), error correction, and redial capability make sending faxes  
convenient and efficient.  
Optimization 4Ć41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5
Problem Resolution  
Subject  
Page  
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4  
The Problem Solving Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4  
Solving Problems in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4  
Overall Troubleshooting Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5  
Scanner Troubleshooting Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7  
Information Codes for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9  
Service Parameters for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19  
Listing the Service Parameter Settings on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19  
Changing Service Parameters on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Test Mode 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20  
Response to Incoming Document With Errors on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27  
Setting Service Parameters to Solve Communication Problems  
on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28  
Corrective Actions for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29  
Power-On Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29  
Clearing Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29  
Avoiding Print Skew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30  
Poor Print Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30  
Solving Problems in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31  
Routine Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31  
Information Codes for the FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32  
Function Parameters for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35  
Listing the Function Parameter Settings on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Test Mode 3) . . . . 5-35  
Changing the Function Parameters on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Test Mode 1) . . . . . . . . . 5-35  
Setting Function Parameters to Solve Communication Problems  
on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42  
Corrective Actions for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42  
Clearing a Paper Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42  
Clearing a Document Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43  
Correcting Multiple Sheet Feed or Misfeed of Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43  
Adjusting the Pressure Plate Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43  
Poor Print Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44  
Replacing the Verification Stamp on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45  
Diagnostic Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45  
Diagnostic Codes for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46  
Diagnostic Codes for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50  
Problem Resolution 5Ć1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5
Problem Resolution  
Subject  
Page  
Remote Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54  
Retrievable and Transferable Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55  
Modifying a FAX-900, or FAX-950 for Remote Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55  
Diagnostic ROM Installation in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55  
Retrieving Customer Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56  
Retrieving SYS and JNL Data on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57  
Retrieving SYS Data on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57  
Retrieving JNL Data on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58  
Transferring Data to the Customer’s Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59  
Transferring SYS Data on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60  
Transferring SYS Data on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61  
Remote Diagnostics Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62  
Test Modes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63  
Entering Test Mode on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63  
Test Mode 0 on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Printing a GPM Self-Test Pattern) . . . . . . . . . 5-64  
Test Mode 1 (Changing Function Parameters) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65  
Test Mode 3 (Listing Function Parameter Settings) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . 5-65  
Test Mode 4 and Test Mode 5 (Factory Only) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65  
Test Mode 6 (Initializing Fax Machine Memory) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . 5-65  
Test Mode 7 (Factory Only) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66  
Test Mode 9 (Testing Image Memory) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66  
Test Mode 10 (Testing LED and LCD Lights) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67  
Test Modes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67  
Entering Test Mode on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68  
Test Mode 01 (Print Tests) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68  
Test Mode 02 (Pen Recovery) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69  
Test Mode 03 (Self Test) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69  
Test Mode 04 (Remote Diagnostics) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71  
Test Mode 05 (Function Parameters) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71  
Test Mode 06 (Calibration Tests) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71  
Test Mode 07 (Agency Compliance) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71  
Test Mode 08 (Scanner Test Mode) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71  
Test Mode 09 (Memory Clear) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71  
Test Mode 10 (PC Inter Face) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71  
5Ć2  
Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5
Problem Resolution  
Subject  
Page  
Test Modes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)  
Test Mode 11 (Service Default) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71  
Test Mode 12 (Service Report) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71  
Problem Resolution 5Ć3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
This chapter contains information which can be used to resolve problems encountered while using the printer. Prob-  
lems that require removing the printer’s top cover in order to troubleshoot or repair the printer, must be referred to  
qualified service personnel. Follow the instructions in this chapter to make certain the problem is in the printer and not  
the result of an interface connection problem or a malfunction in the computer or software.  
The Problem Solving Process  
1. Review the Troubleshooting chapter in the User’s Guide.  
Most problems are fairly simple to resolve. The fastest and easiest way to solve them is to identify the prob-  
lem and take the corrective steps outlined in this chapter.  
2. Gather some basic information before you call.  
To facilitatepromptservice, besuretohave the following information readily availablebeforeyoucontactthe  
HP Customer Support Center (CSC)  
D
D
Product name and serial number  
Description of failure  
Call HP CSC: (208) 323-2551  
Available Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday from 7:00 am to 6:00 pm (MST); Wednesday from  
7:00 am to 4:00 pm (MST).  
An HP CSC representative will guide you through the following process to quickly determine and solve any  
problems you may have:  
D
Setup and Operation Problems  
First, the HP CSC representative will help solve any problems or answer any questions relating to setup or  
operation.  
D
Remote Diagnostics  
If setup or operation is not the problem, the HP CSC representative will attempt to identify the problem using  
the remote diagnostics feature of your HP facsimile. This powerful capability allows most problems to be  
detected and corrected over the telephone line.  
D
Arranging Repair  
If your problem can not be resolved over the phone, the HP CSC representative will arrange to replace or  
repair your HP facsimile using the HP Express Exchange or Standard Return program.  
Solving Problems in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Use the troubleshooting trees, problem solving procedures, information code tables, and function parameter tables on  
the following pages to solve problems in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750.  
5Ć4  
Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Overall Troubleshooting Tree  
Start  
Turn on the  
fax machineu  
If the fax machine is propĆ  
erly plugged in, it is faulty.  
Return the machine for reĆ  
pair  
No  
Verify the power cord is  
firmly plugged into powĆ  
ered electrical receptacle  
Contrast  
Resolution  
LEDs lit?  
&
a
Yes  
No  
The fax machine is faulty.  
Return the machine for  
repair  
Does the LCD  
display show  
anything?  
Yes  
Machine  
No  
No  
LCD or transaction  
report displays an  
info msg or 3Ćdigit  
Info Code?  
operates properly  
in the copy  
operation?  
B
Yes  
Yes  
Verify the  
See  
Information Codes"  
in this chapter  
communication lines  
are ok. Verify the  
receiving station can  
receive calls from  
other fax machines  
No  
Can the  
machine call other  
fax machines?  
See Setting Service  
Parameters to Solve  
Communication  
Yes  
Problems" in this  
chapter. If failure  
continues, replace  
the fax machine  
A
Figure 5Ć1. Overall Troubleshooting Tree  
Problem Resolution 5Ć5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A
B
Does it fax  
documents  
properly to other  
machines?  
Does it  
feed documents  
properly from the  
ADF?  
No  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
See Scanner TrouĆ  
bleshooting Tree"  
later in this  
Does the  
scanning process  
operate  
No  
chapter  
Does it  
No  
properly?  
receive faxes properly  
from other  
machines?  
Yes  
See Setting SerĆ  
vice Parameters to  
Solve CommunicaĆ  
tion Problems" in  
this chapter. If failĆ  
ure continues, reĆ  
turn the fax maĆ  
chine for repair  
No  
Does it feed  
recording paper  
properly?  
Yes  
Done  
Yes  
Reload paper. ReĆ  
check the copy opĆ  
eration. If failure conĆ  
tinues, return the fax  
machine for repair  
No  
Does it print  
reports properly?  
Yes  
Recheck the copy operation. If  
failure continues, return the  
fax machine for repair  
Figure 5Ć1. Overall Troubleshooting Tree (Continued)  
5Ć6  
Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Scanner Troubleshooting Tree  
Start  
Ensure paper meets the  
paper specifications in  
this guide. If not, make  
copy of the pages and try  
scanning the copy  
No  
No  
Scanner  
detects paper in the  
ADF?  
3Ćdigit info code  
on display or  
transaction report?  
a
Yes  
Yes  
See information  
Codes" later in this  
chapter  
Scanner  
ADF, feed, and eject  
rollers turn?  
No  
C
Yes  
Return the fax maĆ  
chine for repair  
Scanner  
fails to pick paper  
from the ADF?  
Yes  
No  
Done  
Scanner  
feeds more than one  
Yes  
page at  
a
time?  
No  
Inconsistent  
vertical spacing on  
printouts?  
No  
Yes  
A
B
Figure 5Ć2. Scanner Assembly Troubleshooting Tree  
Problem Resolution 5Ć7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C
A
B
Verify paper meets  
scanner paper  
specifications. If not,  
Verify paper meets  
scanner paper  
specifications. If not,  
No  
Paper jams in  
the scanner?  
make  
a
photoĆcopy of  
make  
a
photoĆcopy of  
the pages and try  
scanning the copy  
the pages and try  
scanning the copy  
Yes  
On the 900/950, if  
scanner fails to pick  
paper, set the  
Verify paper meets  
scanner paper  
specifications. If not,  
pressure plate switch make  
1
a
to (to the left). the pages and try  
photoĆcopy of  
scanner feeds more  
than one page at  
time, set the  
scanning the copy  
Faxes sent  
a
No  
to other stations or  
copies contain vertical  
lines or blocks?  
pressure plate switch  
to  
3
Retest. On the  
(to the right)Verify paper is free of  
staples, tap, and  
700/750, if the scanĆ paper clips. Verify all  
ner fails to pick pappages are free of  
continue at next blocfolds, tears, or foreign  
substance. Retest  
Scans  
No  
page but no  
output (printout  
blank)?  
Yes  
Clean the scanner.  
See chapter 3, InĆ  
terior Maintenance.  
Retest  
If the problem  
Open the ADF door  
continues, replace  
and look for  
Yes  
the ADF separator  
obstructions in the  
assembly or pad*  
scanner path. If no  
Verify the paper is  
placed face down in  
the ADF  
obstructions, inspect  
the ADF roller on the  
900/950. Replace if  
necessary. On the  
If the problem  
continues, replace  
700/750, return the  
the ADF roller on  
fax for repair  
the 900/950. On  
the 700/750 return  
the fax for repair  
If the problem  
continues, return the  
facsimile for repair  
* On the 700/750, replace the ADF separator  
assembly. On the 900/950, replace the separator  
pad.  
Done  
Figure 5Ć2. Scanner Assembly Troubleshooting Tree (Continued)  
5Ć8  
Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Information Codes for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
The HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 display messages in the message window and information codes (info codes) in the  
32-transaction report to warn of errors or problems with the machine or its operation. The information messages that  
appear in the message window are described in the HP FAX 700/750 User’s Guide.  
Table 5-1 lists the information codes for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 and suggests actions for info codes appearing  
on the 32-transaction report.  
Transmission Problems – In most cases, the action recommended when information codes appear during transmis-  
sion (Tx Mode) is to “Resend fax.” If the customer has already attempted to resend the fax and failed, have the custom-  
er send a fax to a known-good fax machine at the service center. If this operation fails, have the customer hook his fax  
machine to another line and try to send the fax again. This action eliminates the customer’s line as the source of the  
problem, and the customer’s machine is probably defective.  
Reception Problems – In most cases, the action recommended when information codes appear during reception (Rx  
Mode) is to “Retry operation.” If the customer has already contacted the sending party and had them resend the fax,  
have the customer perform the following steps to isolate the problem to his fax machine:  
1. Have the sending party attempt to send the fax to another party. If this fails then the sending party’s fax ma-  
chine or line is probably at fault.  
2. Have the customer move his fax machine to another line and attempt reception again. If this fails, the line is  
probably not at fault.  
3. Have another party attempt to send to the customer’s machine. If this also fails, the customer’s machine is  
probably defective.  
Procedures for listing and changing function parameters and a table of the service parameters follows the information  
codes. If the customer cannot fix the problem, and the HP Customer Support Center cannot fix the problem using  
remote diagnostics, have the customer return the unit for repair.  
Acronyms used in Table 5-1 are described in the glossary:  
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Info  
Code  
Mode  
Description of the Problem  
Action  
030  
031  
Document misfeed  
Remove document. Adjust paper guide  
assembly. Ensure that ADF is firmly  
against the body of the fax machine. Retry  
Document jam  
Clear the crumpled document from the  
ADF  
311  
421  
Service station error (no capping)  
Power cycle the machine and retry  
Tx  
Could not dial due to absence of dial tone Check for dial tone. Dialing the  
number, check that fax is at the other end  
of the line. Resend fax  
422  
423  
424  
425  
Tx  
Tx  
Stopped dialing due to detection of Chbeucsky called number  
tone  
Time out while waiting for remote pCaartlyled party is not picking up the call. InĆ  
Phase A response after dialing  
Tx Stop button depressed while sending Resend fax  
Phase A party is in phase  
Tx External phone is onĆhook at the stRaertsenodf fax  
Phase A dialing  
vestigate  
A
Problem Resolution 5Ć9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)  
Info  
Code  
Mode  
Description of the Problem  
Action  
431  
432  
433  
Rx  
Phase A detection  
Time out during ringing/DTMF signal Retry reception  
Rx External phone is taken offĆhook durRinegtry operation  
Phase A ringing discrimination  
Rx  
Stop button was pressed during CNGRetry operation  
Phase A detection while in the FAX/TEL, FAX/TAM  
auto switching mode  
434  
Rx  
Stop button was pressed during opeRraettoryr operation  
Phase A call while in the FAX/TEL auto switching  
mode  
435  
438  
439  
441  
Rx  
Phase  
Not an error  
No action required  
A
Rx  
Time out during CNG signal detectioRnetry operation  
Phase A while in the manual receiving mode  
Rx Time out during DTMF signal discrimRineatrĆy operation  
Phase A tion  
Tx  
Could not receive effective command Resend fax  
NonĆECM such as NSF, CSI, DIS, etc. within T1"  
time after detection of the CED signal  
442  
443  
Tx  
NonĆECM from remote party at the beginning of  
command reception, phase  
Received command other than DIS/DTRCesend fax  
B
Tx  
Polling function is not set with remoEtnesure that the remote party is available  
NonĆECM party or is not available with remoteandparsteyt up for polling. Retry polling  
fax  
444  
445  
Not Used  
Tx No response from remote party afterResend fax  
NonĆECM sending DCS, TCF signals  
446  
Tx Received DIS/DTC signals  
3
times froRmesend fax  
NonĆECM the remote party after sending the DCS,  
TCF signals to it  
447  
448  
Tx  
NonĆECM at 2400 bps  
Line condition is bad. Failed to traiRnesevnedn fax  
Tx Received a signal other than DIS/DTRCe/send fax  
NonĆECM FTT/CFR from the remote party after  
sending DCS, TCF signals to it  
449  
450  
Tx  
NonĆECM sending MPS/EOM/EOP signals  
it  
No response from remote party evenResaeftnedr fax  
3
times to  
Tx Did not receive appropriate response Resend fax  
NonĆECM such as PIN/PIP/MCF/RTP/RTN from the  
remote party after sending MPS signal to  
it  
451  
452  
Tx Received RTN signal from the remotLeine condition may be bad. Resend fax  
NonĆECM party after sending MPS signal to it  
Not used  
5Ć10 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)  
Info  
Code  
Mode  
Description of the Problem  
Action  
453  
454  
Not used  
After sending  
Tx  
a
post message commLainned condition may be bad. Resend fax  
NonĆECM and reception of PIP/PIN signals, received  
command from the remote party within  
a
T3" time, but it was not the DIS comĆ  
mand  
455  
456  
457  
458  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Tx  
Did not receive appropriate response Line condition may be bad. Resend fax  
NonĆECM (OIN/PIP/MCF/RTP/RTN) from the remote  
party after sending the EOM signal to it  
459  
460  
461  
462  
463  
464  
465  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Tx  
Did not receive appropriate response Line condition may be bad. Resend fax  
NonĆECM (OIN/PIP/MCF/RTP/RTN) from the remote  
party after sending the EOP signal to it  
466  
467  
Tx Received RTN signal from the remotLeine condition may be bad. Resend fax  
NonĆECM party after sending EOP signal to it  
Tx Received PIP signal from remote parNtyot afaĆn error. No action required  
NonĆECM ter sending post message command of  
EOP/PPSEOP/EOREOP signals to it. Then  
T3" time passed. (Voice request function  
is not available with HP 700/750 though.)  
However, received image is good  
468  
469  
Tx  
Received PIP signal from the remoteNopt aratyn error. No action required  
NonĆECM after sending post message command of  
EOP/PPSEOP/EOREOP signals to it. Then  
T3" time passed. (Voice request function  
is not available with HP 700/750 though.)  
However, received image is good  
Tx  
Received PIP/PIN signal from the remNote an error. No action required  
NonĆECM party after sending post message comĆ  
mand of EOP/PPSEOP/EOREOP signal to  
it. Within T3" time, received DIS from the  
remote party  
470  
471  
472  
Not used  
Not used  
Tx Received DCN command while in thReesseunb fax.  
NonĆECM routine to wait for DTC/DIS command  
Problem Resolution 5Ć11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)  
Info  
Code  
Mode  
Description of the Problem  
Action  
473  
Tx  
FCS error occurred and carrier contiRnueesednd fax  
NonĆECM for T6" time in the subroutine to wait for  
DTC/DIS commands  
474  
475  
Tx  
NonĆECM  
DIS/DTC FIF bit 10 is not set to  
1
Resend fax  
Tx  
Received DCN command in the subrRoeusĆend fax  
NonĆECM tine to receive remote party response folĆ  
lowing DCS/TCF transmission  
476  
Tx  
Frame error occurred ("T6" time pasRseeds)end fax  
NonĆECM in the subroutine to receive response from  
the remote party following DCS/TCF transĆ  
mission  
477  
478  
Tx FCS error occurred in the subroutineRestoend fax  
NonĆECM receive response after sending DCS/TCF  
Tx T6" time passed after reception of RReCsePndinfax  
NonĆECM the subroutine to receive response followĆ  
ing DCS/TCF transmission  
479  
480  
481  
482  
Tx  
Received DCN command in the subrRoeusĆend fax  
NonĆECM tine to receive response following MPS/  
EOP/EOM transmission  
Tx  
Frame error occurred in the subroutiRnesetnod fax  
NonĆECM receive response following MPS/EOP/  
EOM transmission  
Tx  
FCS error occurred in the subroutineRestoend fax  
NonĆECM receive response following MPS/EOP/  
EOM transmission  
Tx  
T6" time passed after reception of RReCsePndinfax  
NonĆECM the subroutine to receive response followĆ  
ing MPS/EOP/EOM transmission  
483  
501  
Tx  
NonĆECM sending EOM  
Received RTN from the remote partyResaeftnedr fax  
Rx In the manual reception mode, did CnhoetckreĆfor fax completeness. Check with  
NonĆECM ceive response from remote fax withtinhe remote party. Retry fax reception  
T1" time after sending  
(NSF)(CSI)DIS/(NSC)(CIG)DTC to it  
502  
Rx  
Could not receive the command fromChetchke for fax completeness. Check with  
NonĆECM remote party within T2" time. Furthetrh,e threemote party. Retry fax reception  
last command received was other than  
EOM(PRIĆEOM) command. Or, could not  
receive the message from the remote  
party within T2" time. Further, the last  
command received was other than  
EOM(PRIĆEOM) command  
503  
Rx  
Received DIS command from the remCohteeck for fax completeness. Check with  
NonĆECM party. Or, received NSS command buthte itremote party. Retry fax reception  
was not compatible  
5Ć12 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)  
Info  
Code  
Mode  
Description of the Problem  
Action  
504  
Rx Received DTC signal from the remotReemote party may have attempted to poll,  
NonĆECM party who was dialing, but polled flbaugt waasproblem exists. Contact the remote  
not set  
party for clarification  
505  
506  
507  
Rx  
It took more than  
5
sec for  
1
scCanheclkinefordurfaĆ x completeness. Check with  
the remote party. Retry fax reception  
NonĆECM ing message reception  
Rx  
NonĆECM stipulated time during message receptihoen remote party. Retry fax reception  
Rx Overwrite occurred due to the receivCeheck for completeness of the fax. ConĆ  
Carrier frequency was not available fCohr ectkhe for fax completeness. Check with  
NonĆECM buffer and document memory being tafucllt the sending party about the nature of  
the message they sent. Have them resend  
in smaller pieces, if appropriate  
508  
509  
Rx  
Appropriate post message wasn't tranCsĆheck for fax completeness. Contact the  
NonĆECM mitted from the remote party after mseensdĆing station. Retry fax reception  
sage reception  
Rx  
NonĆECM within T1" time following  
(NSF)(CSI)DIS/(NSC)(CIG)DTC transmisĆ  
sion  
Could not get the remote party resCpohnescek for fax completeness. Contact the  
sending station. Retry fax reception  
510  
511  
Rx  
Received DCN command while in thCe hescukbĆ for fax completeness. Contact the  
NonĆECM routine to receive response followinsegnding station. Retry fax reception  
DIC/DTC transmission  
a
Rx Frame error occurred ("T6") time pasCsheedc)k for fax completeness. Contact the  
NonĆECM while in the subroutine to receive asenredminogte station. Retry fax reception  
party response following DIS/DTC reĆ  
sponse  
512  
513  
Rx  
NonĆECM to receive  
FCS error occurred while in the subCrhoeuctikne for fax completeness. Contact the  
remote party response sefonlldoiwngĆ station. Retry fax reception  
a
ing DIS/DTC transmission  
Rx Carrier did not go away for T6" tCimheckaftfeorr fax completeness. Contact the  
NonĆECM reception of RCP while in the subrosuetnindeing station. Retry fax reception  
to receive  
transmission  
a
response following DIS/DTC  
514  
515  
Rx  
NonĆECM command subroutine  
Received DCN command while in thCe heck for fax completeness. Contact the  
sending station. Retry fax reception  
Rx FCS error occurred while in the coCmhmeacnkd for fax completeness. Contact the  
NonĆECM subroutine sending station. Retry fax reception  
516  
Rx Image quality of the received messagCeheck for fax completeness. Contact the  
NonĆECM data wasn't good sending station. Retry fax reception  
Problem Resolution 5Ć13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)  
Info  
Code  
Mode  
Description of the Problem  
Action  
531  
Tx  
ECM  
When receiving  
command from the remote party, and, afĆ  
ter the reception of the RNR response, the  
a
response to the PRPeStry fax send  
remote party did not respond to the  
commands  
3
RR  
532  
Tx  
ECM  
When receiving  
a
response to the PRPeStry fax send  
command from the remote party, and, afĆ  
ter the reception of the 1st RNR response,  
could not get MCF/PIP/PIN response from  
the remote party within the T5" time  
period  
533  
534  
Tx  
ECM  
During the response reception to theLinePPRc/ondition may be bad. Resend fax  
RNR/MCF command received reĆ  
sponse other than PPR/RNR/MCF from  
the remote party  
,
a
Tx  
ECM  
During the response reception for  
PPS.MPS(PPS.PRIĆMPS),  
PPS.EOP(PPS.PRIĆEOP),  
Retry fax send  
PPS.EOM(PPS.PRIĆEOM), received  
a
reĆ  
sponse other than PPR/RNR/MCF/PIP  
from the remote party  
535  
536  
Tx  
ECM  
During the response reception for thReetrPyPSfax send  
command, the remote party did not reĆ  
spond to the  
During the response reception for thReetrPyPSfax send  
command, received response other than  
3
CTC command  
Tx  
ECM  
a
CTR from the remote party to the CTC  
command  
537  
538  
Not used  
Tx  
ECM  
During the response reception for thReetry fax send  
EOR command, and after the reception of  
the RNR response, the remote party did  
not respond to the  
3
RR command  
539  
Tx  
ECM  
During the response reception for thReetry fax send  
EOR command, and, after the reception of  
the RNR response, could not receive the  
MCF/PIP/PIN Response from the remote  
party within the T5" time period  
540  
541  
Tx  
ECM  
During the response reception for thReetry fax send  
EOR.NUL command, received  
other than RNR/ERR from the remote  
party  
a
response  
Tx  
ECM  
During the response reception for  
EOR.MPS(EOR.PRIĆMPS),  
EOR.EOP(EOR.PRIĆEOP),  
Retry fax send  
EOR.EOM(EOR.PRIĆEOM), received  
a
reĆ  
sponse other than RNR/ERR/PIN from the  
remote party  
5Ć14 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)  
Info  
Code  
Mode  
Description of the Problem  
Action  
542  
Tx  
ECM  
After sending partial page signal othReretry fax send  
reĆtries, then transĆ  
than PPS.EOP, failed  
4
mitted the EOR command indicating  
completion or correction. Received ERR  
response from the remote party, but disĆ  
continued message transmission  
543  
544  
Tx  
ECM  
After sending partial page signal othReretry fax send  
then PPS.EOP, failed  
mitted the EOR command indicating  
completion or correction and received  
ERR response from the remote party  
4
reĆtries, then transĆ  
Tx  
ECM  
No response from the remote party Rteotry thfeax send  
PPSĆO signal  
545  
546  
547  
548  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Tx  
ECM  
Received DCN command while in thReetrsyubĆfax send  
routine to receive response following  
PPS NULL/MPS/EOP/EOM transmission  
a
549  
Tx  
ECM  
Frame error occurred ("T6" timeout) Rwehtirlye fax send  
in the subroutine to receive  
a
response  
following PPS NULL/MPS/EOP/EOM transĆ  
mission  
550  
551  
Tx  
ECM  
FCS error occurred while in the subRreoturytinefax send  
to receive  
NULL/MPS/EOP/EOM transmission  
a
response following PPS  
Tx  
ECM  
Carrier did not go away for T6" tRimetery afatexr send  
reception of RCP while in the subroutine  
to receive  
NULL/MPS/EOP/EOM transmission  
a
response following PPS  
552  
553  
554  
555  
Tx  
ECM  
Received DCN command while in thReetrsyubĆfax send  
routine to receive  
Frame error due to T6" timeout whRieletry infax send  
the subroutine to receive CTC response  
FCS error while in the subroutine toRetry fax send  
ceive CTC response  
a
CTC response  
Tx  
ECM  
a
Tx  
ECM  
a
Tx  
ECM  
Carrier did not go away for T6" tRimetery afatexr send  
reception of RCP while in the subroutine  
to receive  
a
CTC response  
556  
557  
Tx  
ECM  
Received DCN command while in thReetrsyubĆfax send  
routine to receive an RR response  
Tx  
ECM  
Frame error due to T6" timeout whRieletry infax send  
the subroutine to receive an RR response  
Problem Resolution 5Ć15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)  
Info  
Code  
Mode  
Description of the Problem  
Action  
558  
559  
Tx  
ECM  
FCS error while in the subroutine toRetry fax send  
ceive an RR response  
Tx  
ECM  
Carrier did not go away for T6" tRimetery afatexr send  
reception of RCP while in the subroutine  
to receive an RR response  
560  
Tx  
ECM  
No response from remote party to Rtheetry fax send  
EOR.O signal  
561  
562  
563  
564  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Tx  
ECM  
Received DCN command while in thReetrsyubĆfax send  
routine to receive  
EOR NULL/MPS/EOP/EOM transmission  
a
response following  
565  
Tx  
ECM  
Frame error due to T6" timeout whRieletry infax send  
the subroutine to receive  
a
response folĆ  
lowing EOR NULL/MPS/EOP/EOM transĆ  
mission  
566  
567  
Tx  
ECM  
FSC error while in the subroutine toRetry fax send  
ceive  
a
MPS/EOP/EOM transmission  
response following EOR NULL/  
Tx  
ECM  
Carrier did not go away for T6" tRimetery afatexr send  
reception of RCP while in the subroutine  
to receive  
NULL/MPS/EOP/EOM transmission  
a
response following EOR  
571  
572  
Rx  
ECM  
Received command was other than PCRhIeĆcQk, for fax completeness. Contact the  
CTC, PPS.PRIĆQ, PPS.Q, or EOR.Q sending station. Retry fax reception  
Rx  
ECM  
Called operator due to the PRIĆQ cNomotĆ an error. No action required  
mand from remote party, but the operator  
didn't go offĆhook within the T3" time  
period  
573  
574  
575  
576  
Rx  
ECM  
No response from the remote party Cwheitchkin for fax completeness. Contact the  
T2" time after the RNR signal wassensednintg instation. Retry fax reception  
answer to the remote party's PPS PRIĆQ,  
PPS  
Q
signals  
Rx  
ECM  
Received signal other than RR/PPSĆQCheck for fax completeness. Contact the  
from the remote party after the RNRsendsignngal station. Retry fax reception  
was sent to the remote party's PPS PRIĆQ,  
PPS  
Q
signals  
Rx  
ECM  
No response from the remote party Cwheitchkin for fax completeness. Contact the  
T2" time after the RNR signal wassensednintg instation. Retry fax reception  
answer to the remote party's EOP PRIĆQ,  
EOP  
Q
signals  
Rx  
ECM  
Received signal other than RR/PPSĆQCheck for fax completeness. Contact the  
from the remote party after the RNRsendsignngal station. Retry fax reception  
was sent in answer to the remote party's  
EOP PRIĆQ, EOP  
Q
signals  
5Ć16 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)  
Info  
Code  
Mode  
Description of the Problem  
Action  
577  
Rx  
ECM  
After receiving PPS  
Q
command, recCehiveecdk for fax completeness. Contact the  
DCN command while in the subroutisneenditnog station. Retry fax reception  
receive  
mission  
a
command following RNR transĆ  
578  
Rx  
ECM  
After receiving PPS  
&
Q
command FCSCheecrkror for fax completeness. Contact the  
occurred carrier did not go awaysenfodringthestation. Retry fax reception  
T6" time period while in the  
commandĆreceive subroutine following  
RNR transmission  
579  
580  
Rx  
ECM  
After receiving the EOR  
Q
commandC, hereckĆ for fax completeness. Contact the  
ceived DCN command while in the sceonmdiĆng station. Retry fax reception  
mandĆreceive subroutine following RNR  
transmission  
Rx  
ECM  
After receiving the EOR  
Q
commandC, heFcCkS for fax completeness. Contact the  
error occurred and the carrier did nsoetndignog station. Retry fax reception  
away for the T6" time period while in the  
commandĆreceive subroutine following  
RNR transmission  
581  
Rx  
ECM  
When receiving  
a
message, the nextCheck for fax completeness. Contact the  
frame was not received within the ssteipnuing station. Retry fax reception  
lated time period  
582  
591  
Rx  
ECM  
Image quality of received message dCahtaeck for fax completeness. Contact the  
was not good  
sending station. Retry fax reception  
Tx  
In the T1" time period after  
(NSF)(CSI)DIS/(NSC)(CIG)DTC was sent,  
the Stop button was depressed  
Contact sending station  
592  
Rx  
Stop button was pressed during the RereseĆ nd document  
sponse wait state ...  
After (PRI)MPS/(PRI)EOM/(PRI)EOP  
was sent.  
After DCS/TCF was sent.  
After PPS NULL/PPS (PRI)MPS/PPS  
(PRI)EOM/PPS (PRI)EOP was sent.  
After EOR NULL/EOR (PRI)MPS/EOR  
(PRI)EOM/EOR (PRI)EOP was sent.  
After RR response or CTC response  
593  
594  
595  
596  
601  
Tx  
Rx  
Rx  
Stop button was pressed during theRetsraennsdĆ document  
mission of  
a
document  
Stop button was pressed during T1C" ontitmacet sending station  
period at the reception of DIS/DTC signal  
Stop button was pressed during T2C" ontitmacet sending station  
wait state during fax reception  
Agency  
Comp.  
Stop button was pressed while execNutointg applicable  
the Agency Compliance Mode  
Tx  
Misfeed of transmission document  
Remove document and resend  
Problem Resolution 5Ć17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)  
Info  
Code  
Mode  
Description of the Problem  
Action  
602  
Tx  
Transmission document jam or documReenmt ove document and resend. If failure  
length was greater than the stipulaterdepeats, retry with document 14 inches or  
length  
less. Check that both rear corners of the  
ADF are firmly against the body of the fax  
machine. Retry send  
610  
611  
Remote  
Diag.  
Remote diagnostics was not carried Roeutry operation  
properly due to incompatibility with the  
target machine, or the target machine was  
not configured for remote diagnostics  
Remote  
Diag.  
Cancelled regular faxing because the RetatrryĆ operation  
get machine was not configured for reĆ  
mote diagnostics  
620  
621  
Modem  
Error in the MODEM interrupt handler  
Retry operation  
Received the remote party's preambleRestriygĆ operation  
nal for more than the stipulated  
3
minutes  
5Ć18 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Service Parameters for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Service parameters are internal settings and default modes that determine how the fax machine operates and responds.  
Some service parameters select signal levels, signal timing, and default modes of operation. Others display status  
information (such as document count) or enter test modes. A complete listing of the service parameters for the HP  
FAX-700 and FAX-750 is given in Table 5-2.  
Note  
Service parameters are initially set at the factory and most parameters will not require any  
change.  
Listing the Service Parameter Settings on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Note  
Service parameters not set to the standard setting may be a result of the user setting the  
parameters. Verify the user’s preference for these settings before resetting these parameters.  
To print a list of the service parameter settings, press the buttons and follow the procedure below:  
Menu  
Press & hold  
down the  
Stop button  
Release the Stop  
and Menu buttons  
7
0
0
The following message appears:  
Service Menu (01 – 12)  
12: Service P. Report  
Press the Enter button. The fax machine will print a list of the service parameter settings. It lists the current and stan-  
dard settings.  
While the machine is printing a list of the parameters, the following message is on the front panel LCD.  
Printing service  
parameter list  
To exit the service menus and return the fax machine to the standby state, press the Stop button.  
The printout is useful for reviewing the service parameter settings or producing a hard copy record of the settings. Use  
the following procedure to print the service parameter settings:  
Problem Resolution 5Ć19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Changing Service Parameters on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Test Mode 5)  
Caution  
Do not change any service parameter setting unless recommended in a troubleshooting pro-  
cedure or by HP Customer Support Center personnel.  
To change service parameter settings, press the buttons and follow the procedure below:  
Menu  
Press & hold  
down the  
Stop button  
Release the Stop  
and Menu buttons  
7
0
X 4  
0
The following message will be on the front panel LCD:  
Service Menu (01 – 12)  
05: Service Parame  
Press the Enter button and either enter the number of the parameter you want to change or browse to the parameter  
using the up or down arrow button.  
Once you are at the parameter you want to change, press the Enter button. Then change the parameter. In some cases  
you will need to use the horizontal arrow buttons to change the parameter, and, in other cases, it will be necessary to  
type a number. In every case, you will need to press the Enter button after changing the parameter to make the change  
effective.  
Once the Enter button is pressed to make your change effective, the fax machine will return to the service parameter  
level, and you can either browse to a new parameter and change it or press the Stop button once to return to the service  
menu level or twice to return the fax machine to the standby state.  
Service parameters and their settings are listed in Table 5-2.  
Note  
Values given in the table for Current Setting are fictitious and for example only. Where no  
parameter description is given, none was available.  
5Ć20 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-2. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Service Parameters  
Service  
Parameter  
Number  
Display  
Indication  
Parameter  
Description  
Settings  
Current  
Setting  
Standard  
Setting  
01  
BI DIR PRNT  
DELAY  
Run the print test la-  
beled bi directional Skew  
Check. This parameter  
should be set to the  
delay that provides the  
best print output  
11...16  
13  
14  
(straightest vertical lines)  
02  
03  
OOI RATIO  
OOI DELTA  
Parameter used in OOI  
detection algorithm. Do  
not change  
0...255  
0...255  
0...255  
30  
21  
0
30  
42  
0
Parameter used in OOI  
detection algorithm. Do  
not change  
04  
05  
PRT PARA1  
PRT PARA2  
Print parameter 2. Not  
PRT PARA2 1 adjustable  
PRT PARA2 2  
PRT PARA2 3  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PRT PARA2 4  
06  
07  
PRT PARA3  
Print parameter 3. Not  
PRT PARA3 1 adjustable  
PRT PARA3 2  
PRT PARA3 3  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PRT PARA3 4  
PRT PARA4  
Print parameter 4. Not  
PRT PARA4 1 adjustable  
PRT PARA4 2  
PRT PARA4 3  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PRT PARA4 4  
08  
09  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
NOT USED  
NOT USED  
NOT USED  
NOT USED  
NOT USED  
NOT USED  
NOT USED  
DISPLAY ID  
Selects whether to dis-  
play the numeric or the  
character ID of the re-  
mote party  
01: numeric ID  
02: character ID  
2
1
2
1
16  
PTT REGULA-  
TION  
Do not modify  
Problem Resolution 5Ć21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-2. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Service Parameters (Continued)  
Service  
Parameter  
Number  
Display  
Indication  
Parameter  
Description  
Settings  
Current  
Setting  
Standard  
Setting  
17  
18  
NOT USED  
MINIMUM ON-  
HOOK  
Minimum time the ma-  
chine goes on-hook be-  
tween sending consecu-  
tive faxes. If this time  
were too short the local  
CO might not see the  
“on-hook and not pro-  
duce a dial tone  
0...15 SEC  
5
5
19  
20  
21  
RESPONSE  
WAIT  
Duration of the wait for a  
response from the re-  
mote station  
0...90 SEC  
0...10 SEC  
0...10 TIMES  
55  
3
55  
3
PAUSE TIME  
Duration of a pause  
created by pressing the  
Space button  
BUSY TONE  
COUNT  
Selects the number of  
busy tones detected be-  
fore recognition by the  
machine that the remote  
party is busy  
2
2
22  
BUSY TONE  
DETECT  
This specifies whether  
the machine will attempt  
to detect a busy signal  
after dialing. If “on”, the  
machine will go back on  
hook if it detects a busy  
signal  
0:off* / 1:on  
0
0
23  
24  
DIAL TONE  
DETECT  
Selects whether or not  
the fax machine will de-  
tect a dial tone  
0:off* / 1:on  
0
2
0
2
LIU TYPE  
Selects the type of line  
interface unit the fax ma-  
chine has  
01: US 02: not US*  
25  
26  
NOT USED  
MIN MEM TO  
RCV  
Selects the minimum  
percent memory the fax  
machine must have avail-  
able in order to receive a  
fax  
0...99%  
10  
20  
60  
10  
20  
60  
27  
28  
SILENT  
DETECT DLY  
Selects the delay before  
detecting machines that  
do not respond with a  
CNG signal (old fax ma-  
chines)  
0...99 SEC  
0...99 SEC  
SILENT  
DETECT TO  
This is the time from  
completing dialing to  
when silent detect is  
switched off  
5Ć22 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-2. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Service Parameters (Continued)  
Service  
Parameter  
Number  
Display  
Indication  
Parameter  
Description  
Settings  
Current  
Setting  
Standard  
Setting  
29  
SILENT  
DETECT IT  
Time interval of silence  
needed for the 700/750  
to detect silence. The de-  
fault is 5 seconds, so  
there must be a continu-  
ous 5 seconds of silence  
to the machine to detect  
silence  
0...99 X 100 ms  
50  
50  
30  
31  
MAX RING  
Selects the maximum  
number of rings before a  
communication failure is  
recognized  
1...20 TIMES  
20  
1
20  
1
RTC EOL  
Selects the end-of-line  
indicator to be received  
before return to control  
01: EOL *6*  
02: EOL *12  
32  
33  
NOT USED  
MAX XMT  
SPEED  
Selects the highest trans-  
mission speed for the  
modem  
01: 2400 BPS  
02: 4800 BPS  
03: 7200 BPS  
04: 9600 BPS*  
4
4
4
4
34  
MAX RCV  
SPEED  
Selects the highest re-  
ception speed for the  
modem  
01: 2400 BPS  
02: 4800 BPS  
03: 7200 BPS  
04: 9600 BPS*  
35  
36  
37  
XMT LEVEL  
RCV LEVEL  
Sets the amplitude of the  
output signals trans-  
mitted  
01: 0 DBM...  
16: –15 DBM  
9
11  
0
9
11  
0
Sets the sensitivity of the  
fax machine to received  
signals  
01: –33 DBM...  
16: –48 DBM  
CABLE  
EQUALIZE  
Selects whether or not to  
Equalize loss (amplitude  
distortion) Between Ma-  
chine and the phone  
0:off* / 1:on  
company exchange  
38  
39  
ECHO  
PROTECT  
Selects whether or not to  
activate echo protection  
0:off / 1:on*  
1
3
1
3
XMT TO RCV  
INTRVL  
Selects the time interval  
between when the fax  
machine ceases trans-  
mission and is ready to  
receive a call  
01: 100 ms  
02: 200 ms  
03: 500 ms*  
40  
NSF  
Disable/enable non-stan-  
dard facility (only  
0:off / 1:on*  
1
1
700/750 to 700/750)  
Problem Resolution 5Ć23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-2. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Service Parameters (continued)  
Service  
Parameter  
Number  
Display  
Indication  
Parameter  
Description  
Settings  
Current  
Setting  
Standard  
Setting  
41  
42  
43  
CED TO 300  
INTRVL  
This is the time interval  
from the CED (called sta-  
tion identification) signal  
to the 300 bps signal  
01: 75 ms* 02: 1 s  
1
1
1
1
1
1
CSI TRANSMIT Selects whether or not to  
transmit “Called Sub-  
0:off / 1:on*  
0:off / 1:on*  
scriber Identification”  
when called  
TSI TRANSMIT  
Selects whether or not to  
transmit a request for  
“Called Transmitting Sub-  
scriber Identification”  
when contacting another  
fax machine  
44  
45  
CIG TRANSMIT Selects whether or not to  
transmit a “Calling Sub-  
scriber Identification”  
0:off / 1:on*  
1
0
1
0
when contacting another  
fax machine  
CHAR ID  
TRANSMIT  
Selects whether or not to  
transmit a character ID  
when contacting another  
fax machine  
0:off* / 1:on  
46  
47  
ERROR  
DETECT  
Selects the mode of error  
detection  
01: lines 02: ratio*  
2
1
2
1
LINE ERROR  
Number of lines received  
in error  
01: 128 lines*  
02: 256 lines  
03: 512 lines  
04: 1024 lines  
05: 2148 lines  
48  
TOTAL ERROR  
Percent of fax received in  
error  
01: 5%  
3
3
02: 10%  
03: 15%*  
04: 20%  
49  
50  
RETURN  
RECEIVE  
Selects between discon-  
necting or continuing  
when the machine re-  
ceives an RTN signal  
01: disconnect*  
02: continue  
1
1
1
1
FALLBACK  
2400 BPS  
If ON and received  
image is degraded, re-  
send message at 2400  
BPS  
0:off / 1:on*  
5Ć24 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-2. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Service Parameters (continued)  
Service  
Parameter  
Number  
Display  
Indication  
Parameter  
Description  
Settings  
Current  
Setting  
Standard  
Setting  
51  
FALLBACK  
40 ms  
When this parameter is  
switched on and docu-  
ment memory is full, the  
machine indicates to the  
calling fax machine that  
the minimum scan time  
per line is 40 ms. This  
action slows down the  
sending rate of the call-  
ing machine  
0:off* / 1:on  
0
0
52  
53  
ECM T5 TIMER Protocol timer T5 setting  
01: 1 min*  
02: 4 min  
2...6 piece  
1
4
1
4
EOL COUNT  
Sets how many EOLs  
must be received to indi-  
cate an RTC  
54  
55  
56  
XMT CRP CMD Selects whether or not to  
transmit the Command  
0:off* / 1:on  
0:off* / 1:on  
0
0
4
0
0
4
Repeat command  
SHORT  
PREAMBLE  
Selects whether or not  
the protocol preamble will  
be short  
PREAMBLE  
TIME  
700/750 to 700/750 NSF  
(non-standard facilities)  
preamble transmission  
time. This is shorter the  
the normal CCITT speci-  
fication making NSF  
01: 200 ms  
02: 300 ms  
03: 400 ms  
04: 500 ms*  
transmission faster  
57  
58  
SHORT TCF  
Selects whether or not  
the Transfer Confirm sig-  
nal will be short  
0:off* / 1:on  
0
6
0
6
CFR TO IMAGE Time between receiving  
TIME  
01: 75 ms  
CFR and sending image  
02: 150 ms  
03: 225 ms  
04: 300 ms  
05: 400 ms  
06: 450 ms*  
07: 525 ms  
08: 600 ms  
59  
TCF OFF  
Protocol signal setting  
01: 0.1 s  
02: 0.2 s  
03: 0.3 s*  
04: 0.4 s  
05: 0.5 s  
3
3
Problem Resolution 5Ć25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-2. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Service Parameters (continued)  
Service  
Parameter  
Number  
Display  
Indication  
Parameter  
Description  
Settings  
Current  
Setting  
Standard  
Setting  
60  
TCF ON  
Protocol setting  
01: 0.4 s  
02: 0.6 s  
03: 0.8 s  
04: 1.0 s*  
05: 1.2 s  
06: 1.4 s  
4
1
4
61  
TCF  
THRESHOLD  
Protocol setting  
01: 100%*  
02: 98%  
03: 96%  
04: 94%  
05: 92%  
06: 90%  
07: 88%  
08: 86%  
1
62  
63  
NOT USED  
2400 HAND-  
SHAKE  
Selects whether or not to  
activate 2400 BPS hand-  
shaking  
0: off* / 1: on  
0
0
64  
SILENT  
DETECT TH  
This is the threshold level  
for silent detection. It can  
be adjusted down if sig-  
nal levels are low on the  
line, so that the machine  
detects silence when  
someone is actually leav-  
ing a message on the  
TAM. It can be adjusted  
up if the line is noisy the  
the machine never de-  
tects silence  
01: –33 dBm...  
16: –48 dBm  
11  
11  
65  
NO CARRIER  
DELAY  
During reception if image  
data is being received  
and the signal is lost,  
then this is the timeout  
after which the machine  
will disconnect. 6 s not  
required by CCITT, but  
specified by German reg-  
ulations  
01: 2 s  
02: 6 s*  
2
2
66  
67  
NO FRAME  
DELAY  
Default may change to  
Setting 02, 4 min  
01: 1 min*  
02: 4 min  
1
0
1
0
COM STOP  
Selects between printing  
a transaction report or  
not printing a transaction  
report when the Stop  
button is pressed during  
transmission  
0: off* / 1: on  
5Ć26 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-2. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Service Parameters (continued)  
Service  
Parameter  
Number  
Display  
Indication  
Parameter  
Description  
Settings  
Current  
Setting  
Standard  
Setting  
68  
DOC JAM  
LENGTH  
This is the length of doc-  
ument being scanned by  
the scanner that will  
cause the machine to in-  
dicate a document jam  
01: 0.8 M*  
02: 2.0 M  
03: 8.0 M  
04: no limit  
1
1
69  
70  
DOC MISFEED  
NOT USED  
Time elapse to detection  
of misfeed  
0...15 s  
10  
10  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
NOT USED  
NOT USED  
NOT USED  
NOT USED  
COPY COUNT  
XMT COUNT  
Running count of copies  
n (count)  
n (count)  
none  
none  
Running count of trans-  
missions  
77  
RCV COUNT  
Running count of recep-  
tions  
n (count)  
none  
Response to Incoming Document With Errors on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
The following tables describe how the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 determine how to respond to the transmitter when a  
document is received with errors. These tables apply only if the transmitter does not have or is not using ECM (Error  
Correction Mode).  
The signals listed in the tables and their interpretation are as follows:  
D
D
MCF (Message Confirmation) – document received with good quality. Continue with next page  
RTP (PIP if during voice request) – document received with marginal quality. Train before sending  
next page. (RTP – retrain positive)  
D
D
RTN (Retrain Negative) – document received with unacceptable quality. Train at slower speed.  
DCN (Disconnect) – Too many errors. Disconnect and send signal if the error condition is detected  
after complete page is received  
The following Line Error Table gives the criterion used by the fax machine to determine which signal to return when  
it detects a given number of errors on a page being received, and service parameter 46 is set to LINES.  
For example, if service parameter 47 is set to 3 and a page is received with 254 lines in error, then the machine responds  
with the RTP signal.  
Problem Resolution 5Ć27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-3. Line Error on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Service Parameter 47 Setting  
Number of  
lines with er-  
rors  
01 (128)  
02 (256)  
03 (512)  
04 (1024)  
05 (2048)  
06 (Off)  
0-31  
32-63  
MCF  
RTP  
RTN  
DCN  
DCN  
DCN  
DCN  
DCN  
MCF  
MCF  
RTP  
RTN  
DCN  
DCN  
DCN  
DCN  
MCF  
MCF  
MCF  
RTP  
RTN  
DCN  
DCN  
DCN  
MCF  
MCF  
MCF  
MCF  
RTP  
RTN  
DCN  
DCN  
MCF  
MCF  
MCF  
MCF  
MCF  
RTP  
RTN  
DCN  
MCF  
MCF  
MCF  
MCF  
MCF  
MCF  
MCF  
MCF  
64-127  
128-255  
256-511  
512-1023  
1024-2047  
>2047  
The following Total Error Table give the criterion used by the fax machine to determine which signal to return when  
it detects a given percentage of lines with errors on a page being received, and service parameter 46 is set to RATIO.  
For example, if service parameter 48 is set to 2, and a page is received with 4% errors, the machine responds with the  
MCF signal.  
Table 5-4. Total Error on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Percent of  
lines with  
errors  
Service Parameter 48 Setting  
01 (5%)  
02 (10%)  
03 (15%)  
04 (20%)  
0-2  
3-4  
MCF  
RTP  
RTN  
RTN  
RTN  
RTN  
RTN  
MCF  
MCF  
RTP  
RTP  
RTN  
RTN  
RTN  
MCF  
MCF  
MCF  
RTP  
RTP  
RTN  
RTN  
MCF  
MCF  
MCF  
MCF  
RTP  
RTP  
RTN  
5-7  
8-9  
10-14  
15-19  
>20  
Setting Service Parameters to Solve Communication Problems on the HP FAX-700 and  
FAX-750  
Communication problems are announced by information codes in the 400 to 500 range. For basic problems with the  
telephone line (unable to dial a station or not answering, for example) consult the troubleshooting chapter in the User’s  
Guide for the HP FAX-700/750, User’s Guide for the HP FAX-900, or the User’s Guide for the FAX-950.  
Table 5-5 shows the service parameters to adjust for specific communication problems in the HP FAX-700 and  
FAX-750. Adjust both the transmitting and receiving fax machines for best results. If the adjustments do not improve  
the line quality, set the service parameters of both machines back to the default settings.  
5Ć28 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-5. Compensating for Communication Problems in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Transmitting Fax Machine  
Receiving Fax Machine  
Service  
Parameter  
Service Parameter  
Setting (From To)  
Service  
Parameter  
Service Parameter  
Setting (From To)  
For International Com-  
munication  
38  
Off On  
41  
75 ms 1 sec  
To Equalize Loss (Am-  
plitude Distortion Be-  
tween Machine and the  
Phone Company Ex-  
change  
37  
33  
off on  
37  
off on  
To Cope with Poor S/N  
Ratio  
9600 bps 7200 to 2400  
bps  
36  
34  
–33 dBm –34 to –48 dBm  
9600 bps 7200 to 2400  
bps  
To Cope with Impulse  
Noise  
47  
41  
128 256 to 2048  
To Cope with Shifted  
Signal Sequence  
Caused by Echo  
38  
off on  
75 ms 1 sec  
Corrective Actions for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Power-On Problems  
Refer to Figure 5-1, “Overall Troubleshooting Tree” at the beginning of this chapter.  
Clearing Paper Jams  
The HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 fax machines can detect paper jams. An information message in the message window  
identifies a paper jam  
Perform the following procedure to clear a paper jam:  
1. Turn OFF (O) the fax machine.  
2. Remove any paper from the paper tray.  
3. Remove the wet paper path assembly (the document OUT tray is the top part of the wet paper path assembly.  
See Figure 5-3.  
Problem Resolution 5Ć29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Wet Paper Path  
Assembly  
EK_32  
Figure 5Ć3. Removing the Wet Paper Path Assembly  
4. Remove the jammed document from the front of the machine. Do NOT open the top cover (document feeder  
assembly) to remove the document.  
5. Pull the remaining paper from around the paper feed rollers.  
6. Reinstall the wet paper path assembly.  
7. Close the back cover.  
Avoiding Print Skew  
Print skew occurs when the movement of paper in the printer paper path is not square to the carriage movement. The  
result is inconsistent print margins along the paper’s edge. Keep in mind the following information when dealing with  
print skew:  
D
Before assuming the fax machine has a print skew problem, ensure that the other station has properly  
loaded paper. If the other station is the transmitter of the document, ensure that the document was  
properly loaded on the ADF and fed through the machine correctly  
D
D
D
Ensure that paper is properly loaded in your machine and that both corners of the ADF are firmly in  
contact with the body of the fax machine  
A skewed output printed on an HP FAX-700 or FAX-750 may be caused by document skew at the  
scanner on the transmitting fax machine  
Some print skew is normal. Assume that there is a problem only if the fax machine is consistently  
omitting data  
The Print Skew Specification for the printer paper path is 0.006 mm per mm on 95% of all pages printed.  
Paper must be loaded properly to avoid print skew. To ensure that paper is loaded properly follow the procedure de-  
scribed in chapter 2 of this guide.  
Poor Print Quality  
This section describes possible causes for the following print quality problems:  
D
D
D
Faint print  
Fuzzy print  
Inconsistent print quality  
5Ć30 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
If print quality problems occur on printouts from an HP FAX-700 or FAX-750 fax machine, check the following:  
D
D
D
Print cartridges have a specified life. If the print cartridge date has expired, replace the print cartridge.  
See “Solving Print Cartridge Problems” later in this chapter  
HP fax machine settings can affect the print quality. Try selecting no print reduction (fixed print  
reduction at 100%)  
Print quality can vary with paper  
Verify that the paper is not special coated paper. The HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 use an Inkjet print  
cartridge, but the print cartridge has been designed to work with plain paper. These special coated  
papers do not damage the fax mechanism, but they will not produce satisfactory print quality.  
Verify that the paper meets the specification listed in chapter 1.  
– Turn over the paper in the paper IN tray and try printing a fax on the other side of the paper. All  
papers have a recommended print side.  
– Due to differences in paper, some paper that meets the specifications listed in chapter 1 will not  
produce satisfactory results. Try a different brand or type of paper.  
D
The print cartridge may be running out of ink. Replace the print cartridge  
Solving Problems in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Use the problem solving procedures, information code table, and function parameter table on the following pages to  
solve problems in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 fax machines.  
The troubleshooting flowcharts provided under the heading, “Solving Problems in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750”  
may also be used for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950.  
Routine Checks  
As part of your troubleshooting actions, do the following:  
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
Ensure that all telephone, answering machine and fax machine lines and cords are properly connected  
Ensure that the telephone line is operational, dial tone is present  
Ensure documents are being loaded face down for transmission  
Fan paper and document sheets before loading  
Check that the paper supply tray is loaded with paper  
Ensure proper media used (no plastic, thermal, perforated or heavy-weight paper)  
Check that print cartridge is not empty and is properly installed  
Periodically clean the print cartridge reservoir or a build-up of ink deposits may cause the ink-drop  
sensor to generate a false out-of-ink message  
D
Ensure that the answering machine, if used, is compatible, properly set up to answer and record calls,  
and is fully operational  
Problem Resolution 5Ć31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Information Codes for the FAX-900 and FAX-950  
If a difficulty occurs, an information code should appear in your fax machine display. This code can be used to help  
identify and resolve the problem. Refer to the following information code table for a description of the codes and  
recommendedactions. To correct the problem, performtherecommendedactionsfortheinformationcodesdisplayed.  
Table 5-6. Information Codes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Code  
Description  
Action  
001  
002  
Paper supply problem (jam)  
Check paper supply  
Check for and clear any paper jams  
010  
No paper  
Reload paper (fan sheets)  
014  
015  
Print cartridge problem  
Out of ink  
Check for proper installation  
Replace cartridge  
016  
030  
031  
Carriage cannot move  
Document misfeed  
Oversized document  
Remove any obstruction  
Clear any document jam  
Reload document  
060  
061  
Back cover or automatic document feed door  
open  
Close  
211  
Transmission of the data from modem was  
stopped  
Check modem  
Check modem  
212  
Interface error occurred between CPU and mo-  
dem  
220  
221  
Receiver could not detect RTC  
Check for line noise  
Repair required  
Interface error occurred between CPU and  
graphic print mechanism (GPM)  
301  
System fault (software)  
GPM error  
Repair required  
310  
311  
312  
313  
314  
Check pen carriage movement, remove any ob-  
structions  
316  
Print mechanism error (drop detect (out of ink)  
sensor)  
Repair required  
400,402 Receiving station did not  
respond, communication error  
Ensure other station is operating  
Resend document  
401  
DCN returned from RCVR when XMTR waits for Ensure mailbox availability  
CFR/F11  
403  
Could not poll called station  
Have station enable polling  
404  
405  
Receiving station did not  
respond, communication error  
Ensure other station is operating  
Resend document  
406  
407  
Transmission or receiving password mismatch  
Ensure password matching  
Called station did not confirm previous page sent Resend document  
5Ć32 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-6. Information Codes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Continued)  
Code  
Description  
Action  
408  
409  
Called station reports last page is illegible.  
Resend document  
410  
Received DCN while waiting for EOP, MPS, or  
EOM  
Check phone line, repair may be required  
411  
412  
414  
415  
Polling password mismatch  
No data from sending station  
Polling password mismatch  
Polling transmission error  
Received data has errors  
Ensure password matching  
Ensure other station is set up for polling  
Ensure password matching  
Check password matching  
416  
417  
418  
419  
Check with calling station  
420  
Enter receive mode without signal from a calling Check with calling station  
station  
422  
427  
Incompatible interface  
Check with calling station  
Check with calling station  
Check with calling station  
430  
434  
Communication error while  
receiving  
436  
456  
Received data has errors  
Received a confidential document or poll request Print File list and check  
with insufficient memory to receive the docu-  
ment, confidential mailbox is full, or received the  
document while printing  
contents  
457  
Remote unit does not have Relay XMT or Confi- Check calling station  
dential Communication  
459  
490  
Signal distorted  
Check for line noise  
Received data has numerous errors  
Check with calling station  
Check with calling station  
492  
493  
494  
Communication error while  
receiving  
495  
Telephone line disconnected  
Check with calling station  
Check modem  
496  
497  
CS of modem not able to turn ON  
540  
541  
542  
543  
544  
Communication error during  
transmission  
Check with called station  
Resend document  
Problem Resolution 5Ć33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-6. Information Codes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Continued)  
Code  
Description  
Action  
550  
Telephone line disconnected  
Check with calling station  
Check with calling station  
552  
553  
554  
555  
Communication error while  
receiving  
570  
571  
572  
573  
601  
Password mismatch during remote diagnostic  
communication  
Check password  
Remote unit did not have remote diagnostic  
function  
Check with remote unit  
Remote unit may require repair  
No response during remote diagnostic commu-  
nication  
No remote unit data reception during diagnostic Remote unit may require repair  
communication  
Automatic document feed cover opened during  
transmission  
Close cover and resend  
623  
630  
631  
634  
638  
No document present  
Load document  
Redial attempt unsuccessful  
STOP pressed while dialing  
Redial attempt unsuccessful  
Power failure during communication  
Reload document and resend  
Reload document and resend  
Reload document and resend  
Ensure machine is plugged into wall and pow-  
ered ON  
870  
879  
Memory overflow storing  
documents for transmission  
Transmit without storing in memory  
Memory overflow storing  
received documents  
Add paper, check print  
cartridge  
Have station resend  
962  
975  
Memory file access error  
Repair required  
Document in memory lost to power failure  
See power failure report from fax machine  
Print transaction journal to identify sending sta-  
tion  
Have station resend  
995  
Invalid parameter for Relay or Confidential Com- Check parameter setting  
munication  
5Ć34 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Function Parameters for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Listing the Function Parameter Settings on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Test Mode 3)  
Use the following procedure to print a list of the function parameter settings. An asterisk (:) in front of the function  
parameter setting means that it has been changed from the factory default setting (U.S. shipment setting).  
Note  
Note  
Function parameters not set to the factory default setting may be a result of the user setting the fax  
parameters. Verify the user’s preference for these settings prior to resetting these function  
parameters.  
Function parameters 080 and 081 are tuned at the factory to optimize the unit’s scanning  
operation. Therefore, these settings may differ from the standard function parameters and  
resetting the fax machine to the shipment settings does not reset these two settings.  
PRS  
7
Tone  
Dial/Space  
Menu  
x 4  
L
DEF  
3
Start  
Stop  
Test mode 3 prints a list of the function parameter settings. The printout is useful for reviewing the function parameter  
settings or producing a hard copy record of the settings. Use the following procedure (verbal description of the dia-  
gram above) to print the function parameter settings:  
1. With the fax machine in standby mode (message window showing date and time), press Menu. Then press 7.  
2. With the message window showing SET MODE NO. =, press Dial/Space four times. The unit sounds an error  
beep for each key entry, but this is normal.  
3. Press :.  
4. With the message window showing SET MODE NO. =, press 3 to select test mode 3.  
5. Press Start to print a listing of the function parameters.  
6. Press Stop to return to the Standby mode.  
Changing the Function Parameters on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Test Mode 1)  
PRS  
7
Menu  
Start  
Tone  
Dial/Space  
x 4  
1
L
Start  
Stop  
Start  
Parameter  
Number  
Parameter  
Value  
To Repeat  
Problem Resolution 5Ć35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Use the following procedure to change the function parameters:  
1. With the fax machine in standby mode (message window showing date and time), press Advanced Functions.  
Then press 7.  
2. With the message window showing SET MODE NO. =, press Dial/Space four times. The unit sounds an error  
beep for each key entry, but this is normal.  
3. Press :.  
4. With the message window showing SET MODE NO. =, press 1 to select test mode 1.  
5. Press Start.  
6. Enter both digits of the desired function parameter number. If you enter an invalid number, an error beep  
sounds. The shipment setting value of the parameter is shown in brackets followed by the present value after  
you enter the number. See Table 5-7 for a listing of the function parameters.  
7. Press Start.  
8. Enter the new value for the function parameter. (It may be necessary to first press Copy/Clear to remove the  
old value.) The new value overrides the existing function parameter value.  
9. Press Start to store (or confirm) the new value and increment to the next function parameter.  
10. You can scroll through the function parameters by pressing the Photo (ƞ) or the Stamp (Ɵ) button.  
11. Press Stop twice to return to the standby mode.  
Caution  
Do not change any function parameter unless recommended in a troubleshooting procedure or by  
HP Customer Support Center personnel.  
Table 5-7. HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Function Parameters  
No.  
Parameter  
Selections  
Function  
00  
POLLED FILE SAVE  
1 = Off (delete auto)  
2 = On (no automatic delete)  
Selects whether or not to automati-  
cally delete a polled document in the  
memory after it is retrieved  
(FAX-950 (Off)  
Only)  
01  
ALARM STATUS  
(Timer)  
1 = Timer (6 seconds)  
2 = Constant  
Selects No Paper and No ink/toner  
alarm status. If “Constant” is se-  
lected, the alarm will not stop until the  
“Stop” button is pressed  
02-03  
04  
Not Used  
NUMERIC ID SET  
(On)  
1 = Off (will not accept)  
2 = On (accepts)  
Selects whether or not the machine  
will accept a Numeric ID or a change  
to a Numeric ID  
05  
06  
07  
LANGUAGE  
Selects language. Press “ƞ” or “Ɵ”  
to select displayed language  
ID DISPLAY  
(Chara)  
1 = Numer (Numeric ID)  
2 = Chara (character ID)  
Selects which type of ID will be dis-  
played  
JNL COLUMN  
(Station)  
1 = Preset station name  
2 = Received ID  
Selects contents of ID column on the  
Journal  
5Ć36 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-7. HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Function Parameters (Continued)  
No.  
Parameter  
Selection  
Function  
18  
RX START  
(9600 bps)  
1 = 2400 bps  
2 = 4800 bps  
3 = 7200 bps  
4 = 9600 bps  
Selects receiving modem start speed  
19  
20  
Not Used  
CCITT ECM  
(On)  
1 = Off (Invalid)  
2 = On (Valid)  
Selects ECM (Error Correction Mode)  
status  
21  
22  
EP TONE  
(Off)  
1 = Off (without EP tone)  
2 = On (with EP tone)  
Selects whether or not the fax ma-  
chine will generate an echo protect  
tone  
SIG. INTERVAL  
(500 ms)  
1 = 100 ms  
2 = 200 ms  
3 = 300 ms  
Selects the time interval between re-  
ceiving a signal and transmitting a  
signal  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
TCF CHECK  
(Normal)  
1 = Normal (Short)  
2 = Long  
Selects TCF (Transmit ConFirm)  
check interval  
CED FREQ.  
(2100 Hz)  
1 = 1080 Hz (non CCITT)  
2 = 2100 Hz  
Selects CED (CallED station identifi-  
cation) frequency  
COMM. START-UP  
(1’st)  
1 = 1’st response  
2 = 2’nd response  
Selects communication start-up  
condition (XMT and polling)  
NON-STANDARD  
(On)  
1 = Off (Invalid)  
2 = On (Valid)  
Selects own mode (Panafax mode).  
SHORT PROTOCOL  
(On)  
1 = Off (Invalid)  
2 = On (Valid)  
Selects whether or not a short proto-  
col will be used  
28  
29  
Not Used  
REMOTE DIAG  
(On)  
1 = Off (will not accept)  
2 = On (accepts)  
Selects whether or not the machine  
accepts remote diagnostics from a  
service station. Same function as fax  
parameter 31. (This is only for ma-  
chine-to-machine diagnostics)  
30  
CED & 300 bps  
(75 ms)  
1 = 75 ms  
2 = 1 second  
Selects blank time between CED  
(CallED station identification) and 300  
bps signal  
31  
32  
RTC EOL x 12  
(Off)  
1 = Off (EOL x 6)  
2 = On (EOL x 12)  
Selects RTC (Return To Control) sig-  
nal  
CSI TRANSMIT  
(On)  
1 = Off (not transmitted)  
2 = On (transmitted)  
Selects whether or not to transmit the  
CSI (Called Subscriber Identification)  
signal  
33  
34  
TSI TRANSMIT  
(On)  
1 = Off (not transmitted)  
2 = On (transmitted)  
Selects whether or not to transmit the  
TSI (Transmitting Subscriber Identifi-  
cation) signal  
CIG TRANSMIT  
(On)  
1 = Off (not transmitted)  
2 = On (transmitted)  
Selects whether or not to transmit the  
CIG (CallInG subscriber identifica-  
tion) signal  
35  
36  
Not Used  
CHARACTER ID  
(On)  
1 = Off (not transmitted)  
2 = On (transmitted)  
Selects whether or not the machine  
will transmit a character ID  
Problem Resolution 5Ć37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-7. HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Function Parameters (Continued)  
No.  
Parameter  
Selections  
Function  
08  
09  
10  
MONITOR  
(Off)  
1 = Off  
2 = On  
Selects Monitor ON/OFF for monitor-  
ing fax signals  
DC LOOP  
(Off)  
1 = Off (normal)  
2 = On (off-hook)  
Can select a false, off-hook state for  
a back-to-back communication test  
TX LEVEL  
(–9 dBm)  
00 = 0 dBm  
.
Selects the signal output level from 0  
to –15 dBm in 1 dBm steps  
.
15 = –15 dBM  
11  
12  
13  
RX LEVEL  
(–43 dBm)  
1 = –43 dBm  
2 = –38 dBm  
3 = –33 dBm  
4 = –48 dBm  
Selects receiving sensitivity of –43,  
–38, –33, or –48 dBm  
DTMF LEVEL  
(–6 dBm)  
00 = 0 dBm  
.
Selects DTMF(touch tone) output lev-  
el from 0 to –15 dBm in 1 dBm steps  
.
15 = –15 dBm  
G3 RX EQL  
(7.2 km)  
1 = 0 km  
2 = 6 km  
Selects cable equalizer in G3 recep-  
tion mode  
3 = 7.2 km  
4 = 13.2 km  
14-16  
17  
Not Used  
TX START  
(9600 bps)  
1 = 2400 bps  
2 = 4800 bps  
3 = 7200 bps  
4 = 9600 bps  
Selects transmission modem start  
speed  
37  
PROTOCOL  
DISPLAY  
(Off)  
1 = Off (not displayed)  
2 = On (displayed)  
Selects whether or not the machine  
displays modem speed during com-  
munication  
38  
39  
40  
41  
Not Used  
Not Used in U.S.  
Not Used  
PAUSE TIME  
(3 sec)  
1 = 1 sec  
.
Selects pause time from 1 to 10 se-  
conds in one-second steps  
.
10 = 10 sec  
42  
43  
44  
PHONE CALL (For  
Hong Kong version  
only)  
1 = Ignore (detect primary  
ringer)  
2 = Answer (detect secondary  
ringer)  
Selects whether or not to detect the  
primary ringer of a double ringer  
REDIAL INTERVAL  
(3 min)  
0 = no waiting  
.
Selects redial interval from 0 to 15  
minutes in one-minute steps  
.
15 = 15 minutes  
REDIAL COUNT  
(5)  
0 = no redial  
.
Selects redial count of 0 to 15 times  
in one-step intervals  
.
15 = 15 times  
5Ć38 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-7. HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Function Parameters (Continued)  
No.  
Parameter  
Selections  
Function  
45  
46  
47  
48  
RING DET. COUNT  
(2)  
1 = 1 ring  
.
.
Selects a ring detect count from 1 to  
9 times in one-step intervals  
9 = 9 rings  
ON-HOOK TIME  
(5 sec)  
0 = 0 sec  
.
.
Selects on-hook time between se-  
quential communication calls from 0  
to 90 seconds in 1 second steps  
90 = 90 sec  
RESPONSE WAIT  
(65 sec)  
1 = 1 sec  
.
.
Selects waiting time to respond after  
finishing the dialing in 1 second steps  
90 = 90 sec  
EXT. TEL DIAL  
(Invalid)  
1 = Invalid  
2 = Valid  
Selects whether or not key pad dial is  
available when the external phone is  
off-hook  
49  
50  
Not Used  
RING DET. MODE  
(Normal)  
1 = Normal  
2 = Rough  
Selects seriousness of ringer detec-  
tion. If the line signal is “noisy”, set to  
Rough so the machine will be more  
likely to detect signals  
51  
TONE DET. MODE  
(Normal)  
1 = Normal  
2 = Rough  
Selects seriousness of dial tone and  
busy tone detection. If the line signal  
is “noisy”, set to Rough so the ma-  
chine will be more likely to detect sig-  
nals  
52  
PULSE RATE  
(10 pps)  
1 = 10 pps  
2 = 20 pps  
Selects the dial pulse rate  
53-54  
55  
Not Used in U.S.  
BUSY TONE CHECK  
(On)  
1 = Off  
2 = On  
Selects busy tone detection function  
56-57  
58  
Not Used in U.S.  
Not Used  
59  
CONF. RCV REPORT  
1 = Off (not printed out)  
2 = On (printed out)  
Selects whether or not CONF. RCV  
REPORT is printed  
(FAX-950 (On)  
Only)  
60  
VERSION  
Indicates the machine type (900 or  
950) and the ROM version in the  
message window  
61  
TX/RX/PRT  
COUNTER  
TX/RX/PRINT  
Indicates the transmitted, received  
and printed document count  
62-63  
64  
Not Used  
SILENT DET. T. OUT  
(60 sec)  
00 = 0 sec  
.
Select silent detection timeout time  
(TAM I/F)  
.
99 = 99 sec  
Problem Resolution 5Ć39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-7. HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Function Parameters (Continued)  
No.  
Parameter  
Selections  
Function  
65  
66  
SILENT DETECTION  
(On)  
1 = Off  
2 = On  
Selects the silent detection function  
(TAM I/F). Same function as fax pa-  
rameter No. 20  
SILENT DET. DELAY  
(20 sec)  
00 = 0 sec  
.
Selects silent detection delay time  
(TAM I/F)  
.
99 = 99 sec  
67  
68  
SILENT INT. TIME  
(5000 ms)  
00 = 0 ms  
.
Selects silent detection integration  
time (TAM I/F). The time can be se-  
lected from 0 to 9900 ms in 100 ms  
steps. For example a setting of 50  
would select 5000 ms  
.
99 = 99 00 ms  
RING COUNT (TAM)  
1 = 1 time  
.
.
Selects ring detect count of 1 to 9  
times in one-step intervals on TAM  
I/F mode  
9 = 9 times  
69  
70  
Not Used  
LINE ERROR  
(128)  
1 = 128 lines  
2 = 256 lines  
3 = 512 lines  
4 = 1024 lines  
5 = 2048 lines  
6 = Off (will not disconnect the  
line)  
Selects the line disconnect condition  
during reception. If the number of line  
errors exceeds this setting, the ma-  
chine will disconnect the line.  
Selects the transmit condition of RTP/  
PIP or RTN/PIN if function parameter  
73, ERROR DETECT, is set to  
“LINES”  
71  
72  
TOTAL ERROR  
(10%)  
1 = 5%  
Selects transmit condition of RTP/PIP  
or RTN/PIN if function parameter 73,  
ERROR DETECT, is set to “RATE”  
2 = 10%  
3 = 15%  
4 = 20%  
CONTI. ERROR  
(Off)  
1 = 3 lines/STD  
2 = 6 lines/STD  
3 = 12 lines/STD  
4 = Off  
Selects continuous total error criteria  
for Standard Mode. If continuous total  
err exceeds this setting, the unit will  
transmit RTN/PIN. Available if func-  
tion parameter 73, ERROR DETECT,  
is set to “RATE”  
73  
74  
75  
ERROR DETECT  
(Rate)  
1 = Lines  
2 = Rate  
Selects error detect condition  
RTN RECEIVE  
(Discon)  
1 = Disconnect  
2 = Continue  
Selects the reaction of the fax ma-  
chine when RTN is received  
MH/MR/MMR  
1 = MH (MH only)  
2 = MR (MH or MR)  
Selects coding scheme  
3 = MMR (MH or MR or MMR)  
76-79  
80  
Not Used  
DOC TOP FEED  
(15 mm)  
00 = 0 mm  
.
.
Adjusts distance between scanning  
sensor ON position and scanning  
start position  
99 = 99 mm  
5Ć40 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-7. HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Function Parameters (Continued)  
No.  
Parameter  
Selections  
Function  
81  
82  
DOC END FEED  
(7 mm)  
00 = 0 mm  
.
.
Adjust distance between scanning  
sensor Off position and scanning end  
position  
99 = 99 mm  
TX-JAM LENGTH  
(2 m)  
1 = 1 m  
2 = 2 m  
Selects jammed length at TX  
3 = Unlimited  
83  
84  
Not Used  
LINE AS NO PAPER  
(Ring)  
1 = Ring (be ringing)  
2 = Busy (send busy tone)  
Selects whether the buzzer is ringing  
or sending a busy tone to the remote  
station when recording paper runs  
out or the unit cannot receive be-  
cause of any trouble  
85-86  
87  
Not Used  
DARKEN LEVEL  
(4)  
0 = Darkest Original  
.
Selects the printing contrast level  
Selects the printing contrast level  
Selects the printing contrast level  
.
5 = Lightest Original  
88  
89  
NORMAL LEVEL  
(2)  
0 = Darkest Original  
.
.
5 = Lightest Original  
LIGHTEN LEVEL  
(0)  
0 = Darkest Original  
.
.
5 = Lightest Original  
90 (For  
FAX-950 (mm)  
Only)  
STORE RESOL.  
1 = mm  
2 = inch  
Selects the units of resolution for  
storage of documents to memory  
91  
INK TEST  
(On)  
1 = Off  
2 = On  
Selects whether or not the machine  
performs an ink test  
92  
RR/RNR TIMER  
(4 min)  
1 = 1 min  
2 = 4 min  
Selects ECM (Error Correction Mode)  
T5 timer. (CCITT = 1 min " 15%)  
93-99  
Not Used  
Problem Resolution 5Ć41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting Function Parameters to Solve Communication Problems on the HP FAX-900 and  
FAX-950  
Communication problems are announced by information codes in the 400 to 500 range. For basic problems with the  
telephone line (unable to dial a station or not answering, for example), consult the User’s Guide for the HP FAX-900  
and FAX-950.  
Table 5-5 shows the function parameters to adjust for specific communication problems in the HP FAX-900 and  
FAX-950. Adjust both the transmitting and receiving fax machines for best results. If the adjustments do not improve  
the line quality, set the function parameters of both machines back to the default settings.  
Table 5-8. Compensating for Communication Problems in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Transmitting Fax Machine  
Receiving Fax Machine  
Function  
Parameter  
Function Parameter  
Setting (From To)  
Function  
Parameter  
Function Parameter  
Setting (From To)  
For International Com-  
munication  
021  
025  
Invalid Valid  
1st 2nd  
018  
9600 bps 7200, 4800,  
2400 bps  
2100 Hz 1080 Hz  
75 ms 1 sec  
024  
030  
To Equalize Loss (Am-  
plitude Distortion Be-  
tween Machine and Ex-  
change of Phone Com-  
pany  
013  
4 dB 8 or 12 dB  
To Cope with Poor S/N  
Ratio  
010  
017  
–9 dBm 0 to –8 dBm  
9600 bps 7200 to 2400  
bps  
011  
018  
–43 dBm –33 or –38 dBm  
9600 bps 7200 to 2400  
bps  
023  
100  
Normal Long  
To Cope with Impulse  
Noise  
128 256 to 2048  
To Cope with Shifted  
Signal Sequence  
Caused by Echo  
025  
1st 2nd  
024  
030  
032  
2100 Hz 1080 Hz  
75 ms 1 sec  
Valid Invalid  
Corrective Actions for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Use the procedures described in this section to perform routine corrective actions such as clearing a paper jam, solving  
document misfeed problems, or resolving a poor print quality problem. The HP FAX-950 is shown in the illustrations,  
but the procedures are applicable to the FAX-900 also.  
Clearing a Paper Jam  
To clear a paper jam, perform the following steps:  
1. Open the top cover located just above the automatic document feed cover. Grasp each end of the top cover and  
lift it open.  
2. Remove the jammed paper.  
3. Close the top cover.  
5Ć42 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Clearing a Document Jam  
To clear a document jam in the automatic document feed mechanism, perform the following steps:  
1. Remove the document from the document IN tray.  
2. Lift open the automatic document feed cover.  
3. Remove the jammed paper from the automatic document feed mechanism.  
4. Close the automatic document feed cover.  
Figure 5Ć4. Clearing  
a
Document Jam  
Correcting Multiple Sheet Feed or Misfeed of Documents  
Multiple feeds are when two or more sheets of the document feed through the fax machine at the same time. This  
condition can be caused by paper that is unusually thin or sticking together because of humidity or other climatic  
conditions. Documents that are of different types or weights of paper also increase the chances of multiple feeds. Mis-  
feeds can be caused by paper that is unusually thick or of a heavy-weight bond. Also ensure that the document is free of  
staples, paper clips and is not greasy, or torn.  
To alleviate multiple sheet feeding or misfeeds of document pages, your HP FAX-900 has an adjustable pressure plate  
that you can set to compensate for most paper conditions. This switch is located on the top center edge of the automatic  
document feeder. The switch positions (1, 2, 3) are embossed in the automatic document feed cover.  
Your fax machine also has a paper separator assembly to help separate pages as they go through the automatic docu-  
ment feed mechanism.  
To correct multiple sheet feed or misfeed of documents, first try adjusting the pressure plate switch. Instructions for  
adjustingthepressureplateswitchareprovidedinthe followingparagraphs. Ifadjustingthepressureplateswitchdoes  
not solve the problem, replace the paper separator assembly pad. Instructions for replacing the paper separator assem-  
bly pad are contained in chapter 2 starting on page 19.  
Adjusting the Pressure Plate Switch  
If the document does not feed (misfeed), you can set the pressure plate switch to position 1 to decrease the pressure of  
the plate. See Figure 5-5.  
If the document feeds more than one page at a time (multiple feed), you can set the pressure plate switch to position 3 to  
increase the pressure of the plate.  
Switch position 2 is the normal setting for the pressure plate switch.  
Adjust the switch setting as necessary. Set to position 1 if misfeeds (failure to feed) occur. Set to position 3 if multiple  
sheet feeds occur. Return the switch to position 2 when the fax transmission is completed.  
Problem Resolution 5Ć43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FAX950-21  
Figure 5Ć5. Adjusting the Pressure Plate Switch (HP FAXĆ900 and FAXĆ950)  
Poor Print Quality  
Print quality can be caused by several conditions. Dots, dark streaks or missing lines are visible symptoms. Check and  
perform each of the items listed below.  
D
D
D
D
Check print cartridge for ink and proper installation.  
Clean the print cartridge contacts using a swab moistened with isopropyl alcohol or water.  
Ensure that quality paper is used.  
Ensure the contrast, quality and resolution settings are properly set for the type of document being  
processed.  
D
Clean the scanner glass and reflective strip using a soft moist cloth, isopropyl alcohol or water is  
recommended. Do NOT use coarse material or abrasives (cleansers) to clean. Scanner glass is located  
on the automatic document feed mechanism. The white reflective strip is located on the underside of  
the automatic document feed cover. Access is limited. Lift open the cover to access the scanner and  
reflective strip.  
FAX950-31  
Figure 5Ć6. Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Reflective Strip  
D
Clean the small rubber rollers located on automatic document feed mechanism. Use a soft cloth and  
isopropyl alcohol or water. Manually rotate the rollers to clean the entire surface. Access to the roller  
is limited. Lift open the automatic document feed cover to access the rollers.  
5Ć44 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Replacing the Verification Stamp on the HP FAX-950  
When the verification stamp mark begins to fade with use, it is recommended to replace the stamp. Contact your local  
HP authorized fax dealer to order.  
The procedure for replacing the verification stamp is in chapter 3 on page 60.  
Diagnostic Codes  
The HP fax machine journals (32-transaction reports) contain a diagnostic code to help analyze the facsimile’s opera-  
tion. These diagnostic codes can provide troubleshooting clues by indicating patterns of communication problems.  
For example, if a customer complains about slow transmissions, a diagnostic code may reveal the the facsimile is  
falling back to a slower transmission speed.  
Figure 5-7 shows the diagnostic code on an individual transmission journal for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950. The  
diagnostic code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 is similar but consists of 10 digits instead of 12.  
The 32 transaction report for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 has a result column that will contain the error code for any  
error that occurs during a transaction. See Figure 5-8.  
FAX-900/950 JOURNAL  
::::::::::: –JOURNAL– :::::::::::: DATE SEP–01–1993 ::::: ME 10:27 ::::::  
NO.  
COM  
PAGES  
FILE DURATION  
00:10’41  
X/R  
IDENTIFICATION  
DATE  
TIME  
DIAGNOSTIC  
01  
02  
03  
04  
05  
06  
420  
OK  
000  
003  
001  
001  
001  
007  
RCV  
XMT  
RCV  
XMT  
SMT  
RCV  
JUL–13  
JUL–14  
JUL–21  
AUG–09  
AUG–10  
AUG–13  
17:39 001026020000  
18:01 20404402C000  
15:08 C4142B03C700  
12:46 C0044903C700  
07:55 C0044903C700  
12:45 C0142A0AC000  
001  
002  
00:01’54  
00:00’32  
00:01’35  
00:00’23  
00:03’57  
ALPHA CORP.  
PARTNERS  
S-OK  
407  
OK  
007  
014  
OK  
9442595  
::::::::::::::::::::::: ( FAX–950 V1.05 ) ::::: – 619 534 6501– ::::::::::::  
Figure 5Ć7. Identifying the Diagnostic Code in  
a
FAXĆ900/950 Journal  
Problem Resolution 5Ć45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FAX-700/750 JOURNAL  
32 TRANSACTION REPORT FOR HP FAX–700 SERIES  
VERSION: 01.00  
FAX NAME:  
FAX NUMBER:  
BOB  
2329734  
DATE:  
TIME:  
02–AUG–94  
14:42  
DATE  
TIME  
REMOTE FAX NAME AND NUMBER  
DURATION  
PG  
RESULT DIAGNOSTIC  
01–JUL 00:05 R 619 673 5752  
04–JUL 10:13 S 619 483 9786  
0:00:29  
0:00:30  
0:00:15  
0:00:22  
0:00:10  
0:00:29  
1
2
1
3
1
1
ERROR 509551112000000  
OK  
OK  
OK  
OK  
96311300116C  
96311300116C  
96311300116C  
96311300116C  
04–JUL 14:02 I  
223 456 2531  
05–JUL 15:00 O 619 191 4652  
05–JUL 15:45 R 297 843 1223  
01–JUL 00:05 R 619 673 5752  
ERROR 509551112000000  
************************************************************************************************** *************** ********  
S=FAX SENT  
R=FAX RECEIVED  
ERROR CODE DIAGNOSTIC CODE  
I=POLL IN (FAX RECEIVED  
O=POLLED OUT (FAX SENT)  
Figure 5Ć8. Identifying an Error Code and Diagnostic Code in  
a
FAXĆ700/750 Journal  
If necessary, refer to the paragraphs under the heading titled, “Printing Reports”in this guide to find out how to print a  
journal on your particular fax machine.  
Diagnostic Codes for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Table 5-9 through describe how to decode the meaning of each digit in the diagnostic in the FAX-700 and FAX-750.  
Table 5-9. First Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
First Digit in  
Code  
Communication  
Started  
G3/G3 N-S  
ECM  
0
5
6
9
A
No  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
G3 Standard  
G3 Standard  
Yes  
Yes  
Table 5-10. Second Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Second Digit in  
Code  
Communication  
Started  
Resolution  
Coding  
Method  
0
5
6
7
9
A
B
No  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Normal  
Normal  
Normal  
Fine  
MH  
MR  
MMR  
MH  
Fine  
MR  
Fine  
MMR  
5Ć46 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-11. Third Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Third Digit in  
Code  
Modem Speed  
0
Communication  
not started  
1
2
3
4
2400 bps  
4800 bps  
9600 bps  
7200 bps  
Table 5-12. Fourth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Fourth Digit in  
Code  
Min Transmission  
Time  
0
Communication  
not started  
1
2
3
5
8
20 ms  
40 ms  
10 ms  
5 ms  
0 ms  
Table 5-13. Fifth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Fifth Digit in  
Code  
Receive Mode  
1
Automatic reception  
Manual reception  
Automatic dialing  
Manual dialing  
7200 bps  
2
4
8
4
Problem Resolution 5Ć47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-14. Sixth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Sixth Digit in  
Code  
Receive Mode  
Receive Active/Inactive  
0
No reception  
1
2
Manual  
Do  
FAX mode  
Undo  
3
4
FAX mode  
Do  
FAX/TEL mode  
Undo  
5
6
FAX/TEL mode  
Do  
FAX/TAM w/o silent detection  
Undo  
7
8
FAX/TAM w/o silent detection  
FAX/TAM w/ silent detection  
Do  
Undo  
9
FAX/TAM w/ silent detection  
Distinctive  
Do  
A
Undo  
B
Distinctive  
Do  
Table 5-15. Seventh Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Seventh Digit in  
Code  
Remote Party  
Send Start Time  
Message Source  
0
1
3
5
7
9
B
D
F
No send  
Real time  
Real time  
Delayed  
Delayed  
Real time  
Real time  
Delayed  
Delayed  
1 location  
Direct  
1 location  
Memory  
Direct  
1 location  
1 location  
Memory  
Direct  
Multi-locations  
Multi-locations  
Multi-locations  
Multi-locations  
Memory  
Direct  
Memory  
5Ć48 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-16. Eighth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Eighth Digit in  
Code  
Send  
Receive  
Polling Send  
Polling Receive  
1
2
Do  
Do  
Table 5-17. Ninth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Ninth Digit in  
Code  
Voice Request  
STOP Key  
DCN Reception  
0
1
No request  
No request  
No request  
No request  
Requested  
Requested  
Requested  
Requested  
Not depressed  
Not depressed  
Depressed  
Not received  
Received  
2
3
4
5
6
7
Not received  
Received  
Depressed  
Not depressed  
Not depressed  
Depressed  
Not received  
Received  
Not received  
Received  
Depressed  
Table 5-18. Tenth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Tenth Digit in  
Code  
RTN Receive  
ID Receive  
0
1
2
3
Not received  
Not received  
Received  
Not received  
Received  
Not received  
Received  
Received  
The eleventh digit of the diagnostic code is the upper byte of the manufacturer’s code. The twelfth digit of the diagnos-  
tic code is the lower byte of the manufacturer’s code.  
Problem Resolution 5Ć49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Diagnostic Codes for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Table 5-19 through Table 5-27 describe how to decode the meaning of each digit in the diagnostic in the FAX-900 and  
FAX-950. The first digit in the diagnostic code is the manufacturer code.  
Table 5-19. Second Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Second Digit in  
Code  
DCN  
Stop Button  
Voice Contact  
Requested?  
Auto  
Dialer  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
Received  
Received  
Received  
Received  
Received  
Received  
Received  
Received  
Pressed  
Pressed  
Requested  
Requested  
Requested  
Requested  
Pressed  
Pressed  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Pressed  
Pressed  
Requested  
Requested  
Requested  
Requested  
Pressed  
Pressed  
5Ć50 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-20. Third Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Third Digit in  
Code  
Receive Start  
ID  
Polling Tx in  
Turnaround Polling  
(TSI or CSI)  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
Automatic  
Manual  
Received  
Received  
Received  
Automatic  
Manual  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Automatic  
Manual  
Received  
Received  
Received  
Automatic  
Manual  
Table 5-21. Fourth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Fourth Digit  
in Code  
Relayed  
SMT  
Short  
Protocol  
Password  
XMT  
Deferred  
Communication  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Problem Resolution 5Ć51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-22. Fifth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Fifth Digit  
in Code  
Polling  
RCV Mode  
RCV  
Mode  
XMT  
Mode  
Turnaround  
Polling Mode  
0
1
2
3
4
8
9
A
B
C
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Table 5-23. Sixth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Sixth Digit  
in Code  
ECM  
G3/G3N-S  
Memory XMT  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
G3 Standard  
G3 Standard  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
G3 Standard  
G3 Standard  
G3 Standard  
G3 Standard  
Yes  
Yes  
The Seventh Digit in Code is always zero (0).  
5Ć52 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-24. Eighth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Eighth Digit in Code  
Resolution  
Encoding  
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
C
E
Standard  
Standard  
Fine  
MH  
MMR  
MH  
Fine  
MMR  
MH  
300 dpi  
300 dpi  
MMR  
Standard  
Fine  
MR  
MR  
MR  
300 dpi  
Table 5-25. Ninth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Ninth Digit in Code  
Modem Speed  
Polling Tx  
0
1
2
3
8
9
A
B
2400 bps  
4800 bps  
7200 bps  
9600 bps  
2400 bps  
4800 bps  
7200 bps  
9600 bps  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Table 5-26. Tenth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Tenth Digit in Code  
Scanning Rate  
0
1
2
4
7
20 ms/line  
5 ms/line  
10 ms/line  
40 ms/line  
0 ms/line  
The Eleventh Digit in Code is always zero (0).  
Problem Resolution 5Ć53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-27. Twelfth digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Data  
Confidential Communication  
RTN Receive  
0
1
8
9
Yes  
Yes  
Received  
Received  
Remote Diagnostics  
Remote diagnostics provide a method of remotely troubleshooting HP fax machines at the customers site. On the HP  
FAX-700 and FAX-750, no special hardware is needed to perform remote diagnostics. Service personnel can remote-  
ly retrieve system and journal data from the customer’s fax machine, analyze the information, and then transfer set-  
tings back to the customer’s unit. Service personnel can then poll journals from the repaired machine to verify that the  
problem is solved. On the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950, service personnel with a modified (ROM installed) machine  
can remotely retrieve system information from the customer’s fax machine, analyze the information, and then transfer  
settings back to the customer’s unit. Service personnel can then poll journals from the repaired machine to verify that  
the problem is solved. The following are some of the benefits of this type of remote diagnostic repair:  
D
Service personnel can respond quickly to customer needs, decreasing the time the product is  
inoperative  
D
D
Remote diagnostics requires less of the customer’s time  
Service personnel can easily verify the repair by retrieving journals on a periodic basis without taking  
any of the customer’s time  
D
Repair can be done without the customer present  
Remote diagnostics may also be valuable when performing a unit exchange of the customer’s fax machine. If the cus-  
tomer’s unit is capable of transferring and receiving data, customer settings can be transferred to a remote diagnostic  
unit. Then, after the exchangefax machine is received, the customer’ssettings(such asfunctionparametersettings and  
one-touch telephone numbers) can be transferred to the customer’s replacement unit. This process saves the customer  
the time needed to configure the exchanged unit to match the previous machine settings.  
Note  
Remote diagnostics require the customer’s HP fax machine to be functional and capable of  
sending and receiving information. On the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950, it must also have  
function parameter 029 set to ON to remotely diagnose the unit. On the HP FAX-700 and  
FAX-750, no special parameter setting is required to carry out the remote diagnostic process.  
Note  
If ECM (Error Correction Mode) is turned off on either the diagnostic machine or the customer’s  
machine, data is transferred at 300 bps, regardless of the modem speed set by functional para-  
meters 017 (RCV) and 018 (XMT). This may be useful if you suspect that the customer’s  
problem is related to high-speed data transmission.  
5Ć54 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Retrievable and Transferable Information  
Table 5-28 summarizes retrievable and transferable information using the remote diagnostics function.  
Table 5-28. Retrievable and Transferable Information  
Information  
Retrievable?  
Transferable?  
Journals  
Yes  
No  
1
1
User Parameters  
Yes  
Yes  
Relay and Confidential  
Parameters  
2
2
Yes  
Yes  
3
Function/Fax Parameters  
Yes  
Yes  
One-touch and Speed-dial  
Numbers  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Program Keys  
1
Except date and time  
Not applicable to the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 fax machines  
Excluding counters and ROM version  
2
3
Modifying a FAX-900, or FAX-950 for Remote Diagnostics  
The HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 can be modified to be a remote diagnostics station for troubleshooting other fax ma-  
chines by replacing the existing firmware on the logic PCA with a special diagnostics ROM. Table 5-29 gives the part  
numbers of the diagnostic ROM required.  
Table 5-29. Diagnostic ROM Part Numbers  
Fax Model  
900  
Part Number  
C3510-60014  
C3510-60014  
950  
Note  
No special diagnostics ROM is required for accomplishing remote diagnostics on the  
HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 fax machines  
Diagnostic ROM Installation in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
To install a diagnostic ROM in the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950, perform the following procedure:  
1. Raise the ADF (automatic document feeder).  
2. Using a small flat-head screwdriver, remove the cover over the firmware IC. See Figure 5-9.  
Problem Resolution 5Ć55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Figure 5Ć9. Removing the Firmware IC Cover (HP FAXĆ900 or FAXĆ950)  
3. Remove the firmware IC from the logic PCA.  
4. Install the remote diagnostic ROM in the firmware ROM socket by aligning the ROM over the socket. Posi-  
tion pin 1 at the front left corner of the IC socket. Press the ROM into place and ensure that no IC pins are bent  
under the IC.  
Retrieving Customer Data  
Function parameter 029 must be set to ON on the diagnostic center’s and the customer’s machine in the HP FAX-900  
and FAX-950. Fax parameter 52 in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (diagnostic password) must be set to the same  
password in the diagnostic center’s machine and in the customer’s machine. The center’s fax machine and the custom-  
er’s machine must be the same model.  
Retrievable Information. The following data can be retrieved from the customer’s machine:  
D
SYS data:  
H
User information:  
± Logo (FAX-900 and FAX-950 Only)  
± ID Number  
± Character ID (Also known as station name)  
± Polling password (FAX-900 and FAX-950 Only)  
± TX password (FAX-950 Only)  
± Rx password (FAX-950 Only)  
H
H
H
H
Relay and confidential communication parameters (FAX-950 Only)  
One-touch and speed dial numbers  
Program keys (FAX-950 Only)  
Fax parameters and function parameters (including ROM version and counters on the FAX-900  
and FAX-950)  
5Ć56 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D
JNL data:  
H
32-transaction journal  
Retrieving SYS and JNL Data on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Caution  
The below procedure accesses the service menu level of the fax machine and should not be  
disclosed to non-HP personnel. Disclosure could result in customers losing data or having their  
fax machine rendered inoperative.  
To retrieve SYS and JNL data on the FAX-700 and FAX-750, perform the following procedure:  
Menu  
Press & hold  
down the Stop  
button  
Release the Stop  
and Menu buttons  
7
Enter  
Browse to  
Option 4  
0
0
Enter  
Enter  
Choose Option 1:  
Upload from User  
Type phone  
number  
The following messages appear in succession:  
Dialing  
Waiting for Answer  
Once the connection is made, the customer’s data will be uploaded to customer support. The process is accomplished  
automatically. Later, before downloading modified function parameters or user settings, customer support people  
must be sure to explain to the user the details of the changes they plan to make.  
Retrieving SYS Data on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
To retrieve SYS data from the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950, perform the following procedure:  
1. Set test mode 79 to 2.  
Problem Resolution 5Ć57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRS  
7
Tone  
Dial/Space  
x 4  
Menu  
Start  
Start  
1
L
PRS  
7
WXY  
9
ABC  
2
Start  
Stop  
2. Poll the customer’s machine to retrieve its SYS data.  
Start  
DEF  
3
Menu  
Enter a 4-digit  
password*  
Start  
Dial the telephone  
number of the target  
machine  
* The diagnostic center fax machine and the target fax machine must have  
the same diagnostic password set.  
3. The customer’s user data, relay information, one-touch and speed dial numbers, fax parameters, and function  
parameters replace the diagnostic station’s configuration.  
Retrieving JNL Data on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
To retrieve JNL data from the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950, perform the following procedure:  
1. Set test mode 79 to 3.  
PRS  
7
Tone  
Dial/Space  
x 4  
Menu  
Start  
Start  
1
L
PRS  
7
WXY  
9
DEF  
3
Start  
Stop  
2. Poll the customer’s machine to retrieve its JNL data.  
5Ć58 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Start  
DEF  
3
Menu  
Enter a 4-digit  
password*  
Start  
Dial the telephone  
number of the target  
machine  
* The diagnostic center fax machine and the target fax machine must have  
the same diagnostic password set.  
3. The customer’s 32-transaction journal replaces the diagnostic station’s journal.  
After the start button is pressed at the end of the step 2 polling process in each of the retrieval procedures, the following  
displays automatically appear in succession:  
* DIALING *  
123456789  
ON LINE * RCV *  
ID:  
DATE & TIME  
nn%  
Transferring Data to the Customer’s Machine  
On the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950, function parameter 029 must be set to ON on the diagnostic center’s and the  
customer’s machine. Fax parameter 52 in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (diagnostic password) must be set to the  
same password in the diagnostic center’s machine and in the customer’s machine. On the HP FAX-700 and  
FAX-750, no special fax parameter settings are required to perform remote diagnostics.  
Transferable Information. The following SYS data can be transferred to the customer’s machine:  
D
SYS data:  
H
User information:  
± Logo (FAX-900 and FAX-950 Only)  
± ID Number  
± Character ID (Also known as station name)  
± Polling password (FAX-900 and FAX-950 Only)  
± TX password (FAX-900 and FAX-950 Only)  
± Rx password (FAX-900 and FAX-950 Only)  
Problem Resolution 5Ć59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
H
H
H
H
Relay and confidential communication parameters (FAX-950 Only)  
One-touch and speed dial numbers  
Program keys (FAX-950 Only)  
Fax parameters and function parameters (including ROM version and counters on the HP  
FAX-900 and FAX-950)  
Transferring SYS Data on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Caution  
Before downloading modified function parameters or user settings, customer support people  
must be sure to explain to the user the details of the changes they plan to make. Failure to do so  
can cause the customer to lose some of his favored settings or parameters.  
Caution  
The below procedure accesses the service menu level of the fax machine and should not be  
disclosed to non-HP personnel. Disclosure could result in customers losing data or having their  
fax machine rendered inoperative.  
To transfer SYS data on the FAX-700 and FAX-750, perform the following procedure:  
Menu  
Press & hold  
Release the  
7
down the Stop  
button  
Stop and Menu  
buttons  
Enter  
Browse to  
Option 4  
0
0
Enter  
Enter  
Choose Option 2:  
Download to User  
Type phone  
number  
The following messages appear in succession:  
Dialing  
Waiting for Answer  
Once the connection is made, customer support data will be downloaded to the user’s fax machine. The process is  
accomplished automatically.  
5Ć60 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Transferring SYS Data on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
To transfer SYS data on the FAX-900 and FAX-950, perform the following procedure:  
1. Set function parameter 78 to 2 (SYS).  
PRS  
7
Tone  
Dial/Space  
x 4  
Menu  
Start  
Start  
1
L
PRS  
7
TUV  
8
ABC  
2
Start  
Stop  
2. Place a document on the ADF, dial the telephone number of the customer’s machine, and press the start button:  
Dial/Space  
Start  
Load  
Document  
Telephone  
Number  
3. The following displays will appear in succession:  
ON LINE * XMT *  
ID:  
DOCUMENT SET  
4. Remove the document from the ADF, and a display with the following information will appear:  
DATE & TIME  
nn%  
5. The SYS data of the diagnostic machine has been transferred to the customer’s machine.  
Problem Resolution 5Ć61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Remote Diagnostics Process  
Use the following process to adjust settings in a customer’s HP fax machine from a customer support diagnostic unit:  
1. Retrieve the settings and journal from the customer’s machine. Use the information under the heading “Re-  
trieving Customer Data” in this chapter. The settings in the customer support diagnostic unit are modified to  
that of the customer’s settings.  
2. Analyze the settings and journal.  
3. Adjust the parameters in the customer support diagnostic unit to fix the problem in the customer’s unit.  
4. Transfer the adjusted setting to the customer’s HP fax machine. Use the information under the heading,  
“Transferring Data to the Customer’s Machine” in this chapter.  
5. Verify that the problem is fixed by retrieving journals at a later date and analyzing the diagnostic code on the  
journal.  
Analyzing a Customer’s Machine. Once you have retrieved the information from a customer’s HP fax machine,  
review the diagnostic code digits from the journal and the function parameter settings.  
If you received function parameter settings from the customer’s machine, print a listing of the function parameter set-  
tings. In an HP FAX-900 or FAX-950, look for function parameters not set to the U.S. shipment settings and determine  
if those settings may be causing the customer’s problems. In the HP FAX-700 or FAX-750, determine whether or not a  
setting might be modified to solve the problem indicated. In the FAX-700 and FAX-750 machines, an information  
code may be printed on the journal report to indicate the problem.  
Read “Setting Function Parameters to Solve Communication Problems on the HP FAX–700 and FAX-750” or “Set-  
ting Function Parameters to Solve Communication Problems on the HP FAX–900 and FAX-950” to determine which  
function parameters to adjust to solve communication problems.  
If you received a journal from the customer’s machine, print the journal using the instructions in “Diagnostic Codes”  
in this chapter. See Table 5-30 “Significant Diagnostic Code Digits” for a list of specific diagnostic code digits that  
may help identify the probable cause. These code digits can be further decoded for the FAX-700 and FAX-750 using  
Table 5-9 through Table 5-18. These code digits can be further decoded for the FAX-900 and FAX-950 using  
Table 5-19 through Table 5-27.  
Example  
On the HP FAX-900 or FAX 950, if digit 5 of the diagnostic code shows that all communication  
errors occur when receiving documents, the HP fax machine may need an adjustment to a  
function parameter that affects the reception of documents such as Rx Level, G3 Rx Eql, and  
Rx Start (function parameters 011, 013, and 018 respectively).  
5Ć62 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5-30. Significant Diagnostic Code Digits  
Significant Diagnostic Code Digits  
Diagnostic  
Code Digit  
900/950  
Diagnostic  
Code Digit  
700/750  
Description  
2
5
9
8
DCN (disconnect) Received?  
Receive Mode?  
Transmit Mode?  
6
1
ECM Used  
Standard or Non-Standard  
Group 3 mode?  
8
9
2
3
Resolution and coding of data.  
Communication Speed.  
RTN received?  
12  
10  
Test Modes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
HP fax 900 machines contain internal diagnostics that initialize settings, set fax parameters, and test the product’s  
operation. Some test modes have uses other than for troubleshooting. Table 5-31 summarizes the test modes.  
Table 5-31. List of HP Fax Test Modes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Test Mode  
Number  
Description  
0
Prints a test pattern to check the GPM  
(graphics print mechanism)  
1
Identifies function parameters for changing  
settings  
3
4
Prints a listing of the function parameters  
Generates transmission speed signals  
Generates fax machine tone signals  
RAM initialization  
5
6
7
Generates DTMF signals  
9
Tests the document memory RAM  
10  
Tests the message window, panel, and  
scanner LEDs  
Entering Test Mode on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Test mode is an unlisted choice under Function 7 Set Mode. to reach the test mode menu, use this sequence:  
PRS  
7
Tone  
Menu  
Dial/Space  
x 4  
Start  
Test  
Mode No.  
L
1. From the standby mode (message window showing date and time), press Menu, then press 7.  
Problem Resolution 5Ć63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2. With the message window showing SET MODE NO. =, press Dial/Space four times. The unit sounds an error  
beep each time you press Dial/Space. This is normal.  
3. Press “L”.  
4. With the message window showing SET MODE NO. = (ENTER 0 - 10), press any number 0 through 10 to  
select test modes 0 through 10. See Table 5-31 for a list of test mode numbers.  
5. Press Start to enter the test mode.  
6. Press Stop to exit test mode (if necessary) and return to standby mode.  
Test Mode 0 on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Printing a GPM Self-Test Pattern)  
When test mode 0 is selected and the Start button is pressed, the HP fax machine will cause the GPM (graphics print  
mechanism) to print a test pattern. See Figure 5-10 for an illustration of the typical test pattern generated in test mode  
0.  
Firmware Date Code or  
Revision Number  
Print Cartridge  
Nozzles Test  
Mechanism  
Alignment Test  
Figure 5Ć10. GPM SelfĆTest Pattern (Test Mode 0)  
5Ć64 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Test Mode 1 (Changing Function Parameters) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
The use of test mode 1 to change function parameters has already been described in this chapter under the following  
heading, “Changing the Function Parameters on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Test Mode 1).”  
Test Mode 3 (Listing Function Parameter Settings) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
The use of test mode 3 to produce a list of function parameters has already been described in this chapter under the  
heading, “Listing the Function Parameter Settings on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Test Mode 3).”  
Test Mode 4 and Test Mode 5 (Factory Only) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
These modes are used for factory or repair center testing.  
Test Mode 6 (Initializing Fax Machine Memory) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Use test mode 6 to initialize the fax machine memory or to initialize the function parameters to their default settings.  
Procedures for accomplishing initialization follow.  
Caution  
Do not initialize the fax machine RAM to the “MANUFACTURE SET” setting. Doing so will  
render the machine unusable.  
To initialize the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950, perform the following procedure:  
PRS  
7
Tone  
MNO  
6
Menu  
Start  
Dial/Space  
x 4  
L
Start  
Stop  
Note: It is possible to enter a code from Table 5-32 in order to initialize RAM data instead of  
pressing ƞ or Ɵ to select the data to be initialized. The fax machine will immediately  
initialize after the last digit of the code is pressed.  
Exit Note  
If, after cycling through the choices of RAM data to be initialized, you decide not to initialize any  
of the choices, press the stop button twice to exit test mode 6 and return the fax machine to  
standby mode.  
1. With the fax machine in standby mode (message window showing date and time), press Menu, then press 7.  
2. With the message window showing SET MODE NO. =, press Dial/Space four times. The unit sounds an error  
beep each time you press Dial/Space. This is normal.  
Problem Resolution 5Ć65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Press “L.”  
4. With the message window showing TEST MODE NO.= (ENTER 0 - 10), press 6 to select test mode 6.  
5. Press Start.  
6. Press ƞ or Ɵ to select the desired memory setting to initialize. (See note for alternative method using code.)  
Note  
If you choose the “SHIPMENT SET” selection, the message “RESET COUNTER?  
(1:YES 2:NO)” appears. Enter the desired response. Then proceed to step 7.  
7. Press Start.  
Note  
If you chose the “ALL JOBS CLEAR” or the “SHIPMENT SET” selection, the fax machine will  
completely initialize the RAM, run the self-test, and return to standby mode. Step 8 will not be  
needed in those cases.  
8. Press the Stop button twice to return to standby mode.  
Table 5-32. RAM Initialization Table  
TwoĆDigit  
Code  
Initialize Mode  
Description  
99  
98  
1#  
Shipment Setting (A)  
Shipment Setting (B)  
Manufacturing Setting  
Deletes all setting information except for function parameĆ  
ters 080 and 081, then sets default values.  
Deletes all setting information except for function parame  
ters 061, 080, and 081, then sets default values.  
Sets manufacturing testing valueso. nlUyseduring  
manufacturing. Initializing to this setting will render your  
fax machine unusable.  
19  
13  
12  
:
All jobs clear  
Clears all jobs.  
OneĆtouch/Speed dial clear  
Journal Clear  
Clears oneĆtouch and speedĆdial numbers.  
Clears contents of journals.  
Parameter Initialize  
Logo/ID/Password clear  
Restores parameter settings to default values.  
Clears the logo, ID, and polling password.  
10  
Test Mode 7 (Factory Only) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Test mode 7 is used for factory or repair center testing.  
Test Mode 9 (Testing Image Memory) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Test mode 9 is entered for each fax machine as shown at the beginning of this section. After the Start button is pressed,  
the message window will identify any image memory test errors and indicate whether it is a system memory error  
(document memory on the logic PCA or an optional memory error (document memory on the optional memory card).  
5Ć66 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D
D
If the error is in the system memory section, the fax machine is not usable. Return the machine for  
repair.  
If the error occurs in the optional image memory, the fax machine will operate as a standard unit with  
no installed optional memory. Replace the optional memory card.  
Press the Stop button to return to the standby mode.  
Test Mode 10 (Testing LED and LCD Lights) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950  
Test mode 10 is entered for each faxmachineasshown at the beginning of this section. After the Start button is pressed,  
the message window will show the pattern in Figure 5-11.  
<LED&LCDĆLIGHTĆTEST>  
LIGHTINGĆTESTĆNOWĆ! !  
Figure 5Ć11. Control Panel Display Test Pattern  
The Contrast, Resolution, and Photo LEDs will blink on the HP FAX–900 and FAX-950. The Memory and Scanner  
LEDs will light in the HP FAX-900. The Stamp, Memory and Scanner LEDs will light in the HP FAX–950.  
Press the Stop button twice to return to the standby mode.  
Test Modes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
HP fax 700 machines contain internal diagnostics that initialize settings, set fax parameters, and test the product’s  
operation. Some test modes have uses other than for troubleshooting. Table 5-33 lists the test modes.  
Table 5-33. List of HP Fax Test Modes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Mode  
Number  
Mode  
Name  
01  
02  
03  
04  
05  
06  
07  
08  
09  
10  
11  
12  
Print Tests  
Pen Recovery  
Self Test  
Remote Diagnostics  
Function (Technical) Parameters  
Calibration Tests – Not implemented  
Agency Compliance – Do not access  
Scanner Test Mode – Do not access  
Memory Clear – Do not access  
PC Inter Face – Not implemented  
Service Default – Do not access  
Service Report – Lists Technical  
Parameters  
Problem Resolution 5Ć67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Entering Test Mode on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
To reach the test mode menu on the HP FAX-700, press buttons in the following sequence:  
Menu  
Release the  
Press & hold the  
Stop button.  
Stop and Menu  
buttons.  
7
0
0
The following message appears in the message (LCD) window:  
Service Menu (01–12)  
01: Print Tests  
You are now at the test (service menu) level. Use the up or down arrow button to browse through the test modes avail-  
able. When the service menu selection you wish to perform is in the message window follow the instructions under the  
heading for each test to perform the test.  
Test Mode 01 (Print Tests) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
While the “01: Print Tests” is in the message window, press the Enter button. Use the up or down arrow button to  
browse through the available print tests. The available tests are as follows:  
D
Skew/Nozzle Check  
Checks that all pen nozzles are firing.  
Checks that the pen nozzles are firing at the top and bottom lines of the print area.  
D
Smear Check  
Prints a very fine mesh of lines over the entire print area. Any tendency toward smearing will be  
revealed by this test.  
D
D
Black Pattern  
Prints a heavy dark pattern over the entire print area. Clogged pens or pens that are not firing due  
to breaks in the firing circuitry will be revealed by this test.  
Bi-Dir Skew Check  
Prints 6 horizontally oriented bands of vertical lines. Each band is labeled with a print delay  
number (11 through 16). The print delay for the Skew/Nozzle Check (print test 1) is set for each  
fax machine at the factory to the level that provides the straightest vertical lines.  
Caution  
When performing test number 01, the skew/nozzle check, do not alter the print delay setting,  
Doing so will adversely affect machine output.  
To perform any of the print tests, press the Enter button while the test is in the message window. If you are running  
tests 2, 3, or 4, type the number of copies you want (1 to 99) and press the Enter button. If you are running test 1, press  
5Ć68 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
the Enter button twice. Then type the number of copies you want (1 to 99) and press the Enter button. When the print  
test is over, the fax machine will return to the service menu level.  
To exit the print test level and return to the service menu level, press the Stop button once. To return the machine to  
the standby mode, press the Stop button again.  
Test Mode 02 (Pen Recovery) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
To perform any of the pen recovery test, press the Enter button while the test is in the message window.  
The pen recovery tests attempts to clear any clogged pen nozzles by firing each nozzle 64 times. After firing the  
nozzles, the fax machine automatically prints the Skew/Nozzle Check; so that the user candetermine the success ofthe  
pen recovery test.  
When the pen recovery test is complete, the fax machine returns to the service menu level. To return the machine to the  
standby mode, press the Stop button.  
Test Mode 03 (Self Test) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
To perform any of the self tests, press the Enter button while “03: Self Test” is in the message window. Use the up or  
down arrow keys to browse to the self test you want to run. Then press the Enter button to run the test. The available  
tests are as follows:  
D
D
Document Mem Test – When this test is successfully completed, the following messages will appear  
in the message window, and the fax machine will return to the service menu level:  
Doing Self Test  
Document Mem Test  
O K  
Local Memory Test – When this test is successfully completed, the following messages will appear in  
the message window, and the fax machine will return to the service menu level:  
Doing Self Test  
Local Memory Test  
O K  
Problem Resolution 5Ć69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D
D
Real Time Clock – When this test is successfully completed, the following messages will appear in  
the message window, and the fax machine will return to the service menu level:  
Doing Self Test  
Real Time Clock  
O K  
EEPROM Test – When this test is successfully completed, the following messages will appear in the  
message window, and the fax machine will return to the service menu level:  
Doing Self Test  
EEPROM Test  
O K  
D
D
D
D
Non-Vol Mem Test – Not implemented. The Stop button must be pressed to exit this test and return  
to the service menu level.  
LED Test – All LEDs blink. The Stop button must be pressed to exit this test and return to the service  
menu level.  
LCD Test – All LCD alpha-numeric position blocks blink on (black) and off. When the LCD  
alpha-numeric blocks are off, the message “Doing Self Test” is visible in the message window.  
EPROM Test – When this test is successfully completed, the following messages will appear in the  
message window, and the fax machine will return to the service menu level:  
Doing Self Test  
EPROM Test  
O K  
5Ć70 Problem Resolution  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D
SRAM Test – When this test is successfully completed, the following messages will appear in the  
message window, and the fax machine will return to the service menu level:  
Doing Self Test  
SRAM Test  
O K  
If a self test is unsuccessful, the letters NG will replace the letters OK in the above displays.  
Test Mode 04 (Remote Diagnostics) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
The remote diagnostic tests were described beginning on page 5-54.  
Test Mode 05 (Function Parameters) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
Press the Enter button when “05: Function Parameters” is in the message window. This action moves the fax machine  
to the function parameters test level. Use the up or down arrow buttons to browse through the function parameters.  
Details of how to list the current settings of the function parameters and how to modify them were given earlier in this  
chapter.  
Test Mode 06 (Calibration Tests) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
When these tests are implemented it is recommended that only central repair facilities access them.  
Test Mode 07 (Agency Compliance) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
It is not recommended that this mode be accessed.  
Test Mode 08 (Scanner Test Mode) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
When these tests are implemented it is recommended that only central repair facilities access them.  
Test Mode 09 (Memory Clear) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
It is not recommended that this mode be accessed.  
Test Mode 10 (PC Inter Face) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
This mode is not implemented.  
Test Mode 11 (Service Default) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
It is recommended that only central repair facilities access this mode. Auto dial numbers will be erased.  
Test Mode 12 (Service Report) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750  
This mode is used to list the current and standard settings of the service parameters and was previously described.  
Problem Resolution 5Ć71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6
Service and Support Information  
Subject  
Page  
Product Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2  
HP Express Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2  
Standard Return (U. S. only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2  
HP Extended Warranties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2  
U.S. HP Fax Support Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2  
Returning the FAX Machine For Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2  
HP Support Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3  
Resources for U.S. Customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3  
Resources for Resellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5  
Resources for HP Authorized Dealers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6  
Resources for Canadian Product Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7  
HP Dealer Premier Support Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8  
Hardware Support – HP’s Centralized Repair Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8  
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8  
HP Express Exchange Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8  
HP Customer Return Repair Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8  
Your Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8  
Ordering HP Express Exchange Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8  
Ordering HP Customer Return Repair Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9  
Filing Warranty Claims for HP’s Centralized Repair Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9  
Prices and Invoices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9  
HP Fax Service Provider Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9  
Program Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9  
Becoming an HP Fax Service Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10  
Handling Repairs and Exchanges: HP’s Repair Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11  
Service Contracts from HP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12  
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12  
How to Order Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13  
Service and Support Information 6Ć1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Product Warranty  
The HP fax products described in this manual are warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for a period  
of one year. During the warranty period, HP will, at its option, either replace or repair products which prove to be  
defective. In the U.S., defective units are replaced via the Express Exchange program, or as a Standard Return.  
HP Express Exchange  
In the U. S., HP will deliver a remanufactured replacement unit to the user the next business day when notified before  
4:00 pm (PST) and arrange for return to HP of the non-working unit. Outside the U.S., the remanufactured replace-  
ment units will be shipped on the day ordered via premium air carrier, but may not arrive next day depending upon user  
location.  
Standard Return (U. S. only)  
If the user wants to keep the fax product they purchased, HP will repair the original unit and return it to the owner  
within two business days (plus shipping time).  
HP Extended Warranties  
HP fax dealers and resellers may market HP SupportPack, and enable end-users to obtain a full three years of support.  
HP SupportPack must be purchased by the end-users within the first 30 days of the product purchase from a reseller.  
For more information about HP SupportPack contact your HP sales representative if you are an HP authorized dealer,  
or an HP authorized distributor if you are an HP fax reseller.  
Annual service contracts are available directly from HP for end-users who did not purchase HP SupportPack. Service  
contracts may be purchased at any time and become effective 30 days after the date of purchase. For more information,  
read the section in this chapter titled, “Service Contracts from HP” and contact HP Direct Marketing Services at  
1-800-835-4747.  
U.S. HP Fax Support Programs  
HP authorized dealers who have signed a current U.S. Dealer Channel Agreement are eligible to participate in the HP  
Dealer Premier Support Program. Contact your HP sales representative if you are interested in obtaining information  
about qualification requirements to market HP products. The Dealer Premier Support Program is described later in  
this chapter. Complete guidelines may be obtained by ordering part number 5091-1927EUS from the Customer In-  
formation Center (800) 752-0900.  
Resellers of HP fax products who have purchased products through an HP authorized distributor are eligible to partici-  
pate in the HP Fax Service Provider Program. The HP Fax Service Provider Support Program is described later in this  
chapter. The Program Guide may be obtained by ordering part number 5091-1927EUS from the Customer Informa-  
tion Center (800) 752-0900, or from HP FIRST. (See Resources for HP Authorized Dealers.)  
Returning the FAX Machine For Service  
If it is determined that the fax machine must be sent to Hewlett-Packard for service, it must be packed in a protective  
carton. If the original shipping carton cannot be used, a new carton can be ordered from HP Corvallis Service Center,  
1030 N.W. Circle Blvd., Corvallis, OR 97330, Telephone (503) 715-2035.  
6Ć2  
Service and Support Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HP Support Information  
Hewlett-Packard stands behind its products with a number of service and support resources ready to answer your  
product related questions. These services include:  
D
D
D
D
HP FIRST  
D HP Dealer Support Center  
D HP Corvallis Service Center  
D Parts Identification  
HP Customer Information Center  
HP Customer Support Center  
Service Parts ID Bulletin Board  
D HP Forum on CompuServe  
Resources for U.S. Customers  
Table 6-1, U.S. Customer Resources, provides the Hewlett-Packard organizations for customers to call for various  
types of product support, the telephone number of each organization, the information or resource provided, and the  
hours of operation of the organization. This table is only for U.S. resources. Canadian resources are provided later in  
this chapter.  
The customer resources should be used before calling the Customer Support Center. Only call the Customer Support  
Center if the other customer resources listed do not provide the information needed or resolve the problem.  
Table 6-1. U.S. Customer Resources  
Organization  
Local Support  
Telephone Number  
(800) 243-9816  
Support Provided  
Hours of Operation  
Help in locating nearest  
HP authorized dealer  
24 hours per day  
7 days per week  
HP Audio Tips  
(800) 333-1917  
Pre-recorded help  
messages for common  
questions and  
information on other HP  
customer resources  
24 hours per day  
7 days per week  
(24-hour automated  
support service)  
HP FIRST Fax  
(800) 333-1917  
(Must call using a Group information on common  
Detailed product support  
24 hours per day  
7 days per week  
(24-hour automated  
support service)  
3 fax machine)  
software applications  
and troubleshooting tips  
(all sent by facsimile)  
HP Download Service  
(208) 344-1691  
Electronic download of  
HP product information,  
troubleshooting hints  
and updated HP printer  
driver information  
24 hours per day  
7 days per week  
(real time access over  
modem)  
CompuServ  
(800) 524-3388  
(Must be a subscriber,  
ask for agent #51,  
Interactive dialog with  
worldwide HP customer  
community for the  
24 hours per day  
7 days per week  
CompuServ connect  
charges apply to caller  
exchange of information  
Internet  
ftp address: 192.6.71.2  
or  
Information on products, 24 hours per day  
printer drivers and  
7 days per week  
(HP ftp site)  
ftp-boi-external.hp.com  
support for anyone with  
ftp access to the Internet  
Service and Support Information 6Ć3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 6-1. U.S. Customer Resources (Continued)  
Organization  
Telephone Number  
Support Provided  
Hours of Operation  
Printer drivers by mail  
(303) 339-7009  
Printer drivers may be  
obtained by contacting  
the software application  
manufacturer, however,  
HP distributes some of  
the most popular  
24 hours per day  
6 days per week,  
closed Sundays  
software applications  
HP Customer  
Information Center  
(800) 752-0900  
Ordering of User’s  
guides, technical  
reference guides and  
other literature  
6:00 am - 5:00 pm PST  
weekdays  
HP Direct  
(800) 538-8787  
(800) 633-3600  
Customer-orderable  
supplies and accessories, weekdays  
except documentation  
6:00 am - 5:00 pm PST  
HP North American  
Response Center  
HP service contract  
information  
7:00 am - 6:00 pm PST  
weekdays  
Post Warranty Support  
(900) 555-1500  
Post warranty assistance  
7:00 am - 6:00 pm MST  
($2.50 per minute U.S.,  
charges start only when  
you connect with a  
support technician)  
or  
on product questions and Mon, Tu, Th, Fri  
(fee-based support)  
the most common  
7:00 am - 4:00 pm MST  
software applications  
Wed  
(800) 999-1148  
($25.00 fee per call U.S.,  
Visa or MasterCard)  
*prices subject to change  
without notice  
HP Customer Support  
Center  
(208) 323-2551  
Technical Assistance  
with setup, operation,  
repair information and  
exchange program  
information  
7:00 am - 6:00 pm MST  
Mon, Tu, Th, Fri  
7:00 am - 4:00 pm MST  
Wed  
6Ć4  
Service and Support Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Resources for Resellers  
Table 6-2 provides the Hewlett-Packard organizations for HP fax service providers to call, the telephone number of  
each organization, the information or resource provided, and the hours of operation of the organization.  
Table 6-2. Reseller Resources  
Organization  
Telephone Number  
Support Provided  
Hours of Operation  
HP Customer Support  
Center  
(208) 323-2551  
Technical Assistance on  
HP inkJet printer and fax Mon, Tu, Th, Fri  
7:00 am - 6:00 pm PST  
11311 Chinden Blvd.  
products  
7:00 am - 4:00 pm PST  
Boise, ID 83714  
Questions about HP Fax  
Service Provider final  
exam program  
Wed  
HP Customer  
Information Center  
(800) 752-0900  
(503) 715-2035  
Product literature  
6:00 am - 5:00 pm PST  
HP Corvallis Service  
Center  
Order shipment or return 7:00 am - 4:30 pm PST  
remanufactured  
1030 N.W. Circle Blvd.  
exchange unit  
Corvallis, OR 97330  
Parts Direct Ordering  
(800) 227-8164  
(800) 835-4747  
Order stocking  
remanufactured  
exchange units and  
accessory parts  
6:00 am - 5:00 pm PST  
7:30 am - 4:00 pm PST  
Hewlett-Packard Co  
5301 Stevens Creek  
Blvd.  
Santa Clara, CA  
95052-8059  
Attn: HP Dealer Premier  
Support Service  
Authorization  
Final exam mailing  
address for HP Fax  
Service Provider  
program  
Must have HP Dealer  
Service contract and  
dealer ID number  
Parts Identification  
(916) 783-0804  
(916) 785-5945  
(Must call using a Group (all by facsimile)  
3 fax machine)  
HP parts identification  
On Line Parts data base  
6:00 am - 3:00 pm PST  
Service Parts ID  
bulletin board  
24 hours per day  
7 days per week  
HP FIRST  
(800) 333-1917  
(Must call using a Group accessory and service  
Product data sheets,  
24 hours per day  
7 days per week  
3 fax machine)  
contract information  
(all by facsimile)  
Service and Support Information 6Ć5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Resources for HP Authorized Dealers  
Table 6-3 below provides the Hewlett-Packard organizations for HP authorized dealers to call, the telephone number  
of each organization, the information or resource provided, and the hours of operation of the organization.  
Table 6-3. HP Authorized Dealers Resources  
Organization  
HP Customer  
Telephone Number  
(800) 752-0900  
Support Provided  
Hours of Operation  
Product literature  
6:00 am - 5:00 pm PST  
Information Center  
HP Corvallis Service  
Center  
(503) 715-2035  
Order shipment or return 7:00 am - 4:30 pm PST  
remanufactured  
1030 N.W. Circle Blvd.  
exchange unit  
Corvallis, OR 97330  
HP Dealer Support  
Center  
(800) 544-9976  
(800) 227-8164  
HP Authorized Dealer/  
HPSR Only, Pre- &  
Post-Sales Support  
24 hours per day  
7 days per week  
Parts Direct Ordering  
Order stocking  
remanufactured  
exchange units and  
accessory parts  
6:00 am - 5:00 pm PST  
Parts Identification  
(916) 783-0804  
(916) 785-5945  
(Must call using a Group (all by facsimile)  
3 fax machine)  
HP parts identification  
6:00 am - 3:00 pm PST  
Service Parts ID  
bulletin board  
On Line Parts data base  
24 hours per day  
7 days per week  
HP FIRST  
(800) 333-1917  
(Must call using a Group accessory information,  
Product data sheets,  
24 hours per day  
7 days per week  
3 fax machine)  
service contract pricing  
(all by facsimile)  
6Ć6  
Service and Support Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Resources for Canadian Product Support  
Table 6-4 lists the Hewlett-Packard organizations for Canadian product support. This table is only for Canadian re-  
sources.  
Table 6-4. Canadian Product Support Resources  
Organization  
Local Support  
Contact  
Support Provided  
Hours of Operation  
(800) 387-3867  
Help in locating nearest  
HP authorized dealer  
24 hours per day  
7 days per week  
From Toronto:  
Ordering of supplies and  
accessories  
(905) 206-4727  
From rest of Canada:  
(800) 387-3154  
HP Audio Tips  
(800) 333-1917  
Pre-recorded help  
messages for common  
questions and  
information on other HP  
customer resources  
24 hours per day  
7 days per week  
(24-hour automated  
support service)  
HP FIRST Fax  
(800) 333-1917  
(Must call using a Group information on common  
Detailed product support  
24 hours per day  
7 days per week  
(24-hour automated  
support service)  
3 fax machine, all info  
sent by facsimile)  
software applications  
and troubleshooting tips  
HP Download Service  
(208) 344-1691  
Electronic download of  
HP product information,  
troubleshooting hints  
and updated HP printer  
driver information  
24 hours per day  
7 days per week  
(real time access over  
modem)  
CompuServ  
(Must be a subscriber,  
ask for agent #51)  
(800) 524-3388,  
(CompuServ connect  
charges apply to caller)  
Interactive dialog with  
worldwide HP customer  
community for the  
24 hours per day  
7 days per week  
exchange of information  
Internet  
ftp address: 192.6.71.2  
or  
Information on products, 24 hours per day  
printer drivers and  
7 days per week  
(HP ftp site)  
ftp-boi-external.hp.com  
support for anyone with  
ftp access to the Internet  
HP Canada Customer  
Support Center  
Eastern Canada  
(800) 268-1221  
Western Canada  
(800) 361-9791  
Technical Assistance  
with setup, operation,  
repair, and exchange  
program information  
7:00 am - 4:00 pm  
weekdays  
HP Canada Customer  
Information Center  
HP Canada Customer  
Information Center  
5150 Spectrum Way  
Mississauga, Ontario  
L4W 4V1  
Mailing address for  
correspondence  
Post-Warranty Support  
(fee-based support)  
(800) 999-1148  
($25.00 fee per call,,  
Visa or MasterCard)  
*prices subject to change software applications  
without notice  
Post-warranty assistance  
7:00 am - 6:00 pm MST  
on product questions and Mon, Tu, Th, Fri  
the most common 7:00 am - 4:00 pm MST  
Wed  
Service and Support Information 6Ć7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HP Dealer Premier Support Program  
Hardware Support – HP’s Centralized Repair Services  
Features and Benefits  
HP’s centralized repair services are used to support HP fax products that have an Express Exchange Warranty. Repairs  
on these products are performed only at the HP Customer Service Center in Corvallis, Oregon. Under the HP Support  
Provider option, you provide service for these products, not physical repair.  
HP’s centralized repair services simplify repairs for you. You no longer need to plan for or invest in repair parts inven-  
tory for these products. Thus, you can concentrate on providing for other products. Service authorization training is  
simpler and less time consuming, since the technicians focus on verifying problems, not repairing units. You can still  
provide value added services to your customers, such as delivery and installation, even during the warranty period.  
There are two centralized repair services:  
D
D
HP Express Exchange service  
HP Customer Return Repair service  
HP Express Exchange Service  
With HP Express Exchange service, you arrange for your customer to receive a replacement unit delivered to the cus-  
tomer’s door by premium air carrier onthe dayafteryourhelp deskcallsHP. Youmaychoosetoassistyourcustomerin  
returning the defective unit to HP or installing the new one. You pay HP on a per-incident basis for products out of  
warranty, and charge your customers as you normally would.  
HP Customer Return Repair Service  
HP Customer Return repair service allows you to return your customer’s product to the designated HP Customer Ser-  
vice Center for repair and return. Repair time on the bench is 2 working days (shipping times excluded). If the unit is  
out of warranty, you pay HP on a per-incident basis and charge your customers as you normally would.  
If your technician is service-authorized on products eligible for HP’s centralized repair services, these services are  
available to you as an HP support provider on a per-incident basis.  
Your Responsibilities  
You are responsible for the return to the HP Customer Service Center of any defective unit that you have had replaced  
through the HP Express Exchange service.  
Ordering HP Express Exchange Service  
To have a unit replaced through HP Express Exchange service:  
1. Contact the HP Customer Service Center in Corvallis, Oregon at (503) 750-2035.  
2. HP will ask for your technician’s service authorization (CZ) number, as well as information about your dealer-  
ship and customer location.  
3. HP will send the replacement unit to the location you designate. The replacement unit will be sent out that day  
via premium air carrier if your technician calls before 4:00 pm Pacific time.  
4. Once the replacement unit is received, you or your customer return the defective unit to the HP Customer Ser-  
vice Center in Corvallis, using the packing material, pre-addressed, postage-paid mailing labels, and other  
mailing materials which were shipped with the replacement unit.  
6Ć8  
Service and Support Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Ordering HP Customer Return Repair Service  
To have a unit repaired through HP Customer Return Repair service:  
1. Contact the HP Customer Service Center in Corvallis, Oregon at (503) 750-2035.  
2. Follow HP’s instructions for packaging and shipping the unit to the HP Customer Service Center in Corvallis.  
If the unit is being returned for service under warranty, you should request a package of pre-addressed, post-  
age-paid mailing labels for future use from HP at the telephone number above.  
3. Once HP returns the repaired unit, assist your customer in reinstalling the unit, as you choose.  
Filing Warranty Claims for HP’s Centralized Repair Services  
Follow the standard procedures for filing warranty claims for HP fax products. Your technician must be service autho-  
rized to make you eligible to receive warranty reimbursements. HP fax products supported through HP’s centralized  
repair services require troubleshooting on your part. HP pays you a warranty reimbursement when you provide this  
service. Assist the customer in returning the defective product to the HP Customer Service Center in Corvallis.  
Prices and Invoices  
Prices for HP’s centralized repair services are available on HPNN, or by calling HP at (503) 750-2035. HP offers a 20  
percent discount off the HP standard repair (STREP) price for the eligible products.  
HP will invoice you for service on a net 30-day basis.  
HP Fax Service Provider Program  
Program Information  
About the Program. The HP Fax Service Provider Program helps you to maintain a close relationship with your  
customers by becoming their primary support provider. You design and price support services to meet your customers’  
needs, as well as control the support business and receive ongoing income from support contracts you sell.  
As an HP Fax Service Provider, you provide service for HP fax products, not physical repair. Your value-added role as  
a service provider is to offer a higher level of service by providing fast, efficient, same-day or next-day, on-site ex-  
changes. Customers may call you for support, or to determine if their unit is defective and to perform an exchange if  
necessary.  
Benefits to You. The HP Fax Service Provider Program benefits you in the following ways:  
D
D
D
D
35% discount on HP accessory parts and remanufactured exchange units for your technicians who have  
successfully completed the service training  
Training and certification for your technicians to diagnose product failures usually remotely, and facilitate  
an exchange with HP  
Phone-in technical assistance for your technicians. HP provides you with access to expert support person-  
nel at our Customer Support Center at (208) 323-2551  
Support documentation, support manuals, service news articles, and product data sheets for HP fax prod-  
ucts  
Opportunities to Earn Revenue. As an HP Fax Service Provider, you can generate revenue selling your own on-site  
service contracts incorporating HP’s repair services. You can sell HP’s Express Exchange service independently or as  
part of your service contract.  
If you choose not to stock exchange units and handle returns, you can market HP SupportPack. HP SupportPack is a  
three-year warranty product featuring HP’s Express Exchange service for one-day replacement of defective units.  
Service and Support Information 6Ć9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Your Responsibilities:  
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
Design and price your own support services for HP products  
Merchandise and sell support contracts to your customers  
Manage your support contracts  
Provide a help desk for your customers to call when they have problems  
Handle product warranty requests  
Stock all needed accessory parts and remanufactured exchange units  
Deliver high-quality support services to your customers  
Becoming an HP Fax Service Provider  
All U.S. resellers who purchase fax products from a Hewlett-Packard authorized distributor are eligible to participate  
in the HP Fax Service Provider program. HP Authorized Dealers who have signed a current U.S. Dealer Channel  
Agreement are not eligible. Contact your HP sales representative if you are interested in qualification requirements to  
market HP products.  
How to Become a Service Provider:  
1. Obtain and complete HP’s Fax Technical Support Solution Guide and submit the final exam to HP.  
2. Sign a Parts Purchase Agreement contract with HP.  
a. Obtain a Parts Purchase Agreement contract from the HP Fax Service Provider Contract Administrator at  
(916) 785-8591.  
b. Send the following items to the address below. HP will send confirmation of your contract acceptance  
within ten working days.  
D
D
Completed Parts Purchase Agreement contract  
HP Fax Service Provider Identification Number (obtained from HP after successful completion  
of the Dealer Service Training)  
D
D
D
Tax Certificate  
Copy of business license  
Brochure/catalog that describes your company’s business  
Mail the above items to: Hewlett-Packard Support Materials Organization  
Attention: Contract Administrator  
Hewlett-Packard Support Materials Organization  
8050 Foothills Blvd.  
Roseville, CA 95747  
3. HP will provide you with an HP Fax Service Provider certificate and identification number.  
6Ć10  
Service and Support Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Note  
Only U.S. HP fax resellers who have purchased new HP fax products through HP authorized  
distributors may obtain accessory parts and remanufactured exchange units. Repair parts are not  
available to resellers. (This program does not apply to authorized resellers of Hewlett-Packard  
personal computers, network products, and personal computer peripheral products who have  
signed contracts directly with HP.)  
Handling Repairs and Exchanges: HP’s Repair Services  
As an HP Fax Service Provider, you can customize your service contracts with the following repair services available  
from HP:  
D
D
Express Exchange service – defective unit permanently replaced next day  
Customer Return service – unit repaired by HP and reshipped within two days  
Express Exchange Service. With HP’s Express Exchange service, a defective unit is replaced the next day to mini-  
mize fax down time. You may supply, or arrange for your customer to receive, the remanufactured exchange unit. If  
you sell a same-day on-site service contract, you need to stock an exchange unit to fulfill this contract. If you provide  
next-day support, the replacement can be delivered to you or your customer. You may also choose to assist your cus-  
tomer in installing the replacement and returning the defective unit to HP.  
During the warranty period, HP will pay for shipping to and from HP. Products with Express Exchange service are  
replacedthenext day via premium air carrier. Apre-addressed, postage-paidmailinglabel, packing material and pack-  
agingtapeareincludedwitheachexchange unit for mailing the defective unit back to HP in the same shipping contain-  
er. The current list prices for Express Exchange service and repair charges are available on the HP FIRST fax retrieval  
system (800) 333-1917.  
Your Responsibilities  
You are responsible for the return to the HP Corvallis Service Center of any defective unit that you have replaced  
through the HP Express Exchange service.  
Executing Express Exchange Service  
1. After you have determined that a customer’s unit is defective, contact the HP Corvallis Service Center at  
(503) 750-2035.  
2. Provide your technician’s HP Fax Service Provider identification number, as well as information about your  
dealership and customer location if necessary. A purchase order number or valid credit card number will be  
required as collateral for the defective exchange unit (value will be the HP list price of the product).  
3. HP will send the replacement unit to the location you designate (your dealership or the customer’s site). The  
replacement unit will be sent out that day via premium air carrier if your technician calls before 4:00 pm Pacific  
Standard time.  
4. Once the replacement unit is received, you or your customer return the defective unit to the HP Corvallis Ser-  
vice Center using the mailing materials shipped with the replacement unit.  
Customer Return Service. Customers may have their unit repaired by HP and returned to them. You may choose to  
return the unit to HP for your customer, or have your customer ship it directly to HP. Repair time is two working  
days(shippingtimeexcluded). If the unit isout ofwarranty, there isa per-incident charge for this repair. The current list  
prices for repair charges are available on the HP FIRST fax retrieval system (800) 333-1917.  
Service and Support Information 6Ć11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Facilitating Customer Return Repair Service  
1. Contact the HP Corvallis Service Center in Oregon at (503) 750-2035 for instructions for packaging and ship-  
ping the unit. If the unit is under warranty, HP will send you a package of pre-addressed, postage-paid mailing  
labels.  
2. Once HP returns the repaired unit, you may choose to assist your customer in reinstalling the unit.  
Service Contracts from HP  
If you choose not to provide support services, you may refer your customers directly to Hewlett-Packard, or market  
HP’s enhanced warranty. HP SupportPack is a two-year warranty enhancement with Express Exchange service. HP  
SupportPack enhances the normal warranty for an additional two years, for a total of three years. You may purchase  
HP SupportPack through your distributor to market to your customers. HP SupportPack must be purchased by cus-  
tomers within thirty days of their fax purchase.  
Three types of service contracts for out-of-warranty support are available directly from HP:  
1. Express Exchange.  
2. Return to HP.  
3. On-site Service at any time.  
The service contracts become valid 31 days after the purchase. Additional information is available from HP Service  
Agreement Information and Sales at (208) 553-4747. These service contracts may only be purchased from HP and are  
not available for resale by HP Fax Service Providers.  
Ordering Information  
Training Material. A list of available training materials and accessory parts is available by calling the HP FIRST fax  
retrieval system (800) 333-1917. Questions about this information are handled by the HP Customer Support Center at  
(208) 323-2551.  
Accessory Parts and Remanufactured Stocking Units. As part of the HP Fax Service Provider Program, HP sells  
exchange units and accessory parts to facilitate the service that you provide to your customers. Orders can reach you as  
quickly as the next day, or by standard four day delivery.  
Parts Policies  
Eligibility  
To be eligible to purchase remanufactured exchange units and accessory parts at a 35% discount, you must become an  
HP Fax Service Provider. See, “Becoming an HP Fax Service Provider” above.  
6Ć12  
Service and Support Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Accessory Replacement Parts  
HP offers replacement accessory parts only for HP fax product parts which customers may have lost or broken. A  
remanufactured exchange unit is available when it has been determined that the customer’s unit is defective. Replace-  
ment repair pats for defective units are not available.  
Standard delivery time for accessory parts and remanufactured exchange units is four days. One-day delivery is avail-  
able for a nominal fee. HP Fax Service Providers receive a 35% discount on accessory parts and exchange units.  
Inventory Rebalancing  
HP enables resellers to rebalance their inventories by allowing 180 days for parts to be returned. Parts must be returned  
unused and in the original or suitable packaging. Returns are credited at the current price less a restocking fee of five  
percent or $25, whichever is higher. All credits for returns in this category are used to offset any sums owed HP and the  
remaining balance, if any, is refunded to the reseller in the form of credits to their accounts.  
Reseller Discount  
HP sells parts at a 35% discount to resellers with technicians who are HP Fax Service Providers. The discount applies  
only to the accessory parts and remanufactured exchange units for which the technician is specifically authorized.  
Expedited Shipments  
In addition to four-day standard delivery, HP offers expedited shipment of replacement and exchange orders. For a  
nominal handling fee per item, HP will ensure next-working-day delivery or urgently needed accessory parts and ex-  
change units (subject to part availability at HP). Request “hotline” delivery at the time you place your order. Hotline  
charges are not reimbursable.  
Use of HP-Supplied Parts  
Only HP-supplied parts are to be used for supporting HP products. All remanufactured exchange units are only for use  
in supporting HP products and are not to be sold separately.  
Export Regulations  
These parts are subject to U.S. export control regulations. No parts supplied by HP to you in the U.S. are to be ex-  
ported, regardless of the intended use of the parts.  
Minimum Order  
The minimum order size for parts or tools is $20.  
Parts Warranty  
HP parts are under warranty against defects in material and workmanship for 180 days from the date of shipment from  
HP. Remanufactured exchange units are warranted from the date of installation at an end-user’s site, for a period of 90  
days or the remainder of their current product warranty, whichever is greater.  
How to Order Replacement Parts  
1. Determine which parts to stock or replenish.  
2. Place your order by contacting HP’s Parts Direct Ordering Group at (800) 227-8164 between 6:00 am and  
5:00 pm PST.  
Service and Support Information 6Ć13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Provide HP with the following information:  
D
D
D
D
Your company name and HP Fax Service Provider identification number  
The part numbers and quantities you want to order  
Your full name and telephone number  
Your purchase order number  
Unless you request hotline expedited shipment, you should receive your order within four working days, followed  
shortly by an invoice.  
6Ć14  
Service and Support Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FAX GLOSSARY  
This glossary lists terms and their associated descriptions to help identify the context in which the terms are  
used. The term with associated variations is followed by the description of the context.  
300 dpi  
300 dots per inch, horizontally and vertically, the highest resolution settings on the HP fax machines covered  
in this guide.  
32-transaction journal  
A report showing the last 32 sending and receiving transactions of a fax machine.  
A4  
A standard paper size used outside the United States. Its dimensions are 210 mm by 297 mm (8.27 in by 11.7  
in).  
access code  
See fax access code.  
ADF  
An acronym for Automatic Document Feeder. The ADF is used for processing documents to be sent or co-  
pied.  
ADF door  
The cover to the ADF mechanism, scanning glass, and scanning plate.  
ADRS  
An abbreviation for the word address. For example; The fax machine address is unknown.  
ASF  
An acronym for Automatic Sheet Feeder. The ASF is used to move paper from the paper supply underneath  
the print cartridge so that the received image or the image to be copied can be printed on the paper.  
Attended Mode  
An operating mode which requires user presence and action for communications.  
AUTO  
An abbreviated form of the word automatic. For example; The communication journal will be automatically  
printed after 32 transmissions when fax parameter 13 is set to option 2.  
automatic document feeder (ADF)  
The mechanism that delivers one page at a time to the scanner from a stack of up to 20 document pages  
automatic fax reception mode  
A mode in which the fax machine expects to receive only document transmissions. In this mode the fax ma-  
chine answers all calls as if they were from another fax station, regardless of whether an answering machine  
is connected.  
G-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
automatic print reduction  
A feature of the fax by which an incoming image is reduced to fit within the printable region of the paper  
supply. See also reduction ratio.  
automatic sheet feeder (ASF)  
A name forthe collectionof mechanical componentsthat guide a sheet ofpaperfrom the papersupplythrough  
the ASF moving parts and beneath the print cartridge.  
back cover  
The cover to the fax machine printer mechanism.  
battery, Configuration Memory Backup  
When fully charged, this battery maintains configuration information (such as fax parameters, and phone  
numbers) for at least ten days after power failure or power turned off. It takes 48 hours to fully recharge this  
battery.  
bond paper  
High-quality paper suitable for recording facsimile images.  
BPS  
Bits-per-second. Refers to the speed of data transmission. A measure of the rate at which bits are transferred  
on a data channel.  
broadcasting  
Refers to the transmission of a document to multiple stations at the same time.  
carrier frequency  
Main frequency upon which the modulation scheme is based.  
CCD  
Charge-coupled device. A type of solid-state photoelectric device used in scanners for converting the optical  
content of the original image into an equivalent electrical signal.  
CCITT  
The Consultative Committee on International Telegraph and Telephone, an organization that develops in-  
ternational communication standards.  
CED*  
Called station identification. This control signal has a frequency of 1100 Hz.  
CFR*  
Confirmation to Receive.  
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.  
G-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
chart No. 1  
An industry standard test image to compare the transmission speed and capabilities of facsimile machines.  
The chart is patterned after a two-paragraph business letter.  
CIG*  
Calling subscriber identification.  
CNG*  
Calling tone. This signal has a frequency of 1100 Hz.  
code  
A code is a string of alphabetic and/or numeric characters (a word or expression) used to establish security.  
May also be referred to as a password.  
coding scheme  
The data compression method used by faxmachines. The schemes available on HP faxmachinesareModified  
Read, Modified Huffman, and Modified Modified Read.  
Communication COMM. (abbreviation)  
The sending and receiving of documents between fax stations.  
Communication Journal  
A record from the fax machine of the most recent transaction initiated (transmission and polling). This journal  
can be printed automatically.  
Confidential CONF. (abbreviation)  
Confidential refers to the controlled access to certain fax machine functions or transactions. User set as re-  
quired.  
contrast  
Refers to the relative difference of light and dark areas of documents. The user can compensate for the contrast  
of a document being sent by altering the setting of fax parameter 1.  
Contrast  
A control-panel button on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 that lets you specify the contrast for the next trans-  
mission. The analogous button on the HP FAX-200 and FAX-310 is labeled Original.  
control panel  
The area at the top of the fax machine that contains the function buttons, numeric keypad, one-touch keypad,  
and message window.  
control signal  
Signals produced or received by the fax machine that allow communication to occur between fax machines.  
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.  
G-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Copy/List  
A control panel button that lets you copy a document and clear previous input when performing an operation  
or setting up a function.  
CPU  
Central Processing Unit.  
CRP*  
Command Repeat.  
CSI*  
Called Subscriber Identification.  
CTC*  
Continue To Correct.  
CTR*  
Continue To correct Response.  
current  
Refers to the present status. For example, the current dialing mode you are in only allows for three individual  
numbers.  
current settings  
The customized parameter options as you last set them. See also factory settings, options, parameters, and  
temporary settings.  
cut-edge condition  
Refers to the condition of paper edges, a factor that can affect paper feed.  
DAA  
Data Access Arrangement. See LCU.  
DCN*  
Disconnect.  
DCS*  
Digital Command Signal.  
Daylight Time  
Refers to the ability of the fax machine to automatically set machine time according to Daylight Savings  
Time. Can be enabled or disabled by the user through fax parameter 35.  
dedicated fax machines  
See standalone fax machines.  
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.  
G-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
deferred transmission DEFF (abbreviation)  
Refers to the deferral or time-delay of a transmission. Users can defer transmissions to a later time in order  
to benefit from less expensive night-time phone rates or adjust for time zone differences.  
Dial/Space  
A control-panel button that lets you initiate dialing of a telephone number, enter a space in the message win-  
dow, or initiate a voice contact request.  
digitize  
The process of converting a hard copy image to a binary representative of ones and zeroes.  
destination  
Refers to the fax station being called or transmitted to.  
dialing method  
Refers to a user selectable means of dialing a phone number (direct dialing, one-touch dialing, speed dialing,  
etc.).  
dialing mode  
Refers to a mechanical method of dialing (pulse or tone). Pulse dialing is also known as rotary dialing where  
electro-mechanical pulses denote the dialed digits versus an audible tone signal.  
direct dialing  
A method of dialing in which you press the [Dial/Space] button and manually dial a telephone number on  
the numeric keypad.  
directory cover  
A plastic cover over the directory sheet on the control panel.  
Directory Sheet  
Refers to a printed listing of information, such as the one-touch directory.  
DIS*  
Digital Identification Signal.  
document  
Refers to the entire message that is to be transmitted, copied, or received.  
document end feed  
The distance a page travels in the scanner once the scanner sensor detects the end of the page.  
document IN tray  
A tray that attaches to the fax to support the original document.  
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.  
G-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
document memory capacity  
The amount of information that a fax machine can store in memory. The HP FAX-200 and HP FAX-900  
store up to 12 pages depending on the density of the text. The HP FAX-310 and HP FAX-950 store up to  
28 pages depending on the density of the text.  
document OUT tray  
The place on a fax machine where original documents are placed after they are scanned.  
document top feed  
The distance a page travels in the scanner before the scanning process starts once the scanner sensor detects  
the top of the document.  
dpi (dots per inch)  
A measurement of the resolution of a scanned document. See also resolution.  
DTC*  
Digital Transmit Command.  
DTMF  
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency. A method of generating two frequencies to encode dialing buttons. This opera-  
tion is sometimes call touch tone or push button dialing.  
ECM*  
Error Correction Mode.  
EEPROM  
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory.  
EOL*  
End Of Line.  
EOM*  
End of Message.  
EOP*  
End of Procedure.  
EOR*  
End Of Retransmission.  
EP  
Echo Protect tone.  
ERR*  
End of Retransmission Response.  
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.  
G-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Error Correction Mode  
ECM (abbreviation)  
Refers to the fax machine’s ability to automatically resend pages of a document that did not transmit correctly  
due to telephone line problems.  
facsimile machine  
Equipment that electronically transmits an image of a document form one location to another.  
factory settings  
The original “standard” parameter options, as set when a fax machine is shipped. See also current settings,  
options, parameters, and temporary settings.  
fallback  
The ability to automatically transmit at a slower speed if transmission errors occur or to slow down the sender.  
FAST  
Refers to the print mode where the message being printed is processed faster, using less ink. For example;  
a fax machine uses less ink when printing in the FAST print mode.  
fax  
An acronym commonly used for the word facsimile. A fax or facsimile is the document transferred from one  
fax machine to another.  
fax access code  
A code that can be set by the user to prevent unauthorized operation of the fax machine.  
Fax Parameter List  
A list that shows the current and standard parameter settings for a fax machine.  
FAX/TEL SW.  
An acronym used to describe the switching ability of the fax machine when distinguishing between fax and  
voice calls. The user can enable the mode through fax parameter 15. Used in the attended operating mode.  
FCC  
See Federal Communications Commission.  
Federal Communications Commission (FCC)  
A U.S. government organization that regulates communications originating or terminating in the United  
States.  
FIF*  
Facsimile Information Field.  
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.  
G-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
file  
Refers to a particular item or document stored in the fax memory. As documents are stored for memory trans-  
mission, they are assigned a sequential file number. A file report can be printed listing files currently stored  
in memory.  
fine  
Refers to resolution setting used for detailed text documents and illustrations. For example; For illustrations,  
use FINE resolution to obtain a better image.  
finishing dimensions  
The length and width of a page, how squarely it is cut, and how closely it adheres to the stated size.  
fixed print reduction  
A feature that allows the specification of a fixed reduction ratio for all incoming documents. See also reduc-  
tion ratio.  
FLASH  
A network control signal providing a momentary hook-on signal. It is used to activate optional telephone  
services.  
footer  
Test included near the bottom of a transmitted document, specifying the total page count.  
FTT*  
Failure To Train.  
G3  
See Group 3.  
GC*  
Group Command.  
GPM  
Graphics Print Mechanism. A thermal inkjet device inside the HP Fax machines described in this guide that  
prints transmitted images, reports, lists, and copies of documents. This mechanism is similar to the mecha-  
nism found in the HP DeskJet family printers.  
grain  
The alignment of the paper fibers. In long-grain paper, fibers run parallel to the length of the paper; in short-  
grain paper, fibers run parallel to the width (perpendicular to the length) of the paper.  
Group 3 (G3)  
A collection of items, usually similar. For example; Group 3 fax machines comply with certain regulatory  
constraints.  
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.  
G-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
halftone  
Refers to the printing process in which gradation of tone is obtained. Also a label for a control-panel button  
that allows an HP FAX-200 or FAX-310 fax machine to distinguish up to 32 levels of gray from black and  
white. A button labeled Photo performs a comparable function in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950.A  
HDLC  
High Level Data Link control.  
header  
The top portion of the document where the date, time, logo and identification information is printed.  
home  
Refers to a defined starting position (as in homing a cursor or returning to the home position in memory).  
For example, to enable memory to return to the home position, set fax parameter 05 to option 2.  
ID  
An abbreviation for the word identification.  
I/F  
An acronym for the word interface.  
image memory capacity  
See document memory capacity.  
image reduction  
See automatic print reduction, and fixed print reduction. See also reduction ratio.  
INCOMP.  
An abbreviation for the word incomplete.  
Individual Transmission Journal  
A report containing information about the last document sent from a fax machine.  
invalid  
Refers to a state or condition of being inactive or deactivated.  
journal  
JRNL (abbreviation)  
Refers to the printouts of various fax machine functions. For example, the communication journal is a printed  
listing of the last 32 transactions processed by the fax machine. See also 32-Transaction Journal.  
Key/Buzzer volume  
Refers to the loudness or volume of the keys (buttons) when pressed and the beep (tone). Can be user set  
through fax parameter 19 for the HP FAX-200 and FAX-310. Can be user set through fax parameter 10 for  
the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950.  
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.  
G-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
keypad  
See numeric keypad.  
LCS*  
Line Conditioning Signal  
LCU  
Line Control Unit. This PCA (Printed Circuit Assembly) inside the fax machine contains the hardware to  
connect the fax machine to the telephone.  
LIU  
Line Interface Unit. See LCU above.  
logo  
A company name or other identification which can be included in the header of documents that are sent.  
manual reception mode  
A mode in which a fax machine treats all calls as voice calls. All calls must be answered manually.  
MCF*  
Message ConFirmation.  
memory (Abbreviation is MEM)  
Refers to the fax machine’s internal memory or storage capability.  
memory reception  
The ability of a fax machine to store an incoming document in memory for printing at a later time.  
memory transmission  
A transmission method where the entire document is loaded and stored into fax machine memory before be-  
ing transmitted. After the last page is stored, the dialing sequence automatically starts.  
message window  
The display area on the control panel that shows messages, prompts, and status information.  
modem  
A device that converts signals from a fax machine into signals that can be transmitted over telephone lines  
and vice versa.  
Modified Huffman, Modified Modified Read, and Modified Read  
Names for three coding schemes for compressing data used by the HP fax machines described in this guide.  
moisture content  
The ratio of moisture to the dry mass of paper. This varies for different types of paper and may change consid-  
erably if open paper is subjected to temperature and humidity extremes.  
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.  
G-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MPS*  
Multi-Page Signal.  
multifile transmission  
Refers to the fax machine’s ability to send several documents to different stations at the same time.  
NO. (singular) NOS. (plural)  
NO. is an abbreviation for the word number. Does NOT denote a negative response.  
name  
Refers to the alphabetic identifier assigned to a fax station. For example; The station name is HPFAX.  
NO. of stations  
Refers to the quantity of stations to be used in the task being performed. Does NOT refer to the phone number  
of a station nor act as an identifier. For example; Enter the number of stations to be called.  
Normal  
Refers to a common or routine conditional state of operation. For example; Normal contrast is used for com-  
mon everyday fax reception not involving light or dark originals.  
Not Registered  
A term used to indicate that a particular entry (one-touch or speed dial number) does not have any information  
stored in memory for that entry.  
NSC*  
NonStandard facilities Command.  
NSF*  
NonStandard Facilities.  
NSS*  
Non-Standard Setup.  
number (singular) numbers (plural)  
Refers to a single numeric digit (as in the number 2), or series of numeric digits (as in a telephone number  
having several digits).  
numeric ID  
A number of up to 20 digits which identifies the fax machine and which can be displayed on a compatible  
receiving machine.  
numeric keypad  
The group of numeric keys on the fax machine’s control panel.  
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.  
G-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OFF  
Refers to a state or condition of being deactivated or disabled or power is not applied.  
off-hook dialing  
The manual dialing of a telephone number with the attached telephone off the hook. Off-hook dialing is typi-  
cally used when you want to tell someone at another station to set up for a document transmission.  
OGM LENGTH  
OGM is Outgoing Message Length. It refers to the length of time used for an outgoing message recorded on  
an answering machine. For example; “Hello, this is me. I am not able to answer the phone right now. Please  
leave a message.” The length of time can be set by the user through fax parameter 18.  
ON  
Refers to a state or condition of being activated or enabled or power is applied.  
one-touch  
ONE-TCH (abbreviation)  
One-Touch refers to an abbreviated dialing method. Specifically, it implies that one touch (press) of a particu-  
lar key will dial the receiving station. It isa very quick and simple way of dialing other faxmachines(stations).  
Eachone-touchkey(button)accessesatelephonenumberandassociatedstationnamewhichareprogrammed  
into the fax machine memory by the user. To use a one-touch key (dial a one-touch number), the user must  
press the appropriate “One-Touch” button. The one-touch key, programmed by the user, identifies the phone  
number (station) being called. After pressing the one-touch key, the fax machine automatically starts the dial-  
ing sequence.  
one-touch dialing  
A method of dialing in which a single number on the one-touch keypad is pressed to dial a telephone number.  
one-touch keypad  
One-touch keys on the control panel that are preset to dial a telephone number.  
One-Touch/Speed List  
A list of the name or station assigned to each one-touch and speed-dial number defined on your fax machine.  
OOPS flag  
Out-Of-Paper Sensor flag detects the leading and trailing edge of the paper like the scanner read sensor does.  
A paper jam (info code 002) is generated if the OOPS flag detects paper at the print cartridge and the pivoting  
platen after an attempt to eject paper.  
opacity  
The degree to which a page “hides” printed matter on its reverse side and on adjacent sheets.  
options  
The values to which a parameter can be set. See also current settings, factory settings, parameters, and tempo-  
rary settings.  
OP CALL TIMER  
OP Call Timer is Operator Call Timer. It refers to the length of time used by the fax machine to wait to hear  
the fax tone signal. The length of time can be set by the user through fax parameter 18 for the HP FAX-900  
and FAX-950.  
G-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Original  
A control-panel button on the HP FAX-200 and FAX-310 that lets you specify the contrast for the next trans-  
mission. The analogous button on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 is labeled Contrast.  
page (singular) pages (plural)  
Refers to one single-sided sheet of a document. A document can have several pages.  
paper IN tray  
The tray in your fax machine that contains the paper supply.  
paper IN tray extender  
A slide-out panel on the paper IN tray that accommodates paper longer than 11 inches.  
paper OUT tray  
The tray where received fax messages and copies are placed after they are printed.  
paper size guides  
Guides placed in the bottom of the paper tray in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 to accommodate the width  
of the paper to be used.  
paper width adjustment lever  
A lever (in the HP FAX-200 and FAX-310) that is adjusted to accommodate the width of the paper in the paper  
IN tray.  
parameter (singular)  
parameters (plural)  
PARA (abbreviation)  
Refers to the characteristic(s) of a function. For example; Fax parameter 1 has 3 choices pertaining to contrast.  
password  
A password is a string of alphabetic and/or numeric characters (a word or expression) used to establish securi-  
ty. It is used by authorized persons to gain access to information. May also be referred to as a code.  
PBX  
PBX = Private Branch Exchange. A telephone switchboard system designed to handle multiple telephone  
lines.  
PCA  
Printed Circuit Assembly. A circuit board with electronic parts mounted on it.  
pels  
Picture elements; a horizontal resolution density element that corresponds with the number of photosensors  
in the charge-coupled device.  
Photo  
Refers to print speed and density for photograph quality printing. Also a label for a control-panel button that  
allows an HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 fax machine to distinguish up to 64 levels of gray from black and white.  
G-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
photocopy paper  
a grade of paper characterized by its good color, brightness, cleanliness, smooth finish, heat stability, and  
resistance to curling.  
PIN*  
Procedure Interrupt Negative.  
PIP*  
Procedure Interrupt Positive.  
PIS*  
Procedure Interrupt Signal.  
polling  
POLL (abbreviation)  
Refers to the fax machine’s ability to contact other fax machines in order to retrieve a document. Can be used  
to get a document instead of waiting for it to be sent. Advance notice to the other machine is required for  
set-up. A password may also be required.  
polling password  
A four-digit code that allows the polling of a secure document.  
power failure report  
A report that specifies which files have been lost during a power outage.  
Power light  
The light on an HP FAX-200 or FAX-310 fax machine that indicates that the machine has been switched on.  
PPR*  
Partial Page Request.  
PPS*  
Partial Page Signal.  
pressure adjust lever  
The lever on an HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 automatic document feeder that can be set to allow the correct feed-  
ing of document pages into the fax machine scanner.  
pressure plate switch  
a switch on the automatic document feeder that can be adjusted to allow the correct feeding of document pages  
into the fax machine scanner.  
PRI-EOM*  
Procedure Interrupt - End Of Message.  
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.  
G-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRI-EOP*  
Procedure Interrupt - End Of Procedure.  
PRI-MPS*  
Procedure Interrupt - Multi-Page Signal.  
PRI-Q*  
Procedure Interrupt - Q.  
print cartridge  
A cartridge that holds the ink used by a fax machine.  
printable area  
The fax machines printable area. Printable areas for the HP fax machines described in this guide are defined  
in chapter one.  
program  
PRG (abbreviation)  
Refers to the task of entering and storing information into the fax machine.  
program list  
A list of the names and telephone numbers assigned to each program key (P1, P2, P3, or P4).  
programmed dialing  
A method of dialing in which a program key (P1,P2,P3, or P4) on the one-touch keypad is pressed to dial  
a sequence of telephone numbers.  
PSTN  
PSTN = Public Switched Telephone Network. A telephone system comprised of voice quality telephone  
lines.  
Pulse (Dialing)  
Refers to the electro-mechanical pulse method of dialing used by various telephone systems. Pulse dialing  
is also known as rotary dialing.  
QUALITY  
Refers to the print mode where the message being printed is processed at the best print quality.  
RAM  
Random-Access Memory.  
RCV RCV’D (past tense)  
RCV is an abbreviation for the word receive.  
receive  
The process of accepting a transmission from another fax machine.  
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.  
G-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
record REC (abbreviation)  
REC is an abbreviation for the word record. It refers to the historical data file regarding already processed  
documents. For example; A record of the last 32 transactions can be printed using the communication journal  
printout.  
recording paper  
The plain paper on which a fax machine prints incoming documents, report, lists, and copies.  
REC. paper size  
Refers to the paper size loaded into the paper supply tray of the fax machine. Can be user set for Letter (8  
1/2 x 11), Legal (8 1/2 x 14) or A4 (210mm x 297mm).  
redial count  
The number of times the fax machine attempts to redial a telephone number.  
redial interval  
The time between automatic redialings.  
Redial/Pause  
A control-panel button that lets you redial the last telephone number entered or store a pause in a telephone  
number.  
reduction ratio  
The size ( as a percentage of the size of the original) at which the received image (or copy) is printed. See  
also automatic copy reduction, automatic print reduction, fixed copy reduction, and fixed print reduction.  
relay (Abbreviation is RLY)  
Means to pass a message along from one station to another.  
relay network  
A group of facsimile machines (or stations) programmed to communicate by way of a relay station.  
relay station relay STN (abbreviation)  
RLY STN (abbreviation)  
A relay station is an intermediate station used to transfer (relay) a message from one station to another.  
relayed transmission  
A form of transmission used in a relay network. With relayed transmission, a document is sent to a relay sta-  
tion which sends the document to another relay station or to its final destination.  
relay transmission result report  
The report returned by each relay station that handles a document as it is routed to its destination.  
Remote Receive (Abbreviation is Remote RCV)  
Refers to the use of an extension phone in receive mode. Can be user enabled or disabled through fax parame-  
ter 47.  
G-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
reserved transmission  
A transmission that is set up to begin as soon as the fax machine finishes the current operation.  
resolution  
The number of dots scanned or printed per inch. Your fax machine scans horizontal and vertical resolutions  
separately. The image quality increases as the number of dots per inch increases.  
Resolution  
A control-panel button that lets you select the scanning resolution for the next transmission.  
result report  
See relay transmission result report.  
RETURN  
RTN (abbreviation)  
To go back to a previous menu item, state or condition.  
ring detect  
The number of times the fax machine rings before answering the call.  
ring pattern  
Refers to the use of distinctive ringing patterns for identifying types of incoming calls (voice, fax, or even  
a specific pattern assigned to individuals. Usually requires dedicated phone lines. Must be used in conjunc-  
tion with services offered by local phone companies.  
RLY  
Abbreviation for the word relay, which means to pass a message along from one station to another.  
RR*  
Receive Ready.  
RTC*  
Return To Control.  
RTN*  
Retrain Negative.  
RTP*  
Retrain Positive (PIP if during a voice request). A response from a receiving unit indicating that a document  
has been received with marginal quality. Retrain before sending next page.  
SAVE  
Means to store or retain a file in memory until used. See also STORE.  
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.  
G-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
scan scanning  
Refers to the optical process the fax machine uses to read the document information for transmission or copy-  
ing.  
scanner  
The part of your fax machine that converts a document into an electronic image suitable for transmission.  
scanning glass  
The part of the scanner through which a document is read.  
scanning method  
The method the scanner uses to digitize the original document for transmission. The HP fax machines de-  
scribed in this guide use the charge-coupled device method of digitizing documents.  
scanning plate  
A scanner part that holds the original document close to the scanning glass as the document movers through  
the ADF.  
selection  
Refers to an option or choice that the user invokes. For example, the current selection contains one parameter.  
select mode  
A sequence (Advanced Functions) that allows the operator to turn various features on or off for the next trans-  
action. The features that can be changed in the select mode are the communication journal, password trans-  
mission, receive-to-memory, and error correction mode.  
Self Test  
Refers to the automatic diagnostic routine performed by the fax machine when turned ON.  
semi-dual access  
The ability of the fax machine to send or receive a fax while a received fax is still printing.  
setting  
Refers to a function or option selection (as in a certain position or choice of uses). For example, the setting  
of fax parameters can be set to ON or OFF.  
shared reception mode  
A mode in which the fax machine distinguishes between document transmissions and voice calls, handling  
calls from fax stations and passing voice calls to either the handset or an attached answering machine.  
silent detection  
Refers to the fax machine’s ability to react to undetected fax signals. Can be enabled or disabled by the user  
through fax parameter 12 in the HP FAX-200 and FAX-310. Can be enabled or disabled by the user through  
fax parameter 20 in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950.  
skew  
The way an image prints in relation to the paper. The borders of a skewed image do not run parallel to the  
edges of the paper.  
G-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
smoothing  
Refers to the process of improving print quality of faxes sent at standard or fine resolution.  
speed dialing  
A method of dialing in which you press the Speed Dial button and enter a two-digit code to dial a telephone.  
speed No. (singular) speed Nos. (plural)  
Speed number(s) refers to an abbreviated dialing method. It is a speedy (fast) way of dialing other fax ma-  
chines (stations). Each speed dial number consists of a telephone number and associated station name which  
are programmed into the fax machine memory by the user. To use a speed dial number, the user must press  
the “Speed Dial” button and then enter a two-digit speed dial code. The two-digit speed dial code, pro-  
grammed by the user, identifies the phone number (station) being called. After entering the code, the fax ma-  
chine automatically starts the dialing sequence.  
stamp  
Refers to the stamp that places a stamp mark used to indicate that a page has been successfully transmitted.  
The stamp can be activated or deactivate by the user. The stamp is present only in the HP FAX-310 and  
FAX-950.  
standalone fax machines  
Fax machines that have the scanner, the printer, and the modem integrated into one machine are standalone  
fax machines. All of the HP fax machines covered in this guide are standalone fax machines.  
Standby Mode  
In this mode, the fax machine is idle, ready for transmission or reception. The message window displays the  
date and time.  
standard (Abbreviation is STD)  
Refers to the resolution setting used for typical text documents.  
standard resolution  
The industry standard for standard resolution is 203 dpi by 98 dpi. It is the lowest resolution setting on your  
fax machine.  
standard settings  
See factory settings.  
standby mode  
The mode in which the fax machine is idle (ready for transmission or reception). When the fax machine is  
in standby mode, the message window displays the date and time.  
Start  
A control panel button that begins setup of a particular function, begins an operation, or confirms a selection.  
station (Abbreviation is STN)  
A station is a fax machine, usually referring to the destination (receiving) fax machine being called.  
G-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
station name  
Refers to the name (company name or alphabetic characters) used to identify a fax station. Both the sending  
and receiving fax stations use station names for identification purposes.  
station number  
Refers to the telephone number of a fax machine (usually referring to the receiving station or machine being  
called).  
STD  
Abbreviation for the word standard. Refers to the resolution setting used for typical text documents.  
Stop  
A control-panel button that stops the current activity and returns the machine to standby mode.  
STORE  
Means to save or retain a file in memory until used. See also SAVE.  
stored documents  
Documents that have been received or copied into a fax machine’s memory.  
substitute reception (Abbreviation is substitute RCV)  
Refers to the ability of the fax machine to save incoming fax calls if unable to immediately print the received  
fax due to an out of paper or ink condition. If fax parameter 17 is set to Valid in the HP FAX-200 and FAX-310,  
the machine will store the message if the machine has run out of paper or ink. If fax parameter 22 is set to  
Valid in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950, the machine will store the message if the machine has run out of  
paper or ink. The message can be printed after correcting the condition. If set to Invalid, the fax call is not  
answered if out of paper or ink.  
TAM  
Telephone Answering Machine.  
TAM I/F  
A term used for Telephone Answering Machine Interface. The user can set the fax machine for TAM I/F  
through fax parameter 16. Used for unattended operating mode.  
TCF*  
Transmit Confirm.  
TEL  
An abbreviation for the word telephone.  
telephone mode  
See manual reception mode.  
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.  
G-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
telephone number  
Tel. No. (abbreviation)  
The numeric sequence of digits assigned to a fax machine or telephone. Used for dialing to connect to other  
party.  
temporary settings  
Changes (to parameters) made at the control panel and affecting a single transmission. Parameters return to  
their current settings after that transmission. See also current settings, factory settings, options, and parame-  
ters.  
timed communications  
See deferred transmission, deferred polling.  
tone (dialing)  
Refers to the audible tone method of dialing used by various telephone systems.  
train  
(verb) To perform a procedure called training to calibrate the fax machine scanner. During the training proce-  
dure, the scanner scans a standard image on a scanner training card. A program internal to the fax machine  
analyzes the image and compares it to an internal mathematical model to establish certain variables used by  
the scanner. Training is done only at an HP centralized repair facility.  
training  
(noun) See train for a description of this procedure.  
transaction journal  
See 32-transaction journal.  
transmission password  
A fax parameter (PASSWORD–XMT) that is compared against the transmission password of a receiving sta-  
tion before the HP FAX-310 or HP FAX-950 fax machine transmits a document.  
transmission settings  
Control panel buttons that let you temporarily change parameter settings, such as Original and Resolution,  
for a single transmission.  
transmit  
The process of sending a fax to another fax machine.  
TSI*  
Transmitting Subscriber Identification.  
TX or Tx  
TX is an abbreviation for the word transmit. See also XMT. Tx is an abbreviation for the transmit mode.  
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.  
G-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
type  
Refers to a style or method (species). For example, the type of transmission used, memory or direct, is up  
to the user.  
unattended mode  
An operating mode usually associated with the use of an answering machine. Allows unattended operation  
to receive voice and/or fax calls.  
valid  
Refers to a state or condition of being active or activated.  
verification stamp  
A small mark printed on each page of a document as it is scanned for transmission, and the stamp inside the  
fax machine scanning mechanism that makes the mark.  
wax pick  
A measure of the surface strength of a sheet of paper. Wax pick characterizes the resistance of the surface layer  
of a sheet to the breakaway of surface fragments.  
XMT  
XMT is an abbreviation for the word transmit. See also TX.  
G-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
character ID, setting, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 2Ć41  
A
checks, routine, FAXĆ900  
cleaning  
&
950, 5Ć30  
ADF Document Catcher Tray, installation, 2Ć17  
cap, service station, FAXĆ700  
950,  
&
750, 3Ć59  
adjusting, pressure plate switch, FAXĆ900  
5Ć42  
&
drain pan, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 3Ć59  
paper guide/roller assembly, FAXĆ700  
&
750,  
answering machine, connection  
3Ć59  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 2Ć33  
950, 2Ć34  
scanning glass  
&
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
scanning plate  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 3Ć57  
950, 3Ć58  
attended/unattended, modes  
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć34  
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć36  
&
&
&
&
750, 3Ć57  
950, 3Ć58  
&
automatic reduction  
wiper, service station, FAXĆ700  
clearing  
document jam, FAXĆ900  
&
750, 3Ć59  
copying documents at, FAXĆ900  
printing documents at  
&
950, 3Ć47  
&
950, 5Ć42  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 3Ć43  
950, 3Ć45  
paper jams  
FAXĆ700  
&
&
750, 5Ć28  
950, 5Ć41  
avoiding, print skew, FAXĆ700  
&
750, 5Ć29  
FAXĆ900  
&
code  
diagnostic, eleventh digit, 5Ć52  
diagnostic, first digit, 5Ć49  
B
diagnostic, journal, FAXĆ900  
diagnostic, second digit, 5Ć49  
diagnostic, seventh digit, 5Ć51  
&
950, 5Ć44  
broadcasting  
deferred  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900, 4Ć25  
FAXĆ700 750, 4Ć24  
&
750, 4Ć25  
error  
codes  
diagnostic, 5Ć44  
&
diagnostic, journal, FAXĆ700  
&
750, 5Ć45  
&
multiple document, to multiple stations,  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć28  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
&
750, 5Ć45  
950, 5Ć49  
multiple documents, to multiple stations,  
FAXĆ900, 4Ć26  
information  
FAXĆ700  
&
&
750, 5Ć9  
sending, FAXĆ950, 4Ć27  
FAXĆ900  
950, 5Ć31  
button, volume adjust, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 3Ć15  
coding scheme  
Modified Huffman (MH), 1Ć2  
Modified Modified Read (MMR), 1Ć2  
Modified Read (MR), 1Ć2  
C
cap, service station, cleaning, FAXĆ700  
cartridge, print, installing, 3Ć55  
cartridges, print, 3Ć52  
&
750, co3mĆ5m9unication problems, solving with function  
parameters, 5Ć27  
FAXĆ900 950, 5Ć41  
&
communications  
confidential  
cartridges, print, removing, 3Ć53  
deleting, FAXĆ950, 4Ć19  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć16  
changing  
fax parameters  
polling, FAXĆ950, 4Ć18  
printing, FAXĆ950, 4Ć18  
sending, FAXĆ950, 4Ć17  
storing, FAXĆ950, 4Ć18  
confidential network  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900, 4Ć32  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć37  
start time, FAXĆ900  
station, FAXĆ900  
&
750, 4Ć29  
&
950, 4Ć23  
&
950, 4Ć23  
setting number and password, FAXĆ950, 4Ć17  
using, FAXĆ950, 4Ć17  
character, entry, FAXĆ950, 2Ć40  
character code, entry, FAXĆ900, 2Ć39  
comparison, product, 1Ć8  
I-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
data, JNL, retrieving, FAXĆ900  
data, SYS  
&
950, 5Ć57  
C (Cont'd)  
retrieving, FAXĆ900  
transferring  
&
950, 5Ć56  
confidential  
communications, FAXĆ950, 4Ć16  
network communications  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 5Ć59  
950, 5Ć60  
&
FAXĆ950, 4Ć17  
setting number and password, FAXĆ950, 4Ć17  
data, SYS  
&
JNL, retrieving, FAXĆ700  
&
750, 5Ć56  
confidential communications  
deleting, FAXĆ950, 4Ć19  
polling, FAXĆ950, 4Ć18  
printing, FAXĆ950, 4Ć18  
sending, FAXĆ950, 4Ć17  
storing, FAXĆ950, 4Ć18  
date and time, setting  
FAXĆ700 750, 2Ć36  
FAXĆ900 950, 2Ć37  
&
&
dealer, resources, 6Ć6  
deferred polling  
FAXĆ900, 4Ć12  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć13  
configuration, fax machine, 2Ć36  
connection  
deferred transmission  
answering machine  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
using  
&
750, 4Ć5  
950, 4Ć8  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
telephone, FAXĆ700  
telephone line  
&
750, 2Ć33  
&
&
950, 2Ć34  
&
750, 2Ć28  
FAXĆ700  
&
750, 4Ć6  
FAXĆ900, 4Ć8  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć9  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 2Ć27  
950, 2Ć28, 2Ć31  
&
deleting, file, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 4Ć24  
control panel  
description  
keys  
&
functions  
FAXĆ700, 1Ć3  
FAXĆ750, 1Ć3  
FAXĆ950, 1Ć4  
FAXĆ750, 3Ć5  
FAXĆ900, 3Ć8  
FAXĆ950, 3Ć11  
overlay, views, 2Ć6  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900, 1Ć4  
FAXĆ900  
product, 1Ć3  
&
750, 1Ć3  
950, 1Ć4  
controls, user interface  
&
FAXĆ700  
&
750, 3Ć6  
FAXĆ900, 3Ć9  
detection, distinctive ring  
FAXĆ700 750, 2Ć29  
FAXĆ900 950, 2Ć30  
FAXĆ950, 3Ć12  
&
conversion, data, 1Ć2  
copying, document  
&
diagnostic, codes  
FAXĆ700 750, 5Ć45  
FAXĆ900 950, 5Ć49  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 3Ć46  
950, 3Ć46  
&
&
&
correcting, multiple sheet feed or misfeed, docuĆ  
diagnostic and error code, journal, FAXĆ700  
&
750,  
ments, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 5Ć42  
5Ć45  
diagnostic code  
950, 3Ć54  
cover, top, lifting open, FAXĆ900  
customer, resources, 6Ć3  
&
eleventh digit, 5Ć52  
first digit, 5Ć49  
journal, FAXĆ900  
second digit, 5Ć49  
&
950, 5Ć44  
seventh digit, 5Ć51  
D
diagnostic codes, 5Ć44  
data  
diagnostic ROM, installation, FAXĆ900  
diagnostics, remote, process, 5Ć61  
&
950, 5Ć54  
analog, 1Ć2  
conversion, 1Ć2  
digital, 1Ć2  
FAXĆ900  
&
950, 3Ć29  
I-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
D (Cont'd)  
E
editing, files, in memory  
FAXĆ900, 4Ć22  
dialing (Cont'd)  
direct  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć22  
FAXĆ700  
oneĆtouch  
FAXĆ700  
&
750, 3Ć28  
750, 3Ć18  
entry  
&
character, FAXĆ950, 2Ć40  
character code, FAXĆ900, 2Ć39  
FAXĆ900, 3Ć19  
FAXĆ950, 3Ć22  
programmed group, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5  
speed  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
error, line, table, FAXĆ700  
error, total, table, FAXĆ700  
&
750, 5Ć27  
750, 5Ć27  
&
&
750, 3Ć25  
950, 3Ć26  
errors, response to document with, FAXĆ700  
750, 5Ć26  
&
&
dialing method, pulse, setting  
exchange, HP Express, 6Ć2  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 2Ć43  
950, 2Ć44  
expandable memory card, installation, FAXĆ950,  
2Ć20  
&
direct, dialing  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
extended warranties, 6Ć2  
extension  
&
750, 3Ć28  
950, 3Ć29  
&
document IN tray, FAXĆ700  
&
750, 2Ć19  
750, 2Ć18  
direct transmission, reservation, FAXĆ950, 3Ć30  
distinctive ring, detection  
document OUT tray, FAXĆ700  
&
exterior maintenance, 3Ć56  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 2Ć29  
950, 2Ć30  
&
document  
copying  
F
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
loading  
&
&
750, 3Ć46  
950, 3Ć46  
fax  
configuration, 2Ć1  
installation, 2Ć1  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
&
750, 3Ć16  
950, 3Ć17  
fax machine, configuration, 2Ć36  
fax products, 1Ć18  
receiving, FAXĆ700  
&
750, 3Ć34  
document IN tray  
extension, FAXĆ700  
installation, FAXĆ900  
Fax/Tel auto switch mode reception, to use, 3Ć37  
faxing tips, 4Ć40  
&
750, 2Ć19  
950, 2Ć20  
&
features, product, 1Ć6  
950, 5Ć42  
document jam, clearing, FAXĆ900  
&
file  
950,  
Document OUT tray, installation, FAXĆ900  
2Ć19  
&
communication settings, printing, FAXĆ900  
950, 4Ć24  
deleting, FAXĆ900  
&
document OUT tray, extension, FAXĆ700  
2Ć18  
&
750,  
&
950, 4Ć24  
file list, printing, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 4Ć23  
documentation, ordering additional, 1Ć20  
files, memory, editing  
FAXĆ900, 4Ć22  
documents  
multiple sheet feed or misfeed, correcting,  
FAXĆ900 950, 5Ć42  
polling, from other stations  
FAXĆ700 750, 4Ć11  
FAXĆ900, 4Ć11  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć12  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć22  
&
fixed reduction  
copying documents at  
&
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
printing documents at  
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć44  
FAXĆ900 950, 5Ć34  
&
750, 3Ć47  
&
950, 3Ć48  
drain pan, cleaning, FAXĆ900  
duplex, 1Ć2  
&
950, 3Ć59  
&
&
I-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
information codes  
F (Cont'd)  
fixed reduction  
printing documents at  
function parameter, settings  
changing  
FAXĆ900  
function parameter, settings  
changing  
&
950, 3Ć45  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
listing  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
&
750, 5Ć20  
950, 5Ć35  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 5Ć20  
750, 5Ć9  
&
&
750, 5Ć19  
950, 5Ć34  
&
&
950, 5Ć31  
function parameters  
ink life, 1Ć14  
installation, 2Ć1  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 5Ć21  
950, 5Ć35  
&
ADF catcher tray, 2Ć17  
diagnostic ROM, FAXĆ900  
document IN tray, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 5Ć54  
950, 2Ć20  
950, 2Ć19  
&
G
document OUT tray, FAXĆ900  
&
expandable memory card, FAXĆ950, 2Ć20  
handset, 2Ć24  
glass, scanning, cleaning  
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć57  
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć58  
&
FAXĆ750, 2Ć24  
&
FAXĆ950, 2Ć26  
print cartridge  
guides, paper size, 2Ć12  
setting, 2Ć12  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 2Ć9  
950, 2Ć7  
&
interior maintenance, 3Ć57  
items, replacement, 3Ć61  
H
handset, installation  
FAXĆ750, 2Ć24  
J
jam, document, clearing, FAXĆ900  
FAXĆ750  
&
950, 2Ć24  
&
950, 5Ć42  
FAXĆ950, 2Ć26  
jams, paper, clearing  
handset ringer, volume adjust  
FAXĆ750, 3Ć14  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 5Ć28  
950, 5Ć41  
&
FAXĆ950, 3Ć16  
JNL data, retrieving, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 5Ć57  
HP express exchange, 6Ć2  
K
key, program, erasing, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5  
I
ID number, setting, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 2Ć42  
keys, program  
identification view  
FAXĆ700, 2Ć3  
FAXĆ750, 2Ć4  
FAXĆ900, 2Ć5  
FAXĆ950, 2Ć5  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć3  
programming, FAXĆ950, 4Ć3  
L
line error, table, FAXĆ700  
Information, reseller resources, 6Ć5  
&
750, 5Ć27  
information  
list  
product description, 1Ć3  
product technology, 1Ć2  
retrievable, 5Ć54  
support, 6Ć3  
file, printing, FAXĆ900  
test modes, FAXĆ700  
&
950, 4Ć23  
750, 5Ć66  
&
listing, fax parameters  
transferable, 5Ć54  
FAXĆ700  
&
750, 4Ć29  
I-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
L (Cont'd)  
mode, test  
0, FAXĆ900  
01, FAXĆ700  
02, FAXĆ700  
03, FAXĆ700  
04, FAXĆ700  
05, FAXĆ700  
06, FAXĆ700  
07, FAXĆ700  
08, FAXĆ700  
09, FAXĆ700  
1, FAXĆ900  
10  
&
950, 5Ć63  
750, 5Ć67  
750, 5Ć68  
750, 5Ć68  
750, 5Ć70  
750, 5Ć70  
750, 5Ć70  
750, 5Ć70  
750, 5Ć70  
750, 5Ć70  
950, 5Ć64  
&
listing, fax parameters (Cont'd.)  
FAXĆ900, 4Ć32  
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
FAXĆ950, 4Ć36  
loading  
document  
FAXĆ700  
document (Cont'd)  
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć17  
paper supply tray  
&
750, 3Ć16  
&
&
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 2Ć13  
950, 2Ć16  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 5Ć70  
950, 5Ć66  
&
&
logo, setting  
11, FAXĆ700  
12, FAXĆ700  
3, FAXĆ900  
&
750, 5Ć70  
750, 5Ć70  
950, 5Ć64  
FAXĆ900, 2Ć43  
FAXĆ950, 2Ć43  
&
&
4
&
5, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 5Ć64  
6, FAXĆ900  
7, FAXĆ900  
9, FAXĆ900  
&
&
&
950, 5Ć64  
950, 5Ć65  
950, 5Ć65  
M
modem, 1Ć2  
modes  
maintenance  
exterior, 3Ć56  
interior, 3Ć57  
attended/unattended  
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć34  
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć36  
fax operating, 3Ć3  
test  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
test, list, FAXĆ700  
test, list, FAXĆ900  
&
margins  
&
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 1Ć16  
950, 1Ć17  
&
media  
&
750, 5Ć66  
950, 5Ć62  
750, 5Ć66  
950, 5Ć62  
print area  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
&
750, 1Ć16  
950, 1Ć17  
&
&
&
printable area  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
multiple sheet feed or misfeed, documents,  
&
750, 1Ć16  
950, 1Ć17  
FAXĆ900  
&
950, 5Ć42  
&
size setting, FAXĆ900  
sizes  
&
950, 2Ć11  
N
name, setting, FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 1Ć16  
950, 1Ć17  
&
&
750, 2Ć38  
750, 2Ć38  
types, 1Ć14  
number, setting, FAXĆ700  
&
memory  
program key, erasing, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5  
transmission, FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć30  
&
O
oneĆtouch, dialing  
memory card, expandable, installation, FAXĆ950,  
2Ć20  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900, 3Ć19  
FAXĆ950, 3Ć22  
&
750, 3Ć18  
mode  
shared reception  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 3Ć39  
950, 3Ć40  
operating, modes, 3Ć3  
operation, 3Ć1, 3Ć2  
options, parameter  
&
test, entering  
FAXĆ700  
&
750, 5Ć67  
950, 5Ć62  
FAXĆ900  
&
FAXĆ700  
&
750, 4Ć30  
I-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
FAXĆ900  
options  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900, 4Ć34  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć37  
&
950, 5Ć34  
O (Cont'd)  
&
750, 4Ć30  
options, parameter (Cont'd.)  
FAXĆ900, 4Ć34  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć37  
parameters  
changing  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900, 4Ć32  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć37  
function  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
listing  
FAXĆ700  
ordering information  
additional documentation, 1Ć20  
documentation, 1Ć18  
fax machines, 1Ć18  
front panel overlay, 1Ć18  
media, 1Ć18  
&
750, 4Ć29  
&
&
750, 5Ć21  
950, 5Ć35  
print cartridge, 1Ć18  
SIMMs, 1Ć18  
overlay, control panel, views, 2Ć6  
overview, technical, 1Ć2  
&
750, 4Ć29  
FAXĆ900, 4Ć32  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć36  
service, FAXĆ700  
viewing  
&
750, 5Ć19  
P
FAXĆ900, 4Ć32  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć36  
pan, drain, cleaning, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 3Ć59  
password, polling, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 4Ć10  
panel, control, keys  
FAXĆ700, 3Ć5  
&
functions  
password transmission, FAXĆ950, 4Ć15  
plate, scanning, cleaning  
FAXĆ900, 3Ć8  
FAXĆ950, 3Ć11  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 3Ć57  
950, 3Ć58  
&
paper, 1Ć14  
specifications, 1Ć15  
polling  
by other stations, FAXĆ950, 4Ć15  
deferred  
paper guide/roller assembly, cleaning,  
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć59  
&
FAXĆ900, 4Ć12  
paper jams, clearing  
FAXĆ700 750, 5Ć28  
FAXĆ900 950, 5Ć41  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć13  
&
deferred programmed, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5  
documents, from other stations  
&
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900, 4Ć11  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć12  
FAXĆ700 750, 4Ć10  
FAXĆ900 950, 4Ć10  
programmed, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5  
&
750, 4Ć11  
paper separator, replacement  
FAXĆ700 750, 2Ć21  
FAXĆ900 950, 2Ć22  
&
&
&
paper size, setting  
FAXĆ700 750, 2Ć45  
FAXĆ900 950, 2Ć46  
&
&
&
polling password, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 4Ć10  
750, 5Ć28  
paper supply tray, loading  
FAXĆ700 750, 2Ć13  
FAXĆ900 950, 2Ć16  
powerĆon, problems, FAXĆ700  
&
&
&
pressure plate switch, adjusting, FAXĆ900  
5Ć42  
&
950,  
paper tray, media size setting, FAXĆ900  
2Ć11  
&
950,  
print area  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 1Ć16  
950, 1Ć17  
parameter  
&
function settings  
changing  
print cartridge  
installation  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
installing, 3Ć55  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
listing  
FAXĆ700  
&
&
750, 5Ć20  
950, 5Ć34  
&
750, 2Ć9  
950, 2Ć7  
&
&
750, 5Ć19  
I-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
P (Cont'd)  
features, 1Ć6  
specifications, 1Ć10  
warranty, 6Ć2  
print cartridges, 3Ć52  
ink life, 1Ć14  
product information, 4Ć1, 4Ć2  
removing, 3Ć53  
product technology, 1Ć2  
print margins  
program key memory, erasing, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5  
program keys, FAXĆ950, 4Ć3  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 1Ć16  
950, 1Ć17  
&
programmed deferred polling, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5  
programmed deferred transmission, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5  
programmed group dialing, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5  
programmed polling, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5  
pulse dialing method, setting  
print quality  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
poor  
&
750, 3Ć49  
950, 3Ć50  
&
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
reception  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
&
750, 5Ć29  
950, 5Ć43  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 2Ć43  
950, 2Ć44  
&
&
750, 3Ć41  
950, 3Ć41  
&
transmission  
FAXĆ700  
&
&
750, 3Ć32  
950, 3Ć33  
Q
quality, print  
FAXĆ900  
print skew, avoiding, FAXĆ700  
printable area  
&
750, 5Ć29  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 3Ć49  
950, 3Ć50  
&
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 1Ć16  
950, 1Ć17  
&
printer, operation, 3Ć1, 3Ć2  
R
ratio, reduction  
printing  
file communication, settings, FAXĆ900  
4Ć24  
file list, FAXĆ900  
reports  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
950,  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 3Ć43  
950, 3Ć43  
&
&
950, 4Ć23  
receiving, document, FAXĆ700  
&
750, 3Ć34  
&
750, 3Ć51  
950, 3Ć52  
reception  
&
print quality  
priority, transmission, FAXĆ950, 3Ć30  
problem resolution, 5Ć1, 5Ć2, 5Ć3  
problem solving, process, 5Ć4  
problems  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
substitute memory  
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć42  
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć42  
&
750, 3Ć41  
&
950, 3Ć41  
&
&
powerĆon, FAXĆ700  
solving  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
solving, communication, with function parameĆ  
ters, 5Ć27  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 5Ć28  
reception, shared  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 3Ć39  
950, 3Ć40  
&
750, 5Ć4  
950, 5Ć30  
&
&
reduction  
ratio  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
size, 3Ć43  
&
750, 3Ć43  
950, 3Ć43  
&
950, 5Ć41  
&
process  
problem solving, 5Ć4  
remote diagnostics, 5Ć61  
reduction, automatic  
copying documents at, FAXĆ900  
printing documents at  
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć43  
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć45  
&
950, 3Ć47  
product  
comparison, 1Ć8  
description, 1Ć3  
&
&
I-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
scanning glass, cleaning  
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć57  
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć58  
R (Cont'd)  
&
&
reduction, fixed  
copying documents at  
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć47  
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć48  
printing documents at  
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć44  
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć45  
scanning plate, cleaning  
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć57  
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć58  
&
&
&
&
service  
fax machine return for, 6Ć2  
parameters, FAXĆ700 750, 5Ć19  
&
&
&
relayed transmission  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć19  
service and support, 6Ć1  
service station cap, cleaning, FAXĆ700  
&
750, 3Ć59  
750,  
sending, FAXĆ950, 4Ć21  
setĆup, FAXĆ950, 4Ć20  
service station wiper, cleaning, FAXĆ700  
3Ć59  
&
remote diagnostics, process, 5Ć61  
replacement, paper separator  
setting  
character ID, FAXĆ900  
date and time  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
950, 2Ć41  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 2Ć21  
950, 2Ć22  
&
&
750, 2Ć36  
950, 2Ć37  
replacement items, 3Ć61  
&
ID number, FAXĆ900  
logo  
&
950, 2Ć42  
replacing, verification stamp, FAXĆ950, 3Ć60, 5Ć44  
reports, printing  
FAXĆ900, 2Ć43  
FAXĆ950, 2Ć43  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 3Ć51  
950, 3Ć52  
&
number and name, FAXĆ700  
paper size  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 2Ć38  
requirements, FCC, transmission, 3Ć16  
&
750, 2Ć45  
950, 2Ć46  
reservation, direct transmission, FAXĆ950, 3Ć30  
&
Resources  
settings, communication, printing, FAXĆ900  
4Ć24  
&
950,  
for Canadian product support, 6Ć7  
for resellers, 6Ć5  
setup, 2Ć1  
resources  
shared reception, mode  
customer, 6Ć3  
dealer, 6Ć6  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 3Ć39  
950, 3Ć40  
&
response, to document with errors, FAXĆ700  
750, 5Ć26  
&
size, reduction, 3Ć43  
skew, print, avoiding, FAXĆ700  
&
750, 5Ć29  
retrievable information, 5Ć54  
solving, problems  
returning, fax machine for service, 6Ć2  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 5Ć4  
950, 5Ć30  
&
ring detection, distinctive  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 2Ć29  
950, 2Ć30  
speaker, volume adjust, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 3Ć15  
&
speaker, monitor, and button, volume adjust,  
ringer, handset, volume adjust, FAXĆ750, 3Ć14  
FAXĆ700  
&
750, 3Ć14  
ROM, diagnostic, installation, FAXĆ900  
5Ć54  
&
950,  
specifications  
paper, 1Ć15  
product, 1Ć10  
scanner, 1Ć13  
routine checks, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 5Ć30  
speed, dialing  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 3Ć25  
950, 3Ć26  
S
&
scanner, specifications, 1Ć13  
stamp, verification, replacing, FAXĆ950, 5Ć44  
I-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
S (Cont'd)  
stamp, verification  
04, FAXĆ700  
05, FAXĆ700  
06, FAXĆ700  
07, FAXĆ700  
08, FAXĆ700  
09, FAXĆ700  
1, FAXĆ900  
10  
&
&
&
&
&
&
750, 5Ć70  
750, 5Ć70  
750, 5Ć70  
750, 5Ć70  
750, 5Ć70  
750, 5Ć70  
950, 5Ć64  
replacing, FAXĆ950, 3Ć60  
switching ON, FAXĆ950, 2Ć46  
start time, changing, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 4Ć23  
&
station, changing, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 4Ć23  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 5Ć70  
950, 5Ć66  
stations, multiple  
deferred sending  
&
11, FAXĆ700  
12, FAXĆ700  
3, FAXĆ900  
&
750, 5Ć70  
750, 5Ć70  
950, 5Ć64  
FAXĆ700  
&
750, 4Ć25  
&
FAXĆ900, 4Ć25  
&
multiple document, sending  
FAXĆ900, 4Ć26  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć28  
sending  
4
&
5, FAXĆ900  
&
950, 5Ć64  
6, FAXĆ900  
7, FAXĆ900  
9, FAXĆ900  
entering  
&
&
&
950, 5Ć64  
950, 5Ć65  
950, 5Ć65  
FAXĆ700  
&
750, 4Ć24  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć27  
FAXĆ700  
&
750, 5Ć67  
950, 5Ć62  
FAXĆ900  
&
stopping, transmission  
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć31  
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć31  
&
test modes  
&
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
list, FAXĆ700  
list, FAXĆ900  
&
750, 5Ć66  
950, 5Ć62  
750, 5Ć66  
950, 5Ć62  
&
substitute memory, reception  
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć42  
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć42  
&
&
&
&
tips, faxing, 4Ć40  
top cover, lifting open, FAXĆ900  
950,  
support, information, 6Ć3  
switch, pressure plate, adjusting, FAXĆ900  
5Ć42  
switching ON, stamp, verification, FAXĆ950, 2Ć46  
SYS JNL data, retrieving, FAXĆ700  
SYS data  
retrieving, FAXĆ900  
transferring  
&
950, 3Ć54  
&
total error, table, FAXĆ700  
train, GĆ21  
&
750, 5Ć27  
&
&
750, 5Ć56  
transferable information, 5Ć54  
transmission  
deferred  
&
950, 5Ć56  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
deferred programmed, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5  
memory, FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć30  
password, FAXĆ950, 4Ć15  
print quality  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 4Ć5  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 5Ć59  
950, 5Ć60  
&
950, 4Ć8  
&
&
T
&
750, 3Ć32  
950, 3Ć33  
&
table  
line error, FAXĆ700  
total error, FAXĆ700  
priority, FAXĆ950, 3Ć30  
relayed  
&
750, 5Ć27  
750, 5Ć27  
&
FAXĆ950, 4Ć19  
telephone, connection, FAXĆ700  
telephone line, connection  
&
750, 2Ć28  
sending, FAXĆ950, 4Ć21  
setĆup, FAXĆ950, 4Ć20  
requirements, FCC, 3Ć16  
stopping  
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 2Ć27  
950, 2Ć28, 2Ć31  
&
FAXĆ700  
FAXĆ900  
&
750, 3Ć31  
950, 3Ć31  
test mode  
&
0, FAXĆ900  
01, FAXĆ700  
02, FAXĆ700  
03, FAXĆ700  
&
950, 5Ć63  
750, 5Ć67  
750, 5Ć68  
750, 5Ć68  
&
tree, troubleshooting  
overall, 5Ć5  
&
&
scanner, 5Ć7  
I-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
FAXĆ950, 2Ć5  
T (Cont'd)  
troubleshooting, 5Ć1, 5Ć2, 5Ć3  
viewing, fax parameters  
FAXĆ900, 4Ć32  
tree  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć36  
overall, 5Ć5  
scanner, 5Ć7  
views, control panel, overlay, 2Ć6  
volume  
button adjust, FAXĆ900  
handset ringer, FAXĆ950, 3Ć16  
handset ringer adjust, FAXĆ750, 3Ć14  
speaker adjust, FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć15  
speaker monitor, and button adjust, FAXĆ700  
&
950, 3Ć15  
U
user interface, controls  
&
FAXĆ700  
&
750, 3Ć6  
,
&
FAXĆ900, 3Ć9  
750, 3Ć14  
FAXĆ950, 3Ć12  
using, deferred transmission  
FAXĆ700  
&
750, 4Ć6  
W
FAXĆ900, 4Ć8  
FAXĆ950, 4Ć9  
warranties, extended, 6Ć2  
warranty, product, 6Ć2  
weight  
V
verification stamp, replacing, FAXĆ950, 3Ć60, 5Ć44  
FAXĆ700, 1Ć3  
FAXĆ750, 1Ć3  
FAXĆ950, 1Ć4  
FAXĆ900, 1Ć4  
view, identification  
FAXĆ700, 2Ć3  
FAXĆ750, 2Ć4  
FAXĆ900, 2Ć5  
wiper, service station, cleaning, FAXĆ700  
3Ć59  
&
750,  
I-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

GTI Indoor Furnishings Graphiclite 100 User Manual
Haier TV DVD Combo L15C10A User Manual
Haier TV Receiver D29FA9 A User Manual
Hamilton Beach Toaster 24502 User Manual
Healthrider Home Gym HREVEL05983 User Manual
Honeywell Fan HS1665 User Manual
Hotpoint Microwave Oven 6660 User Manual
HP Hewlett Packard Network Card F1381A User Manual
Husqvarna Lawn Mower YTH2042XP User Manual
IBM Computer Accessories 8870 User Manual